83C20_D MCS2000/MCS2000 Detailed Service 6881083C20 D MCS2000
User Manual: -MCS2000/MCS2000 Detailed Service 6881083C20-D
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 244
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
MCS 2000 Mobile Radio Volume 1 Non-Frequency Range Specific Service Instructions MCS™ 2000 Title Page Mobile Radio Non-Frequency Range Specific Detailed Service Manual Motorola, Inc. 8000 West Sunrise Boulevard Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33322 68P81083C20-D Foreword Computer Software Copyrights The Motorola products described in this manual may include copyrighted Motorola computer programs stored in semiconductor memories or other media. Laws in the United States and other countries preserve for Motorola certain exclusive rights for copyrighted computer programs, including the exclusive right to copy or reproduce in any form the copyrighted computer program. Accordingly, any copyrighted Motorola computer programs contained in the Motorola products described in this manual may not be copied or reproduced in any manner without the express written permission of Motorola. Furthermore, the purchase of Motorola products shall not be deemed to grant either directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license under the copyrights, patents or patent applications of Motorola, except for the normal non-exclusive royalty free license to use that arises by operation of law in the sale of a product. Notes, Cautions, Warnings, Danger Throughout this guide, you will notice the use of NOTES, CAUTIONS, WARNINGS, and DANGERS. Their use is explained below. NOTE: An operational procedure, practice, or condition that is essential to emphasize. ! CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, might result in equipment damage. Caution ! WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or injury. WARNING ! DANGER DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or injury. Product Safety and RF Exposure Compliance ! Caution Before using this product, read the operating instructions for safe usage contained in the Product Safety and RF Exposure booklet enclosed with your radio. ATTENTION! This radio is restricted to occupational use only to satisfy FCC RF energy exposure requirements. Before using this product, read the RF energy awareness information and operating instructions in the Product Safety and RF Exposure booklet enclosed with your radio (Motorola Publication part number 68P81095C99) to ensure compliance with RF energy exposure limits. Table of Contents Foreword .........................................................................................................ii Computer Software Copyrights ...................................................................................................................ii Notes, Cautions, Warnings, Danger ............................................................................................................ii Product Safety and RF Exposure Compliance ............................................................................................ii Table of Contents ..........................................................................................iii List of Figures ...............................................................................................ix List of Tables .................................................................................................xi Commercial Warranty .................................................................................xiii Limited Warranty ...................................................................................................................................... xiii MOTOROLA COMMUNICATION PRODUCTS .............................................................................. xiii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications........................................xvii Mobile Radio Model Numbering System ................................................................................................. xvii List of Models ......................................................................................................................................... xviii Kit-To-Model Structure ............................................................................................................................. xix Specifications for VHF, 1-25 Watt Radios ................................................................................................ xxi Specifications for VHF, 25-50 Watt and 50-100 Watt Radios.................................................................. xxii Specifications for UHF, 1-10 Watt and 10-25 Watt Radios .................................................................... xxiii Specifications for UHF, 25-40 Watt, 50-100 Watt Radios ...................................................................... xxiv Specifications for 15 Watt and 35 Watt Radios ....................................................................................... xxv Specifications for 900 MHZ, 12 Watt and 30 WATT Radios................................................................... xxvi Chapter 1 Introduction ......................................................................... 1-1 Scope of This Manual................................................................................................................................. 1 Notations Used in This Manual................................................................................................................... 1 Related Publications................................................................................................................................... 2 Manual Revisions ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Chapter 2 Basic Maintenance.............................................................. 2-1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 1 Preventive Maintenance ............................................................................................................................. 1 Inspection ......................................................................................................................................... 1 Cleaning............................................................................................................................................ 1 Plastic Surfaces ................................................................................................................................ 1 Circuit Boards and Components....................................................................................................... 1 iv Table of Contents Safe Handling of CMOS Devices................................................................................................................ 2 Precautions ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Parts Replacement and Substitution .......................................................................................................... 3 Rigid Circuit Boards .................................................................................................................................... 3 Specific ....................................................................................................................................................... 3 Audio PA Component Replacement Procedure ......................................................................................... 4 For High Power Models .................................................................................................................... 4 Antenna/Power Connector Replacement Procedure.................................................................................. 4 For Low, Mid, and High Power Models ............................................................................................. 4 Chapter 3 Test Equipment, Service Aids and Tools.......................... 3-1 RecommendedTest Equipment .................................................................................................................. 1 Service Aids and Recommended Tools...................................................................................................... 2 Field Programming ..................................................................................................................................... 2 Mid Power Chassis ........................................................................................................................... 4 High Power Chassis.......................................................................................................................... 4 Chapter 4 Test Mode and Error Codes ............................................... 4-1 Test Mode................................................................................................................................................... 1 General ............................................................................................................................................. 1 Test Mode Features.......................................................................................................................... 1 Test Mode Entry and Exit.................................................................................................................. 1 RF/CH Test Mode Select .................................................................................................................. 2 Error Code Displays.................................................................................................................................... 4 Power-up Display Codes .................................................................................................................. 4 Operational Display Codes ............................................................................................................... 5 Chapter 5 5-1 Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures . General ....................................................................................................................................................... 1 Disassembly to Transceiver Board Level Low and Mid Power Models ...................................................... 1 Remove the Control Head ................................................................................................................ 1 Remove Front Housing ..................................................................................................................... 2 Remove the Top Cover..................................................................................................................... 2 Mid Power Models ............................................................................................................................ 3 Remove the Cavity Shield................................................................................................................. 3 Remove the Transceiver Board ........................................................................................................ 6 Disassembly to Transceiver Board Level High Power Models ................................................................... 7 Remove the Bottom Cover................................................................................................................ 7 Remove the RF Shield...................................................................................................................... 9 Remove the PA Shield...................................................................................................................... 9 Remove the PA Board ...................................................................................................................... 9 Remove the RF Board .................................................................................................................... 10 Disassembly of the Control Head ............................................................................................................. 10 Dash Mount Versions...................................................................................................................... 10 Remote Mount Versions ................................................................................................................. 11 Model I ............................................................................................................................................ 11 Models II & III .................................................................................................................................. 11 December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Table of Contents v Reassembly of the Control Head.............................................................................................................. 12 Model I ............................................................................................................................................ 12 Models II and III .............................................................................................................................. 12 Transceiver Reassembly Low and Mid Power Models............................................................................. 12 Transceiver Reassembly ................................................................................................................ 12 Assembly of Control Head to Transceiver ...................................................................................... 15 Dash Mount Models....................................................................................................................... 15 Remote Mount Models.................................................................................................................... 15 Transceiver Reassembly High Power Models.......................................................................................... 16 Replaceable Pushbuttons Replacement Procedure................................................................................. 19 Models II & III.................................................................................................................................. 19 Chapter 6 Radio Tuning Procedure .................................................... 6-1 General....................................................................................................................................................... 1 Tuning Procedure ....................................................................................................................................... 3 Reference Oscillator Alignment ........................................................................................................ 3 Transmitter Power ............................................................................................................................ 3 Transmit Current Limit ...................................................................................................................... 5 Transmit Deviation Balance (Compensation) ................................................................................... 6 Transmit Deviation Limit ................................................................................................................... 7 Transmit Deviation Limit Reference.................................................................................................. 7 Signaling Deviation ........................................................................................................................... 8 Rated Audio .................................................................................................................................... 10 Front-End Pre-Selector................................................................................................................... 10 Chapter 7 Controller Section Theory of Operation............................ 7-1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 1 Theory Overview ........................................................................................................................................ 1 Voltage Regulation ..................................................................................................................................... 2 Voltage Regulators ........................................................................................................................... 2 Electronic On/Off .............................................................................................................................. 2 Emergency........................................................................................................................................ 3 Mechanical On/Off ............................................................................................................................ 3 Ignition .............................................................................................................................................. 4 Power Control............................................................................................................................................. 7 Protection features............................................................................................................................ 8 Interfacing................................................................................................................................................... 9 Microprocessor Clock Synthesizer ................................................................................................... 9 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) ..................................................................................................... 10 SB9600 Serial Interface............................................................................................................................ 11 General Purpose Input/Output........................................................................................................ 12 MicroprocessorOperation ......................................................................................................................... 12 Normal (=Expanded) Microprocessor Operation ............................................................................ 12 Bootstrap Microprocessor Operation .............................................................................................. 16 Audio and Signalling Circuits.................................................................................................................... 16 Audio Signalling Filter IC (ASFIC) .................................................................................................. 16 Audio Ground.................................................................................................................................. 16 Transmit Audio Circuits................................................................................................................... 17 Transmit Signalling Circuits ............................................................................................................ 19 Receive Audio Circuits.................................................................................................................... 21 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 vi Table of Contents Receive Signalling Circuits ............................................................................................................. 24 Chapter 8 Control Heads...................................................................... 8-1 Model I ........................................................................................................................................................ 1 Introduction ....................................................................................................................................... 1 Power supplies.................................................................................................................................. 1 Audio configuration ........................................................................................................................... 1 Volume Control / on-off ..................................................................................................................... 1 Micro-controller ................................................................................................................................. 1 Xtal Oscillator.................................................................................................................................... 1 LCD................................................................................................................................................... 2 Keypad.............................................................................................................................................. 2 Mode Select ...................................................................................................................................... 2 Multiplexer Operation........................................................................................................................ 2 Models II and III .......................................................................................................................................... 3 Introduction ....................................................................................................................................... 3 Power Supplies ................................................................................................................................. 3 Audio Configuration .......................................................................................................................... 4 Volume Control/On-Off ..................................................................................................................... 4 Micro-controller ................................................................................................................................. 4 Xtal Oscillator.................................................................................................................................... 4 LCD................................................................................................................................................... 4 Keypad.............................................................................................................................................. 5 Rotary Switch.................................................................................................................................... 5 Mode Select ...................................................................................................................................... 5 Chapter 9 Troubleshooting.................................................................. 9-1 Troubleshooting Charts Overview .............................................................................................................. 1 Troubleshooting Chart 1-1, Overall Radio .................................................................................................. 2 Troubleshooting Chart 1-2 (1 of 3), Failure Codes ..................................................................................... 3 Troubleshooting Chart 1-2 (2 of 3), Failure Codes ..................................................................................... 4 Troubleshooting Chart 1-2 (3 of 3), Failure Codes ..................................................................................... 5 Troubleshooting Chart 1-3, On/Off Circuit .................................................................................................. 6 Troubleshooting Chart 1-4, TX Audio ........................................................................................................ 7 TX Audio Routing, Simplified Schematic for Chart 1-4 ............................................................................... 8 Troubleshooting Chart 1-5, RX Audio......................................................................................................... 9 RX Audio Routing, Simplified Schematic for Chart 1-5............................................................................. 10 Troubleshooting Chart 1-6, Signalling ...................................................................................................... 11 Troubleshooting Chart 1-7, DC Distribution ............................................................................................. 12 Radio Voltage, Simplified Schematic For Chart 1-7 ................................................................................. 13 Troubleshooting Chart 1-8A, Control Head Model I.................................................................................. 14 Control Head I Troubleshooting Procedure .................................................................................... 15 Troubleshooting Chart 1-8B, Control Head Models II & III ....................................................................... 20 Control Heads II and III Troubleshooting Procedure....................................................................... 21 Troubleshooting Chart 1-9, Clock Distribution .......................................................................................... 26 Troubleshooting Chart 1-10, SB9600 BUS RX......................................................................................... 27 Troubleshooting Chart 1-11, SB9600 BUS RX......................................................................................... 28 SB9600 Voltage Table for Charts 1-10 & 1-11 ......................................................................................... 28 SB9600 BUSY, Simplified Schematic for Charts 1-10 & 1-11 .................................................................. 29 SB9600, Simplified Schematic for Charts 1-10 & 1-11 ............................................................................. 29 December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Table of Contents vii Troubleshooting Chart 1-12, GPIO........................................................................................................... 30 Troubleshooting Chart 1-13 (1 of 2), Power Control................................................................................. 31 Troubleshooting Chart 1-13 (2 of 2), Power Control................................................................................. 32 Chapter 10 Diagrams and Parts Lists ................................................. 10-1 Notes on Sheet Port Connections, Circuit Block Port Connections and Physical Connectors................... 1 Sheet Port Connection...................................................................................................................... 1 Circuit Block Port Connection ........................................................................................................... 1 Physical Connector........................................................................................................................... 1 Schematic Diagram Hierarchy.................................................................................................................... 1 Exploded View Parts List, Low Power ........................................................................................................ 4 Exploded View Parts List, Mid Power......................................................................................................... 5 Exploded View Parts List, High Power ....................................................................................................... 6 Exploded View Parts List, Control Head Model I........................................................................................ 7 Exploded View, Control Head Model II....................................................................................................... 8 Exploded View Parts List, Control Head Model III...................................................................................... 9 Appendix A Over Molded Pad Array Carriers (OMPACs).....................A-1 Appendix B Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz......................B-1 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 viii Table of Contents Notes December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D List of Figures Figure 2-1. RF and Power Connector Openings ..................................................................................... 2-4 Figure 4-1. Dedicated Test Mode Keys on the Model I Faceplate........................................................... 4-2 Figure 4-2. Dedicated Test Mode Keys on the Model II Faceplate.......................................................... 4-2 Figure 4-3. Dedicated Test Mode Keys on the Nodel III.......................................................................... 4-2 Figure 5-1. Removing the Control Head.................................................................................................. 5-1 Figure 5-2. Removing the Top Cover - Low Power Models..................................................................... 5-2 Figure 5-3. Removing the Top Cover - Mid Power Models...................................................................... 5-3 Figure 5-4. Removing the Cavity Shield.................................................................................................. 5-4 Figure 5-5. Removing the PA Shield (Low and Mid Power Models)........................................................ 5-4 Figure 5-6. Removing the Transceiver Board - Low Power Models (except 800 MHz and 900 MHz) .... 5-5 Figure 5-7. Removing the Transceiver Board - Mid Power Models (except 800 MHz and 900 MHz) ..... 5-6 Figure 5-8. Removing the Transceiver Board (800 MHz and 900 MHz only).......................................... 5-7 Figure 5-9. Direction Conventions........................................................................................................... 5-7 Figure 5-10. Removing the Accessory Connector..................................................................................... 5-8 Figure 5-11. Removing the Bottom Cover................................................................................................. 5-8 Figure 5-12. Removing the RF Shield ....................................................................................................... 5-9 Figure 5-13. Removing the PA Shield ....................................................................................................... 5-9 Figure 5-14. Removing the PA Board...................................................................................................... 5-10 Figure 5-15. Removing the RF Board ..................................................................................................... 5-10 Figure 5-16. Reassembly ........................................................................................................................ 5-12 Figure 5-17. 40W UHF Torque sequence................................................................................................ 5-14 Figure 5-18. Cover Gasket Location ....................................................................................................... 5-15 Figure 5-19. Wakefield / Thermal Compound Application Area .............................................................. 5-16 Figure 5-20. Inserting Transceiver Board ................................................................................................ 5-16 Figure 5-21. Reassembly Screw Down Sequence.................................................................................. 5-17 Figure 5-22. Inserting Audio PA Clip ....................................................................................................... 5-18 Figure 5-23. Installing Cover Gasket....................................................................................................... 5-18 Figure 5-24. Model I Replaceable Pushbuttons ...................................................................................... 5-19 Figure 5-25. Model II Replaceable Pushbuttons ..................................................................................... 5-19 Figure 5-26. Model III Replaceable Pushbuttons .................................................................................... 5-19 Figure 5-27. Grasping Pushbutton with Flat End Pliers .......................................................................... 5-21 Figure 5-28. Pulling Pushbutton Away from Control Head...................................................................... 5-21 Figure 6-1. Radio Alignment Test Setup.................................................................................................. 6-1 Figure 6-2. Service Menu Structure for RVN4113 ................................................................................... 6-2 Figure 6-3. Softpot Concept .................................................................................................................... 6-3 Figure 7-1. Clock Distribution Block Diagram........................................................................................ 7-10 Figure 7-2. Transmit Audio Paths.......................................................................................................... 7-18 Figure 7-3. Transmit Signalling Paths ................................................................................................... 7-20 Figure 7-4. Receive Audio Paths........................................................................................................... 7-22 Figure 7-5. Receive Signalling Paths .................................................................................................... 7-25 Figure 10-1. Schematic Diagram Hierarchy ............................................................................................ 10-2 Figure 10-2. Example of Transceiver Board Block Connection Diagram (110 Watt Radio) .................... 10-3 Figure A-1. U0104 - Support Logic SLIC IV, used on Controller Section ................................................A-1 Figure A-2. U0104 - Support Logic SLIC V, used on Controller Section .................................................A-1 Figure A-3. U0200 - Audio Signalling Filter, used on Controller Section .................................................A-2 Figure A-4. U0250 - Hear Clear, used on Controller Section...................................................................A-3 Figure A-5. U6702 - Synthesizer, used on RF Section ............................................................................A-3 Figure A-6. U6201 - ZIF, used on RF Section..........................................................................................A-4 x List of Figures Notes December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D List of Tables Table 3-1. Table 3-2. Table 3-1. Table 3-2. Table 3-3. Table 3-4. Table 4-1. Table 4-2. Table 5-1. Table 5-2. Table 6-1. Table 6-2. Table 6-3. Table 6-4. Table 7-1. Table 7-2. Table 7-3. Table B-1. Kit-to-Model Structure for VHF and UHF Radios ................................................................3-xix Kit-to-Model Structure for 800 and 900 MHz Radios ...........................................................3-xx Recommended Test Equipment............................................................................................ 3-1 Service Aids .......................................................................................................................... 3-2 Recommended Service Tools ............................................................................................... 3-3 Control Head Connector Pin Signals .................................................................................... 3-5 Power Up Display Codes ...................................................................................................... 4-4 Operational Display Codes ................................................................................................... 4-5 40W UHF Torque Sequence ............................................................................................... 5-14 Replaceable Pushbutton Graphics and Part Numbers ....................................................... 5-21 Reference Oscillator Alignment ............................................................................................ 6-3 Transmit Power Setting......................................................................................................... 6-4 Current Limit Step Adjustment .............................................................................................. 6-6 Signaling Deviation ............................................................................................................... 6-8 Conventional/MDC/SmartNet/SmartZone Ignition Sense Function Operator Action vs Resultant Radio States7-4 Secondary I/O Functions .................................................................................................... 7-12 Hear Clear Enable Lines Configuration .............................................................................. 7-26 Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz..................................................B-1 xii List of Tables Notes December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Commercial Warranty Limited Warranty MOTOROLA COMMUNICATION PRODUCTS I. What This Warranty Covers And For How Long MOTOROLA INC. (“MOTOROLA”) warrants the MOTOROLA manufactured Communication Products listed below (“Product”) against defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of time from the date of purchase as scheduled below: ASTRO XTS 5000 Digital Portable Units One (1) Year Product Accessories One (1) Year Motorola, at its option, will at no charge either repair the Product (with new or reconditioned parts), replace it (with a new or reconditioned Product), or refund the purchase price of the Product during the warranty period provided it is returned in accordance with the terms of this warranty. Replaced parts or boards are warranted for the balance of the original applicable warranty period. All replaced parts of Product shall become the property of MOTOROLA. This express limited warranty is extended by MOTOROLA to the original end user purchaser only and is not assignable or transferable to any other party. This is the complete warranty for the Product manufactured by MOTOROLA. MOTOROLA assumes no obligations or liability for additions or modifications to this warranty unless made in writing and signed by an officer of MOTOROLA. Unless made in a separate agreement between MOTOROLA and the original end user purchaser, MOTOROLA does not warrant the installation, maintenance or service of the Product. MOTOROLA cannot be responsible in any way for any ancillary equipment not furnished by MOTOROLA which is attached to or used in connection with the Product, or for operation of the Product with any ancillary equipment, and all such equipment is expressly excluded from this warranty. Because each system which may use the Product is unique, MOTOROLA disclaims liability for range, coverage, or operation of the system as a whole under this warranty. II. General Provisions This warranty sets forth the full extent of MOTOROLA’s responsibilities regarding the Product. Repair, replacement or refund of the purchase price, at MOTOROLA’s option, is the exclusive remedy. THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTIES. IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. IN NO EVENT SHALL MOTOROLA BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT, FOR ANY LOSS OF USE, LOSS OF TIME, INCONVENIENCE, COMMERCIAL LOSS, LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS OR OTHER INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE SUCH PRODUCT, TO THE FULL EXTENT SUCH MAY BE DISCLAIMED BY LAW. xiv Commercial Warranty III. State Law Rights SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LIMITATION ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY. This warranty gives specific legal rights, and there may be other rights which may vary from state to state. IV. How To Get Warranty Service You must provide proof of purchase (bearing the date of purchase and Product item serial number) in order to receive warranty service and, also, deliver or send the Product item, transportation and insurance prepaid, to an authorized warranty service location. Warranty service will be provided by Motorola through one of its authorized warranty service locations. If you first contact the company which sold you the Product, it can facilitate your obtaining warranty service. You can also call Motorola at 1-888-567-7347 US/Canada. V. What This Warranty Does Not Cover A. Defects or damage resulting from use of the Product in other than its normal and customary manner. B. Defects or damage from misuse, accident, water, or neglect. C. Defects or damage from improper testing, operation, maintenance, installation, alteration, modification, or adjustment. D. Breakage or damage to antennas unless caused directly by defects in material workmanship. E. A Product subjected to unauthorized Product modifications, disassemblies or repairs (including, without limitation, the addition to the Product of non-Motorola supplied equipment) which adversely affect performance of the Product or interfere with Motorola's normal warranty inspection and testing of the Product to verify any warranty claim. F. Product which has had the serial number removed or made illegible. G. Rechargeable batteries if: • any of the seals on the battery enclosure of cells are broken or show evidence of tampering. • the damage or defect is caused by charging or using the battery in equipment or service other than the Product for which it is specified. H. Freight costs to the repair depot. I. A Product which, due to illegal or unauthorized alteration of the software/firmware in the Product, does not function in accordance with MOTOROLA’s published specifications or the FCC type acceptance labeling in effect for the Product at the time the Product was initially distributed from MOTOROLA. J. Scratches or other cosmetic damage to Product surfaces that does not affect the operation of the Product. K. Normal and customary wear and tear. December 6, 2004 6881083C20-D Commercial Warranty xv VI. Patent And Software Provisions MOTOROLA will defend, at its own expense, any suit brought against the end user purchaser to the extent that it is based on a claim that the Product or parts infringe a United States patent, and MOTOROLA will pay those costs and damages finally awarded against the end user purchaser in any such suit which are attributable to any such claim, but such defense and payments are conditioned on the following: A. that MOTOROLA will be notified promptly in writing by such purchaser of any notice of such claim; B. that MOTOROLA will have sole control of the defense of such suit and all negotiations for its settlement or compromise; and C. should the Product or parts become, or in MOTOROLA’s opinion be likely to become, the subject of a claim of infringement of a United States patent, that such purchaser will permit MOTOROLA, at its option and expense, either to procure for such purchaser the right to continue using the Product or parts or to replace or modify the same so that it becomes noninfringing or to grant such purchaser a credit for the Product or parts as depreciated and accept its return. The depreciation will be an equal amount per year over the lifetime of the Product or parts as established by MOTOROLA. MOTOROLA will have no liability with respect to any claim of patent infringement which is based upon the combination of the Product or parts furnished hereunder with software, apparatus or devices not furnished by MOTOROLA, nor will MOTOROLA have any liability for the use of ancillary equipment or software not furnished by MOTOROLA which is attached to or used in connection with the Product. The foregoing states the entire liability of MOTOROLA with respect to infringement of patents by the Product or any parts thereof. Laws in the United States and other countries preserve for MOTOROLA certain exclusive rights for copyrighted MOTOROLA software such as the exclusive rights to reproduce in copies and distribute copies of such Motorola software. MOTOROLA software may be used in only the Product in which the software was originally embodied and such software in such Product may not be replaced, copied, distributed, modified in any way, or used to produce any derivative thereof. No other use including, without limitation, alteration, modification, reproduction, distribution, or reverse engineering of such MOTOROLA software or exercise of rights in such MOTOROLA software is permitted. No license is granted by implication, estoppel or otherwise under MOTOROLA patent rights or copyrights. VII. Governing Law This Warranty is governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, USA. 6881083C20-D December 6, 2004 xvi Commercial Warranty Notes December 6, 2004 6881083C20-D Mobile Radio Model Numbering System xvii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications Mobile Radio Model Numbering System Typical Model Number: M Position: 1 2 2 0 3 U 4 R 5 Position 1 - Type of Unit M = Mobile Radio Positions 2 & 3 - Position 4 - Frequency Band F = 66 to 80MHz (Mid Band) J = 136 to 162MHz (VHF1) K = 146 to 174MHz (VHF2) R = 403 to 470MHz (UHF1) S = 450 to 512MHz (UHF2) U = 806 to 870MHz (800MHz) W = 896 to 941MHz (900Mhz) Note: Values given represent range only; they are not absolute. Position 5 - Po wer Level A = 0 to 0.7 Watts J = 26 to 35 Watts B = 0.7 to 0.9 Watts K = 36 to 60 Watts C = 1.0 to 3.9 Watts L = 61 to 110 Watts D = 4.0 to 5.0 Watts M = Up to 125 Watts E = 5.1 to 6.0 Watts N = 1-25 Watts F = 6.1 to 10 Watts P = 25-40 Watt G = 10.1 to 15 Watts Q = 25-45 Watt H = 16 to 25 Watts R = 10-35 Watt S = 10-50 Watt Note: Values represented are not absolute, and are given to indicate range only. Control Head D = Duplex H = Hand-Held Control L = Limited Control; Limited Display (Model I) M = Rotary Knob; Standard Display (Model II) N = Keypad; Standard Display (Model III) Position 7 1 = 5KHz 2 = 6.25KHz 3 = 10KHz 4 = 12.5KHz 9 7 P 8 W 9 1 10 A 11 N 12 S 13 P 14 0 15 1 16 Positions 1 3 - 1 6 SP Model Suffix Model Series Position 6 - S 6 Channel Spacing 5 = 15KHz 6 = 20/25KHz 7 = 30KHz 8 = 12.5/25KHz 9 = Variable/Programmable Position 1 2 Unique Model Variations N = Standard Package Position 11 - Version Version Letter (Alpha) - Major Change Position 1 0 - Specification Level 4 = Standard Specifications (Model I) 5 = Standard Specifications (Models II and III) 6 = High Specifications Position 9 - P rimary System Type A = Conventional B = Privacy Plus C = Clear SMARTNET D = Advanced Conventional Stat-Alert E = Enhanced Privacy Plus F = Nauganet 888 Series G = Japan Specialized Mobile Radio (JSMR) H = Multi-Channel Access (MCA) J = CoveragePLUS K = MPT1327* - Public L = MPT1327* - Private M = Radiocom N = Tone Signalling P = Binary Signalling Q = Phonenet W = Programmable X = Secure Conventional Y = Secure SMARTNET * MPT = Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications Position 8 - P rimary Operation A = Conventional/Simplex B = Conventional/Duplex C = Trunked Twin Type D = Dual Mode Trunked E = Dual Mode Trunked/Duplex F = Trunked Type I G = Trunked Type II H = FDMA* Digital Dual Mode J = TDMA** Digital Dual Mode K = Single Sideband L = Global Positioning Satellite Capable M = Amplitude Companded Sideband (ACSB) P = Programmable * FDMA = Frequency Division Multiple Access ** TDMA = Time Division Multiple Access 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 xviii Mobile Radio Model Numbering System List of Models PRIVATE SYSTEMS RADIOS MCS 2000 Model Family Model Number Frequency Range Power Level Control Head Model Channel Spacing No. of Modes M01JLM9PW6_N 136 - 162 MHz 50-100 Watts Model II, 1x14 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 160 M01JLN9PW6A_N 136 - 162 MHz 50-100 Watts Model III, 2x14 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 160 M01KHL9PW4_N 136 - 174 MHz 1-25 Watts Model I, 8 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 48 M01KHM9PW5_N 136 - 174 MHz 1-25 Watts Model II, 1x14 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 160 M01KHN9PW5_N 136 - 174 MHz 1-25 Watts Model III, 2x14 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 160 M01KLM9PW6_N 146 - 174 MHz 50-100 Watts Model II, 1x14 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 160 M01KLN9PW6_N 146 - 174 MHz 50-100 Watts Model III, 2x14 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 160 M01RFL9PW4_N 403 - 470 MHz 1-10 Watts Model I, 8 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 48 M01RFM9PW5_N 403 - 470 MHz 1-10 Watts Model II, 1x14 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 160 M01RFN9PW5_N 403 - 470 MHz 1-10 Watts Model III, 2x14 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 160 M01RHL9PW4_N 403 - 470 MHz 10-25 Watts Model I, 8 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 48 M01RHM9PW5_N 403 - 470 MHz 10-25 Watts Model II, 1x14 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 160 M01RHN9PW5_N 403 - 470 MHz 10-25 Watts Model III, 2x14 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 160 M01RLM9PW6_N 403 - 470 MHz* 50-100 Watts Model II, 1x14 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 160 M01RLN9PW6_N 403 - 470 MHz* 50-100 Watts Model III, 2x14 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 160 M01SHL9PW4_N 450 - 512 MHz 10-25 Watts Model I, 8 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 48 M01SHM9PW5_N 450 - 512 MHz 10-25 Watts Model II, 1x14 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 160 M01SHN9PW5_N 450 - 512 MHz 10-25 Watts Model III, 2x14 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 160 M01SKM9PW6_N 450 - 512 MHz 40-50 Watts Model II, 1x14 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 160 M01SKN9PW6_N 450 - 512 MHz 40-50 Watts Model III, 2x14 digits 25/20/12.5 kHz 160 M01UGL6PW4_N 806 - 870 MHz 15 Watts Model I, 8 digits 20/25 kHz 48 M01UGM6PW6_N 806 - 870 MHz 15 Watts Model II, 1x14 digits 20/25 kHz 160 M01UGN6PW6_N 806 - 870 MHz 15 Watts Model III, 2X14 digits 20/25 kHz 160 M01UJL6PW4_N 806 - 870 MHz 30-35 Watts Model I, 8 digits 20/25 kHz 48 M01UJM6PW6_N 806 - 870 MHz 30-35 Watts Model II, 1x14 digits 20/25 kHz 160 M01UJN6PW6_N 806 - 870 MHz 30-35 Watts Model III, 2X14 digits 20/25 kHz 160 M01WGL4PW4_N 896-941 MHz 12 Watts Model I, 8 digits 12.5 kHz 48 M01WGM4PW6_N 896-941 MHz 12 Watts Model II, 1x14 digits 12.5 kHz 160 M01WGN4PW6_N 896-941 MHz 12 Watts Model III, 2X14 digits 12.5 kHz 160 M01WJL4PW4_N 896-941 MHz 30 Watts Model I, 8 digits 12.5 kHz 48 M01WJM4PW6_N 896-941 MHz 30 Watts Model II, 1x14 digits 12.5 kHz 160 M01WJN4PW6_N 896-941 MHz 30 Watts Model III, 2X14 digits 12.5 kHz 160 December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Mobile Radio Model Numbering System xix Kit-To-Model Structure The cross-reference charts below show the kit breakdown for each of the MCS 2000 models. Table 3-1 covers the VHF and UHF models and Table 3-2 covers the 800 MHz and 900 MHz models. HLN6353A Trstr Hw kit U2 25W HLN6357A Trstr Hw kit VHF/UHF 40W HLN6354A Trstr Hw kit V/U 25W HHN4039A Housing, HP (110W) HHN4041A Housing, MP (25-40W) HLN6544A Housing, LP (Š25W), VHF/UHF HCN1118A Removable Buttons HCN1117A Removable Buttons HCN1116A Removable Buttons HUE4017A RF/Ctrl Bd, UHF, 110W HUE4030A PA, UHF1, 110W NUE4022A RF/Ctrl Bd, UHF2, 40 W HUE4011B2 RF/Ctrl Bd, UHF2, 10-25W HUE4012C1 RF/Ctrl Bd, UHF1, 10-25W HUE4021C RF/Ctrl Bd, UHF1, 1-10W HUD4016A PA VHF2,110W HUD4021A PA VHF1, 110W HUD4015A RF/Ctrl Bd, VHF1/VHF2, 110W Description Item HUD4012D RF/Ctrl Bd, VHF, 1-25W Table 3-1. Kit-to-Model Structure for VHF and UHF Radios Model • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • M01KHM9PW5_N, VHF1, 25W, Mod. II M01KHN9PW5_N, VHF1, 25W, Mod. III • • • • M01JLM9PW6_N, VHF1, 110W, Mod. II M01JLN9PW6_N, VHF1, 110W, Mod. III M01KLM9PW6_N, VHF2, 110W, Mod. II M01KLN9PW6_N, VHF2, 110W, Mod. III • • • • M01RFL9PW4_N, UHF1, 10W, Mod. I M01RFM9PW5_N, UHF1, 10W, Mod. II M01RFN9PW5_N, UHF1, 10W, Mod. III • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • M01RHL9PW4_N, UHF1, 10-25W, Mod. I M01RHM9PW5_N, UHF1, 10-25W, Mod. II M01RHN9PW5_N, UHF1, 10-25W, Mod. III M01RLM9PW6_N, UHF1, 110W, Mod. II M01RLN9PW6_N, UHF1, 110W, Mod. III • M01SHL9PW4_N, UHF2, 25W, Mod. I • M01SHM9PW5_N, UHF2, 25W, Mod. II • • • 68P81083C20-D • • • • Description M01KHL9PW4_N, VHF1, 25W, Mod. I • • M01SHN9PW5_N, UHF2, 25W, Mod. III • • M01SKM9PW6_N, UHF2, 40W, Mod. II M01SKN9PW6_N, UHF2, 40W, Mod. III December 6, 2004 xx Mobile Radio Model Numbering System FLN6686A Trstr Hw kit 8/900MHz 15/12W FLN8182A Trstr Hw kit 8/900MHz 35W HCN1118A Removable Buttons HCN1117A Removable Buttons HCN1116A Removable Buttons FLF5606A RF/Ctrl Bd, 900 MHz, 30W* FLF5952A RF/Ctrl Bd, 900 MHz, 12W* FLF5592A RF/Ctrl Bd, 900 MHz, 30W FLF5591B RF/Ctrl Bd, 900 MHz, 12W FLF5607A RF/Ctrl Bd, 800 MHz, 35W* FLF5950A RF/Ctrl Bd, 800 MHz, 15Wa FLF5574F RF/Ctrl Bd, 800 MHz, 35W FLF5579C RF/Ctrl Bd, 800 MHz, 15W Item Description Table 3-2. Kit-to-Model Structure for 800 and 900 MHz Radios Model • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Description M01UGL6PW4_N, 800MHz, 15W, Mod. I M01UGM6PW6_N, 800MHz, 15W, Mod. II M01UGN6PW6_N, 800MHz, 15W, Mod. III M01UJL6PW4_N, 800MHz, 35W, Mod. I M01UJM6PW6_N, 800MHz, 35W, Mod. II M01UJN6PW6_N, 800MHz, 35W, Mod. III • • • M01WGL4PW4_N, 900MHz, 12W, Mod. I M01WGM4PW6_N, 900MHz, 12W, Mod. II M01WGN4PW6_N, 900MHz, 12W, Mod. III M01WJL4PW4_N, 900MHz, 30W, Mod. I M01WJM4PW6_N, 900MHz, 30W, Mod. II M01WJN4PW6_N, 900MHz, 30W, Mod. III a. These Kits are only used for the Data Capable versions of the models. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Mobile Radio Model Numbering System xxi Specifications for VHF, 1-25 Watt Radios All specifications are per European Telecommunication Standard (ETS) 300-086 unless otherwise noted. GENERAL RECEIVER TRANSMITTER Temperature Range: Operating: -25 to +55°C Storage: -40 to +85°C Power Supply: Nominal Voltage: 13.6 V Operating Voltage: 10.8-15.6 V Current Drain, maximum values: Stand-by: 0.45 A Receive: 1.7 A with 7.5 W speaker 2.5 A with 13 W speaker 1.5 A with 4 W speaker Transmit: 8.75 A Off 35 mA Number of Modes: Model I: Standard 48, optional 150 Model II, III: Standard 160, optional 250 Channel Spacing: 12.5, 20, 25 kHz Mode of Operation: Simplex/Half-Duplex Modulation: FM/PM Antenna Impedance: 50 ¾ Frequency Stability: ±5.0 ppm Dimensions (H/W/D): 1-25 Watt Transceiver: 44x168x180 mm / 1.73”x6.61”x7.09” Control Head I, Dash Mt.: 44x168x30 mm / 1.73”x6.61”x1.18” Control Head II, III, Dash Mt.: 60x190x30 mm / 2.36”x7.48”x1.18” Control Head II, III, Remote Mt.: 60x190x71 mm / 2.36”x7.48”x2.80” Weight: 1-25 Watt Transceivers: 1.6 kg / 3.53 lbs Control Head I, Dash Mt.: 152 g / 0.33 lbs Control Head II, Dash Mt.: 233 g / 0.51 lbs Control Head III, Dash Mt.: 229 g / 0.50 lbs Frequency Range: 136-174MHz Maximum Frequency Separation: 38 MHz Sensitivity: 20dB SINAD: 12.5 kHz: 0.45 uV 20/25 kHz: 0.35 uV 12dB SINAD: 0.30 uV Adjacent Channel Selectivity: 12.5 kHz: >70 dB 20 kHz: >75 dB 25 kHz: >80 dB Spurious / Image Rejection: >80 dB Intermodulation: >70 dB Conducted Spurious Emission: <2 nW Audio Output: 12.5 kHz: 4 W (internal, 16 ¾) 20/25 kHz: 7.5/13 W (external, 8 ¾/3.2 ¾) Audio Response: 6 dB/octave +1/-3 dB at 300-3000 Hz Distortion: EIA: <3% CEPT: <5% Frequency Range: 136-174MHz RF Power: 1 - 25 Watts variable Deviation, Maximum: 12.5 kHz channel spacing: ±2.5 kHz 20 kHz channel spacing: ±4.0 kHz 25 kHz channel spacing: ±5.0 kHz Spurious & Harmonics: <0.25 uW Audio Response: 6 dB/octave +1/-3 dB at 300-3000 Hz Distortion: <3% @ 60% of maximum deviation Adjacent Channel Power (CEPT): 12.5 kHz: -60 dB 20/25 kHz: -70 dB Specifications subject to change without notice. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 xxii Mobile Radio Model Numbering System Specifications for VHF, 25-50 Watt and 50-100 Watt Radios All specifications are per Electronic Industries Association (EIA) 603 unless otherwise noted. GENERAL FCC Designation: 136-174 MHz, 100 W AZ492FT3781 Temperature Range: Operating: -30 to +60°C Storage: -40 to +85°C Power Supply: Nominal Voltage: 13.6 V Operating Voltage: 10.8-16.3 V Current Drain, maximum values: Stand-by: 0.45 A Receive: 1.7 A with 7.5 W speaker 2.5 A with 13 W speaker 1.5 A with 4 W speaker Transmit (25-50W): 15 A Transmit (110W): 27 A Off: 35 mA Number of Modes: Model I: Standard 48, optional 150 Model II, III: Standard 160, optional 250 Channel Spacing: 12.5/30 kHz Mode of Operation: Semi-Duplex Modulation: FM Antenna Impedance: 50 ¾ Frequency Stability: ±2.0 ppm Dimensions (H/W/D): 25-50W Transceivers: 44x168x230 mm / 1.97”x6.61”x7.76” 50-100 Watt Transceivers: 56x168x360 mm / 2.30”x6.61”x11.66” Control Head I, Dash Mt.: 44x168x30 mm / 1.75”x6.61”x1.81” Control Head II, III, Dash Mt.: 60x186x30 mm / 2.35”x7.33”x1.83” Control Head II, III, Remote Mt.: 60x186x71 mm / 2.35”x7.33”x2.78” Weight: 25-50 Watt Transceivers: 1.8 kg / 4.04 lbs 50-100 Watt Transceivers: 2.5 kg / 5.50 lbs Control Head I, Dash Mt.: 152 g / 0.33 lbs Control Head II, Dash Mt.: 233 g / 0.51 lbs Control Head III, Dash Mt.: 229 g / 0.50 lbs RECEIVER Frequency Range: (50-100 W) 136-162MHz (50-100 W) 136-174 MHz (25-50W) 146-174MHz Maximum Frequency Separation: 25-50 W 38 MHz 50-100 W 136-162 MHz26 MHz 146-174 MHz28 MHz Sensitivity: 20dB SINAD: 0.50 uV or 0.30 uV w/ preamp 12dB SINAD: 0.35 uV 0r 0.20 uV w/ preamp Adjacent Channel Selectivity: @12.5 kHz: -65 dB @30 kHz: -95 dB Image Rejection: -90 dB Spurious Rejection: -100 dB or with preamp -90 dB Intermodulation: -85 dB or with preamp -80 dB Conducted Spurious Emission: per FCC part 90 Audio Output: 4 W (internal, 16 ¾) 7.5 W or 13 W (external, 8 ¾/3.2 ¾) Audio Response: 6 dB/octave +1/-3 dB at 300-3000 Hz Distortion: 7.5 W @:<3% (optional spkr) 13 W @<5% TRANSMITTER Frequency Range: (50-100 W) 136-162MHz (50-100 W) 136-174 MHz (25-50W) 146-174MHz Maximum Frequency Separation: 25-50 W 38 MHz 50-100 W 136-162 MHz26 MHz 146-174 MHz28 MHz RF Power: 136-174MHz: 25-50 Watts 136-162 MHz: 50-100 Watts 146-174MHz: 50-100 Watts Deviation, Maximum: 12.5 kHz channel spacing: ±2.5 kHz 25 kHz channel spacing: ±5.0 kHz Spurious & Harmonics: -85 dBc Audio Response: 6 dB/octave +1/-3 dB at 300-3000 Hz Distortion: <3% @ 60% of maximum deviation Adjacent Channel Power (CEPT): 12.5 kHz: -60 dBc 20/25/30 kHz: -70 dBc *100 dB is not applicable to all spurious frequencies. Specifications subject to change without notice. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Specifications for UHF, 1-10 Watt and 10-25 Watt Radios xxiii Specifications for UHF, 1-10 Watt and 10-25 Watt Radios All specifications are per European Telecommunication Standard (ETS) 300-086 unless otherwise noted. GENERAL FCC Designation: RECEIVER 403-470MHz AZ492FT4819 Frequency Range: TRANSMITTER 403-470 MHz Maximum Frequency Separation: Temperature Range: Operating: -25 to +55°C Storage: -40 to +85°C Power Supply: Nominal Voltage: 13.6 V Operating Voltage: 10.8-15.6 V Current Drain, maximum values: Stand-by: 0.45 A Receive: 1.7 A with 7.5 W speaker 2.5 A with 13 W speaker 1.5 A with 4 W speaker Transmit (25W): 8.75 A Off: 35 mA Number of Modes: Model I: Standard 48, optional 150 Model II, III: Standard 160, optional 250 Channel Spacing: 12.5, 20, 25 kHz Mode of Operation: Simplex/Half-Duplex Modulation: FM/PM Antenna Impedance: 50 ¾ Frequency Stability: ±4.0 ppm Dimensions (H/W/D): 1-25 Watt Transceiver: 44x168x180 mm / 1.73”x6.61”x7.09” Control Head I, Dash Mt.: 44x168x30 mm / 1.73”x6.61”x1.18” Control Head II, III, Dash Mt.: 60x190x30 mm / 2.36”x7.48”x1.18” Control Head II, III, Remote Mt.: 60x190x71 mm / 2.36”x7.48”x2.80” Weight: 1-25 Watt Transceivers: 1.6 kg / 3.53 lbs Control Head I, Dash Mt.: 152 g / 0.33 lbs Control Head II, Dash Mt.: 233 g / 0.51 lbs Control Head III, Dash Mt.:229 g / 0.50 lbs Sensitivity: 20dB SINAD: 12.5 kHz: 20/25 kHz: 12dB SINAD: 12.5 kHz: 20/25 kHz: Frequency Range: 403-470 MHz 67 MHz RF Power: 0.45 uV 0.35 uV Deviation, Maximum: 12.5 kHz channel spacing: 20 kHz channel spacing: 25 kHz channel spacing: 0.35 uV 0.30 uV Spurious & Harmonics: Adjacent Channel Selectivity: 12.5 kHz: 20 kHz: 25 kHz: >65 dB >70 dB >75 dB Spurious / Image Rejection: >80 dB Intermodulation: >70 dB Conducted Spurious Emission: <2 nW 1 - 10 Watts variable 10-25 Watts variable ±2.5 kHz ±4.0 kHz ±5.0 kHz <0.25 uW Audio Response: 6 dB/octave +1/-3 dB at 300-3000 Hz Distortion: <3% @ 60% of maximum deviation Adjacent Channel Power (CEPT): 12.5 kHz: <60 dB 20/25 kHz: <-70 dB Audio Output: 12.5 kHz: 4 W (internal, 16 ¾) 20/25 kHz: 7.5/13 W (external, 8 ¾/3.2 ¾) Audio Response: 6 dB/octave +1/-3 dB at 300-3000 Hz Distortion: EIA: <3% CEPT: <5% Specifications subject to change without notice. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 xxiv Specifications for UHF, 1-10 Watt and 10-25 Watt Radios Specifications for UHF, 25-40 Watt, 50-100 Watt Radios All specifications are per Electronic Industries Association (EIA) 603 unless otherwise noted. GENERAL FCC Designation: 403-470 MHz, 100 W AZ492FT54797 450-512 MHz, 40W AZ492FT54825 Temperature Range: Operating: -30 to +60°C Storage: -40 to +85°C Power Supply: Nominal Voltage: 13.6 V Operating Voltage: 10.8-16.3 V Current Drain, maximum values: Stand-by: 0.5 A Receive: 1.7 A with 7.5 W speaker 2.5 A with 13 W speaker Transmit (25-40W): 13.0 A Transmit (50-110W): 31.0 A Off: 35 mA Number of Modes: Model I: Standard 48, optional 150 Model II, III: Standard 160, optional 250 Channel Spacing: 12.5/25 kHz Mode of Operation: Semi-Duplex Modulation: FM Antenna Impedance: 50ohms Frequency Stability: ±2.0 ppm Dimensions (H/W/D): 25-50W Transceivers: 50x168x230 mm / 1.97”x6.61”x7.76” 50-100 Watt Transceivers: 56x168x360 mm / 2.30”x6.61”x11.66” Control Head II, III, Dash Mt.: 60x186x30 mm / 2.35”x7.33”x1.83” Control Head II, III, Remote Mt.: 60x186x71 mm / 2.35”x7.33”x2.78” Weight: 25-50 Watt Transceivers: 1.8 kg / 4.04 lbs 50-100 Watt Transceivers: 2.5 kg / 5.50 lbs Control Head I, Dash Mt.: 152 g / 0.33 lbs Control Head II, Dash Mt.: 233 g / 0.51 lbs Control Head III, Dash Mt.: 229 g / 0.50 lbs RECEIVER TRANSMITTER Frequency Range: Frequency Range: 403-470MHz 450-512MHz 67 MHz 403-470*MHz 450-512MHz Maximum Frequency Separation: Sensitivity: 20dB Quieting: 0.50 uV or 0.30 uV w/ preamp 12dB SINAD: 0.35 uV 0r 0.20 uV w/ preamp Adjacent Channel Selectivity: @12.5 kHz: -65 dB @25 kHz: -82 dB Spurious / Image Rejection: -95 dB or with preamp -90 dB Intermodulation:(uVemf) -85 dB or with preamp -80 dB Conducted Spurious Emission: per FCC part 90 Audio Output: 7.5 W or 13 W (external, 8 ¾/3.2 ¾) Audio Response: 6 dB/octave +1/-3 dB at 300-3000 Hz Distortion: 7.5 W @:<3% (optional spkr) 13 W @<5% RF Power: 403-470 MHz: * The radio will operate with some degradation in receiver performance in 433-438 MHz frequencies. * Limited to 78 Watts above 470 MHz in the USA. 450-512 MHz 25-40 Watts 50-100 Watts 25-40 Watts 50-100 Watts Deviation, Maximum: 12.5 kHz channel spacing: 25 kHz channel spacing: Spurious & Harmonics: Audio Response: 6 dB/octave +1/-3 dB at 300-3000 Hz Distortion: <3% @ 60% of maximum deviation Adjacent Channel Power (CEPT): 12.5 kHz: 20/25/30 kHz: ±2.5 kHz ±5.0 kHz -80 dBc -60 dBc -70 dBc Specifications subject to change without notice. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Specifications for UHF, 1-10 Watt and 10-25 Watt Radios xxv Specifications for 15 Watt and 35 Watt Radios All specifications are per Electronic Industries Association (EIA) 603 unless otherwise noted. GENERAL FCC Designation: 30-35W: AZ492FT5773 15W: AZ492FT5765 Temperature Range: Operating: -30 to +60°C Storage: -40 to +85°C Power Supply: Nominal Voltage: 13.6 V Operating Voltage: 10.8-16.3 V Current Drain, maximum values: Stand-by: 0.45 A Receive: 1.7 A with 7.5 W speaker 2.5 A with 13 W speaker 1.5 A with 4 W speaker Transmit (15W): 6.5 A Transmit (35W): 13.5 A Off: 30 mA Number of Modes: Model I: Standard 48, optional 150 Model II, III: Standard 160, optional 250 Channel Spacing: 806-821 & 851-866MHz: 25 kHz 821-825 & 866-870MHz: 20 kHz Mode of Operation: Simplex and Semi Duplex Modulation: FM Antenna Impedance: 50 ¾ Frequency Stability: 806-821 MHz & 851-866 MHz: ±2.5 ppm 821-825 MHz & 866-870 MHz: ±1.5 ppm Dimensions (H/W/D): 1-25W Transceivers: 44x168x180 mm / 1.73”x6.61”x7.09” 25-50W Transceivers: 44x168x230 mm / 1.97”x6.61”x7.76” Control Head I, Dash Mt.: 44x168x30 mm / 1.75”x6.61”x1.81” Control Head II, III, Dash Mt.: 60x186x30 mm / 2.35”x7.33”x1.83” Control Head II, III, Remote Mt.: 60x186x71 mm / 2.35”x7.33”x2.78” Weight: 1-25 Watt Transceivers: 1.6 kg / 3.53 lbs 25-50 Watt Transceivers: 1.8 kg / 4.04 lbs Control Head I, Dash Mt.: 152 g / 0.33 lbs Control Head II, Dash Mt.: 233 g / 0.51 lbs Control Head III, Dash Mt.: 229 g / 0.50 lbs RECEIVER Frequency Range: Maximum Frequency Separation: Sensitivity: 20dB SINAD: 12dB SINAD: Adjacent Channel Selectivity: Model I: Models II & III: Spurious & Image Rejection: Model I: Models II & III: Intermodulation: Model I: Models II & III: Conducted Spurious Emission: TRANSMITTER 851-866MHz 866-870MHz 18 MHz 0.40 uV 0.30 uV -75 dB -80 dB -75 dB -90 dB -75 dB -80 dB Frequency Range: 806-821 & 821-825MHz (Talkaround) 851-866 & 866-870MHz Maximum Frequency Separation: 63 MHz RF Power: 15 Watts 30 or 35 Watts Deviation, Maximum: @806-821 & 851-866MHz: 5 kHz @821-825 & 866-870MHz: 4 kHz Spurious & Harmonics: -70 dBc Audio Response: 6 dB/octave +1/-3 dB at 300-3000 Hz Distortion: <3% @ 60% of maximum deviation Adjacent Channel Power (CEPT): -60 dBc per FCC part 90 Audio Output: 4 W (internal, 16 ¾) 7.5 W or 13 W (external, 8 ¾/3.2 ¾) Audio Response: 6 dB/octave +1/-3 dB at 300-3000 Hz Distortion :4/7.5/13 W @:<5% Specifications subject to change without notice. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 xxvi Specifications for UHF, 1-10 Watt and 10-25 Watt Radios Specifications for 900 MHZ, 12 Watt and 30 WATT Radios All specifications are per Electronic Industries Association (EIA) 603 unless otherwise noted. GENERAL FCC Designation: 30W: AZ492FT5780 12W: AZ492FT5766 Temperature Range: Operating: -30 to +60°C Storage: -40 to +85°C Power Supply: Nominal Voltage: 13.6 V Operating Voltage: 10.8-16.3 V Current Drain, maximum values: Stand-by: 0.45 A Receive: 1.7 A with 7.5 W speaker 2.5 A with 13 W speaker 1.5 A with 4 W speaker Transmit (12W): 6.5 A Transmit (30W): 14.5 A Off: 30 mA Number of Modes: Model I: Standard 48, optional 150 Model II, III: Standard 160, optional 250 Channel Spacing: 12.5 kHz Mode of Operation: Semi-Duplex Modulation: FM Antenna Impedance: 50ohms Frequency Stability: ±1.5 ppm Dimensions (H/W/D): 1-25W Transceivers: 44x168x180 mm / 1.73”x6.61”x7.09” 25-50W Transceivers: 44x168x230 mm / 1.97”x6.61”x7.76” Control Head I, Dash Mt.: 44x168x30 mm / 1.75”x6.61”x1.81” Control Head II, III, Dash Mt.: 60x186x30 mm / 2.35”x7.33”x1.83” Control Head II, III, Remote Mt.: 60x186x71 mm / 2.35”x7.33”x2.78” Weight: 1-25 Watt Transceivers: 1.6 kg / 3.53 lbs 25-50 Watt Transceivers: 1.8 kg / 4.04 lbs Control Head I, Dash Mt.: 152 g / 0.33 lbs Control Head II, Dash Mt.: 233 g / 0.51 lbs Control Head III, Dash Mt.: 229 g / 0.50 lbs RECEIVER Frequency Range: Maximum Frequency Separation: Sensitivity: 20dB SINAD: 12dB SINAD: Adjacent Channel Selectivity: Model I: Models II & III: Spurious & Image Rejection: Model I: Models II & III: Intermodulation: Model I: Models II & III: Conducted Spurious Emission: TRANSMITTER 896-941MHz 6 MHz 0.40 uV 0.30 uV -65 dB -70 dB -70 dB -90 dB (uVemf) -65 dB -70 dB Frequency Range: Maximum Frequency Separation: RF Power: 896-941MHz 45 MHz 12 Watts 30 Watts 2.5 kHz -70 dBc Deviation, Maximum: Spurious & Harmonics: Audio Response: 6 dB/octave +1/-3 dB at 300-3000 Hz Distortion: <3% @ 60% of maximum deviation Adjacent Channel Power (CEPT): >-60 dBc per FCC part 90 Audio Output: 4 W (internal, 16 ¾) 7.5 W or 13 W (external, 8 ¾/3.2 ¾) Audio Response: 6 dB/octave +1/-3 dB at 300-3000 Hz Distortion <5% @ 4/7.5/13 Watts Specifications subject to change without notice. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 1 Introduction Scope of This Manual This manual includes model/kit information, specifications, fundamental disassembly/reassembly procedures, maintenance, alignment, troubleshooting; and all theory, schematic diagrams, printed circuit board details and parts lists for all Non-Frequency Range Specific parts in the equipment listed. This manual is not a stand-alone manual, but requires the companionship of an appropriate Volume 2 manual in order to have all service information for a particular model of the radio. For every frequency band a band specific Volume 2 manual will be available. By ordering the Complete Service Instructions, Motorola Publication Number 68P81080C40, you will receive all Volume 2 band specific manuals available at the time of ordering. In addition, for radios that are equipped with the Motorola SECURENET option, the SECURENET Service manual, Motorola Publication Number 68P81083C25, is required. Notations Used in This Manual Throughout the text in this publication, you will notice the use of warnings, cautions, and notes. These notations are used to emphasize that safety hazards exist, and care must be taken and observed. NOTE: An operational procedure, practice, or condition that is essential to emphasize. ! CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, might result in equipment damage. Caution ! WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or injury. WARNING ! DANGER DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or injury. 1-2 Introduction: Related Publications Related Publications • 68P02058U20: Installation Instructions covering mobile series 900/1200 2000/2100. • 68P81080C40: MCS 2000 Mobile Radio Complete Service Instructions. All Frequency Ranges, includes all volume 2s. • 68P81083C20: MCS 2000 Mobile Radio Service Instructions - Volume 1. Non-Frequency Range Specific (this publication). • 68P81080C43: MCS 2000 Mobile Radio Service Instructions - Volume 2a. 800 MHz Frequency Range Specific, Low and Mid Power. • 68P81080C41: MCS 2000 Mobile Radio Service Instructions - Volume 2b. VHF Frequency Range Specific, High Power. • 68P81080C42: MCS 2000 Mobile Radio Service Instructions - Volume 2c. UHF Frequency Range Specific, High Power. • 68P81080C44: MCS 2000 Mobile Radio Service Instructions - Volume 2d. 900 MHz Frequency Range Specific, Low and Mid Power. • 68P81080C39: MCS 2000 Mobile Radio Service Instructions - Volume 2f. UHF Frequency Range Specific, Mid Power. • 68P81080C48: MCS 2000 Mobile Radio Service Instructions - Volume 2g. VHF Frequency Range Specific, Low Power. • 68P81080C49: MCS 2000 Mobile Radio Service Instructions - Volume 2h. UHF Frequency Range Specific, Low Power. • 68P81080C51: MCS 2000 Mobile Radio Service Instructions - Volume 2j. VHF Frequency Range Specific, Mid Power. • 68P81083C25: MCS 2000 Mobile Radio SECURENET Service Instructions. • 68P81080C47: MCS 2000 Accessory Guide. • 68P81080C35: MCS 2000 Mobile Radio Detailed User Reference Guide full operating instruction covering models I, II and III. • 68P81083C05: MCS 2000 Short Form User Guide for Model I, Multilingual. • 68P81083C10: MCS 2000 Short Form User Guide for Models II and III, Multilingual. • 68P81083C48: MCS 2000 Short Form User Guide for Model I, English only. • 68P81083C49: MCS 2000 Short Form User Guide for Models II and III, English only. • 68P81077C65: FlashPort User’s Guide. • 68P81077C15: SmartZone RSS Manual. Manual Revisions Changes which occur after this manual is printed are described in Manual Revisions. These Manual Revisions provide complete information on changes including pertinent parts listing data. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 2 Basic Maintenance Introduction This chapter of the manual describes preventive maintenance, safe handling of CMOS devices, and repair procedures and techniques. Each of these topics provides information vital to the successful operation and maintenance of your radio. Preventive Maintenance The radios do not require a scheduled preventive maintenance program; however, periodic visual inspection and cleaning is recommended. After the first year of service, it is advisable to check Reference Oscillator tuning of the radio. Inspection Check that the external surfaces of the radio are clean, and that all external controls and switches are functional. A detailed inspection of the interior electronic circuitry is not needed or desired. Cleaning The following procedures describe the recommended cleaning agents and the methods to be used when cleaning the external and internal surfaces of the radio. External surfaces include the front cover, housing and assembly. These surfaces should be cleaned whenever a periodic visual inspection reveals the presence of smudges, grease, and/or grime. Internal surfaces should be cleaned only when the radio is disassembled for servicing or repair. The only recommended agent for cleaning the external radio surfaces is a 0.5% solution of a mild dishwashing detergent in water. The only factory recommended liquid for cleaning the printed circuit boards and their components is isopropyl alcohol (70% by volume). ! Caution The effects of certain chemicals and their vapors can have harmful results on certain plastics. Aerosol sprays, tuner cleaners, and other chemicals should be avoided. Plastic Surfaces The detergent-water solution should be applied sparingly with a stiff, nonmetallic, short-bristled brush to work all loose dirt away from the radio. A soft, absorbent, lint-free cloth or tissue should be used to remove the solution and dry the radio. Make sure that no water remains entrapped near the connectors, cracks, or crevices. Circuit Boards and Components Isopropyl alcohol may be applied with a stiff, nonmetallic, short-bristled brush to dislodge embedded or caked materials located in hard-to-reach areas. The brush stroke should direct the dislodged material out and away from the inside of the radio. 2-2 Basic Maintenance: Safe Handling of CMOS Devices • Alcohol is a high-wetting liquid and can carry contamination into unwanted places if an excessive quantity is used. Make sure that controls or tunable components are not soaked with the liquid. Do not use high-pressure air to hasten the drying process, since this could cause the liquid to puddle and collect in unwanted places. Upon completion of the cleaning process, use a soft, absorbent, lint-free cloth to dry the area. Do not brush or apply any isopropyl alcohol to the frame, front cover, or back cover. NOTE: Always use a fresh supply of alcohol and a clean container to prevent contamination by dissolved material (from previous usage). Safe Handling of CMOS Devices ! Caution Complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) devices are used in this family of radios. While the attributes of CMOS are many, their characteristics make them susceptible to damage by electrostatic or high voltage charges. Damage can be latent, resulting in failures occurring weeks or months later. Therefore, special precautions must be taken to prevent device damage during disassembly, troubleshooting, and repair. Handling precautions are mandatory for CMOS circuits, and are especially important in low humidity conditions. DO NOT attempt to disassemble the radio without observing the following handling precautions. Precautions 1. Eliminate static generators (plastics, styrofoam, etc.) in the work area. 2. Remove nylon or double-knit polyester jackets, roll up long sleeves, and remove or tie back loose hanging neckties. 3. Store and transport all static-sensitive devices in ESD-protective containers. 4. If at all possible, handle CMOS devices by the package and not by the leads. Prior to touching the unit, touch an electrical ground to remove any static charge that you may have accumulated. The package and substrate may be electrically common. If so, the reaction of a discharge to the case would cause the same damage as touching the leads. 5. Disconnect all power from the unit before ESD-sensitive components are removed or inserted unless otherwise noted. 6. Use a static-safeguarded workstation, which can be accomplished through the use of an antistatic kit (Motorola part number 01-80386A82). This kit includes a wrist strap, two ground cords, a static-control table mat and a static-control floor mat. For additional information, refer to Service and Repair Note SRN F1052, “Static Control Equipment for Servicing ESD Sensitive Products”, available from Motorola Literature Distribution 2290 Hammond Drive Schaumburg, IL 60173 (847) 576-2826. When these items are not readily available, observing the following techniques will minimize chance of damage. - If a static-sensitive device is to be temporarily set down, use a conductive surface for placement of the device. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Basic Maintenance: Parts Replacement and Substitution 2-3 - Make skin contact with a conductive work surface first and maintain this contact when the device is set down or picked up. 7. Always wear a conductive wrist strap when servicing this equipment. The Motorola part number for a replacement wrist strap that connects to the table mat is 42-80385A59. 8. When straightening CMOS pins, provide ground straps for apparatus used. 9. When soldering, use a grounded soldering iron. Parts Replacement and Substitution Special care should be taken to be as certain as possible that a suspected component is actually the one at fault. This special care will eliminate unnecessary unsoldering and removal of parts, which could damage or weaken other components or the printed circuit board itself. When damaged parts are replaced, identical parts should be used. If the identical replacement component is not locally available, check the parts list for the proper Motorola part number and order the component from the nearest Motorola Communications Parts office. Rigid Circuit Boards This family of radios uses bonded, multi-layer, printed circuit boards. Since the inner layers are not accessible, some special considerations are required when soldering and unsoldering components. The printed-through holes may interconnect multiple layers of the printed circuit. Therefore, care should be exercised to avoid pulling the plated circuit out of the hole. When soldering near the module socket pins, use care to avoid accidentally getting solder in the socket. Also, be careful not to form solder bridges between the module socket pins. Closely examine your work for shorts due to solder bridges. When removing modules with metal enclosures, be sure to desolder the enclosure ground tabs as well as the module pins. Specific During all repair procedures, heating neighboring components can be minimized by: • Using upper heat only. • Using the correct size heat focus head approximately the same size as the carrier being replaced. • Keeping the heat focus head approximately1/8” or 3-6 mm above the printed circuit board when removing or replacing the device. ! Caution 68P81083C20-D If neighboring OMPAC components are heated above 365 degrees F or 185 degrees C they will suffer die-bond delamination and possible “popcorn” failure. December 6, 2004 2-4 Basic Maintenance: Audio PA Component Replacement Procedure Audio PA Component Replacement Procedure For High Power Models ! This procedure must be used when replacing these components to ensure proper alignment and heatsinking. Caution 1. Remove the main board from the chassis per disassembly instructions in Chapter 5. 2. Remove the faulty component in the Audio PA section of the main board. Ensure that the through-holes are free of solder. 3. Place the main board in a chassis eliminator (Motorola Part Number 2705815W03). Assemble the screws based on the Screw-Down sequence in Figure 5-21. 4. Place new component(s) in the proper location. Assemble the Audio PA Clip per the reassembly instructions Step 8. on page 20. 5. Flip the chassis eliminator over. 6. Using a large tip soldering iron set to 750°F max, heat ground plane around through holes for approximately 15 seconds. Dispense 6337 Tin Lead solder wire until a uniform solder fillet exists. Repeat this operation for all leads. 7. Inspect solder joints. There should be a uniform fillet. The joints should be shiny and not dull in appearance. 8. Remove the Audio PA clip per disassembly instructions Step 2. on page 10. Remove all screws. Pull board out of chassis eliminator. Antenna/Power Connector Replacement Procedure For Low, Mid, and High Power Models Note that Figures show High Power Chassis, but apply to all power levels. 1. Remove damaged connector by heating the solder joints until they reflow. Pull connector from board with small pliers or like instrument. Figure 2-1. RF and Power Connector Openings 2. Place new connector (either Power or RF) in opening in chassis (See Figure 2-1.). Connector Part Numbers can be found in Chapter 10. 3. Install connector retaining clip over connector and chassis wall (See Figure 2-2.). 4. Install PA Board, aligning connector holes over connector pins per orientation in Figure 2-3. Ensure that the undamaged connector has a retaining clip installed. 5. Screw down board using Torx drivers per the Assembly Section of Chapter 5. For High Power radios, follow the screw-down sequence found in Figure 5-21. 6. Using a large tip soldering iron set to maximum 750°F/400°C, heat ground leads on connector for approximately 15 seconds. Dispense 6337 Tin Lead solder wire until a uniform solder fillet exists. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Basic Maintenance: Antenna/Power Connector Replacement Procedure RF Connector Opening 2-5 Power Connector Opening MEPC-96587-O ! Caution Using temperatures higher than 750°F/400°C will cause the modular ground rings to pull off the board around pins and cause the board irreparable damage. 7. Inspect solder joints. The solder should not “ball-up” over leads. There should be a uniform fillet. The joints should be shiny and not dull in appearance. ! Caution If solder joint does not exhibit these characteristics, the joint will contain a cold solder and/or voids that could damage the Power Amplifier portion of the radio. Retaining Clip Chassis Wall Connector 8. Remove retaining clips. Unscrew board. Take board out of chassis. 9. Inspect for uniform solder fillet around leads on heavy side of board. Ensure that there is not excessive solder around leads. If excessive solder exists, carefully remove it with the soldering iron. 10. Reassemble board into chassis per the Reassembly/Assembly procedure on the previous pages based on the power level being repaired. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 2-6 Basic Maintenance: Antenna/Power Connector Replacement Procedure Notes December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 3 Test Equipment, Service Aids and Tools RecommendedTest Equipment The list of equipment contained in the table below includes all of the standard test equipment required for servicing two-way mobile radios, as well as several unique items designed specifically for servicing the radio. Battery-operated test equipment is recommended when available. The “Characteristics” column is included so that equivalent equipment may be substituted; however, when no information is provided in this column, the specific Motorola model listed is either a unique item or no substitution is recommended. Table 3-1. Recommended Test Equipment Motorola Model Number Description Characteristics R2000 Series System Analyzer R1150C* Code Synthesizer S1053D* HM-203-7* SKN6008A* SKN6001A* 220 VAC Voltmeter 100 VAC Voltmeter Power Cable for Meter Test Leads for Meter 1mV to 300V, 10-Mohm input Audio voltage measurements. impedance S1350C* ST1213B (VHF)* (Superseded by ST1217B) Watt Meter Plug-in Element 50 ohm, ±5% accuracy 10 Watts, maximum 0-1000 MHz, 300W Transmitter power output measurements. Load Resistor 0-1000MHz, 300W For use with Wattmeter. R1065A Load Resistor (Superseded by T1013A) 10-watt Broadband For use with Wattmeter. S1339A RF Millivolt Meter 10kHz to 1.2 GHz 100µV to 3V rf RF level measurements. R1013A* SINAD Meter R1011B (Supersedes S1347D & S1348D) DC Power Supply ST1217B (VHF)* ST1223B (UHF)* (Superseded by ST1237B and ST1227B) ST1237B (UHF R1)* ST1227B (UHF R2)* T1013A (Supersedes R1065A) This monitor will substitute for items with an asterisk (*) Application Frequency/deviation meter and signal generator for wide-range troubleshooting and alignment. Injection of audio and digital signalling codes. Plug-in Element RF Dummy Load Plug-in Element Plug-in Element S1347D or DC Power Supply S1348D (programmable) (Superseded by R1011B) Receiver sensitivity measurement. 0-40Vdc, 0-30 Amps Current limited bench power supply. 0-20Vdc, 0-5 Amps Current limited bench power supply. * Any of the R2000 Series system analyzers will substitute for items with an asterisk (*). 3-2 Test Equipment, Service Aids and Tools: Service Aids and Recommended Tools Service Aids and Recommended Tools Refer to the “SERVICE AIDS” and “RECOMMENDED TOOLS LIST” for a listing and description of the service aids and tools designed specifically for servicing the radio, as well as the more common tools required to disassemble and properly maintain the radio. These kits and/or parts are available from Motorola. The following table lists service aids recommended for working on the radio. While all of these items are available from Motorola, most are standard shop equipment items, and any equivalent item capable of the same performance may be substituted for the item listed. Field Programming The radio can be aligned and programmed in the field. This requires specific equipment and special instructions. Refer to the “Radio Service Software User’s Manual” for complete field programming information.. Table 3-2. Service Aids Part Number Description Application RKN4062B Programming and Cloning Cable Connects the RIB RLN4008B to the microphone connector. Cloning is the act of transferring programmed data from one radio to another. RKN4063A FLASH, Programming and Cloning Cable with Test Box Connects the RIB RLN4008B to the accessory connector. Cloning is the act of transferring programmed data from one radio to another. FLASHing is the act of adding new software to the radio. 3080376E36 Control Head Extender Cable Connects the control head to the 18 pin connector. (see page 4 for correct use of this cable). GTF373A* Test Box Cable Connects radio to GTF180B test box. GTF372A* Combined Interface Cable Connects radio to RLN4008B RIB and Microphone Port and Accessory Connector. HKN4191A DC Power Cable for radios Interconnects radio below 50 W to power supply. HKN6110 DC Power Cable for radios Interconnects radio of over 50 W to power supply. RLN4460A or GTF180B* Test Box Allows switching for radio testing. RLN4008B Radio Interface Box Enables communications between the radio and the computer’s serial communications adapter. 0180358A56 or EPN4041A* Power Supply Used to supply power to the RIB (220 VAC). 0180357A57 Power Supply Used to supply power to the RIB (110 VAC). EPN4040A* Power Supply Used to supply power to the RIB (240 VAC). 3080369B71 or 3080369B72 Computer Interface Cable Use B72 for the IBM PC AT. All other IBM models use B71. Connects the computer’s serial communications adapter to the RIB. RLN4438A Adapter 25 pin (F) to 9 pin (M) adapter, for use with 3080369B72 for AT applications. RLN1015B Smart Radio Interface Box (SRIB) Enables communications between the radio and the computer’s serial communications adapter. For FLASHing, programming and cloning. 0180302E27 SRIB Power Supply Used to supply power to the SRIB (120 VAC). 2580373E86 SRIB Power Supply Used to supply power to the SRIB (220 VAC). RLN4488A SRIB Battery Pack Used to power the SRIB from a battery. 3080390B48 or 3080390B49 Computer Interface Cable Use B49 for the IBM PC AT. All other IBM models use B48. Connects the computer’s serial communications adapter to the SRIB only. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Test Equipment, Service Aids and Tools: Field Programming 3-3 Table 3-2. Service Aids Part Number Description Application 2705438Y01 2705816W03 2705815W03 Chassis Eliminator Chassis Eliminator Chassis Eliminator For Low Power radios. For Mid Power radios. For High Power radios. TKN9152A Securenet Keyload Adapter Connects radio to Securenet Keyloader 3080370E05 Securenet Extender Cable Connects the control head to the secure board. RVN4113 Radio Service Software MCS 2000 Series For programming of MCS 2000 radios with SmartNet/Zone, STARTSITE and Conventional StatAlert software. (3 1/2” floppy disc, English version) GVN6011 (Eng)* Radio Service Software 2000 & 2100 Series Select 5 For programming of MCS 2000 radios with Conventional Select 5 software. Only compatible with VHF and UHF 1-25 Watt models. (3 1/2” floppy disc) * Available through Taunusstein Parts only. The following table lists the tools recommended for working on the radio; these also are available from Motorola. Note that the R-1070A workstation requires the use of a specific “heat focus head” for each of the components on which this item is used. Each of these heat focus heads must be ordered separately. ! The use of Mini UHF Adapters will have damaging effects on the RF Antenna Connector which might lead to radio failure. Caution Table 3-3. Recommended Service Tools Part Number Description Application 0180381B45 110VAC or 0180300E06 220VAC MBT250 Surface-mount/throu-hole repair station Temperature-controlled, self-contained soldering/ desoldering repair station for installation and removal of surface-mounted devices. 8180369E97 Flux holder/applicator Allows for the proper amount of flux to be applied to pad grid arrays for repair. 1105139W02 30cc plastic syringe and flux paste For use with flux holder/applicator 8180369E97. 0180386A81 Miniature digital read-out soldering station (encl. 1/64” micropoint tip) 0180386A78 Illuminated magnifying glass with lens attachment 0180386A82 Anti-static grounding kit 6684253C72 Straight prober 6680384A98 Brush 1010041A86 Solder (RMA type), 63/37, 0.020" diameter,1 lb. spool 68P81083C20-D Used during all radio assembly and disassembly procedures December 6, 2004 3-4 Test Equipment, Service Aids and Tools: Field Programming Table 3-3. Recommended Service Tools Part Number Description Application R-1070A (superseded by R1319A) Shields and surface-mounted component IC removal/rework station Removal of surface-mounted integrated circuits R1319A 110VAC R1321A 220VAC (supersedes R1070A) 6680332E82 6680332E83 6680332E84 Surface-Mounted Device Rework Station Removal of surface-mounted integrated circuits R1319A/R1321A Reflow Nozzle R1319A/R1321A Reflow Nozzle R1319A/R1321A Reflow Nozzle For IC removal (approximate size 0.8 in. x 0.8 in.) For IC removal (approximate size 0.6 in. x 0.6 in.) For IC removal (approximate size 0.5 in. x 0.5 in.) 6685629A01 End Cutter Extraction tool for removable control head buttons. HLN6621 Plug, coaxial Mini UHF male connector. Note: this connector is delivered with the radio. Prior to installation, replace the RF connector provided with the antenna with this connector. Recommended RF connector to interface with MCS 2000 radios. For use during bench test and tuning. ! Failure to follow these instructions may cause severe damage to the control head. Caution Mid Power Chassis 1. Place radio on bench with fins facing downward and away. 2. Remove the plastic cover. This position leaves the top side of the PC boards fully exposed and the 18 pin connector (see Table 3-4) facing the operator. Note that the 18 pin connector is offset left of center. 3. Place the control head directly in front of the chassis with the control head and chassis sides aligned to each other. The two 18 pin connectors MUST also be aligned. This means that the control head is sitting upright. ! If the cable is plugged in upside down the control head will burn out. Caution 4. With the colored side of the control head extender cable facing upward all the way between the control head and the chassis connect the cable to both control head and chassis 18 pin connectors. High Power Chassis 1. Place radio on bench with fins facing downward and away. 2. Remove the polycarbonate cover. This position leaves the top side of the PC boards fully exposed and the 18 pin connector (see Table 3-4) facing the operator. Note that the 18 pin connector is offset right of center. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Test Equipment, Service Aids and Tools: Field Programming 3-5 3. Place the control head directly in front of the chassis with the control head and chassis sides aligned to each other. The two 18 pin connectors MUST also be aligned. This means that the control head is upside-down on the bench. ! If the cable is plugged in upside down the control head will burn out. Caution 4. With the colored side of the control head extender cable facing upward all the way between the control head and the chassis connect the cable to both control head and chassis 18 pin connectors. After the cable is connected the control head can be uprighted. Table 3-4. Control Head Connector Pin Signals PIN NUMBER 68P81083C20-D CONTROLLER SIGNAL CONTROLLER SIGNAL PIN NUMBER 1 INTERNAL SPKR+ 10 DVP WE 2 SPKR– 11 KEY/FAIL 3 RESET 12 KID 4 SB9600_BUS– 13 DIGITAL_GND 5 not used 14 SB9600_BUSY 6 not used 15 SB9600_BUS+ 7 ANALOG_GND 16 not used 8 HANDSET_AUDIO 17 A+ 9 MIC/ON_OFF 18 SW_B+ December 6, 2004 3-6 Test Equipment, Service Aids and Tools: Field Programming Notes December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 4 Test Mode and Error Codes Test Mode General The test mode allows the technician to monitor a set of radio parameters, to configure the radio hardware in a number of predefined ways, and have access to a number of test procedures. Two basic areas of functionality are provided by the Test Mode: • RF test mode - allows the RF functionality of the radio to be tested. • CH (Control Head) test mode - allows the radio display, buttons and switches to be tested. The purpose of the test mode is to test the radio unit and its interfaces, but not to test the various accessories. However, the mobile radio is incapable of operating in isolation without a minimum set of accessories. The following accessories are assumed: • Microphone • External speaker (only models II and III) • Control head model I, II or III If an accessory is subsequently connected to the radio after the test mode application has already been invoked, the radio will ignore any resulting power up messages received on the serial bus. Test Mode Features On entering Test Mode the radio will be in an idle state, all indicators are extinguished and the RF TEST Mode Select menu message will be displayed. Test mode control is provided by a set of menus which may be scrolled through and selected. The dedicated buttons TM1 (Select) and TM2 (Scroll) (see Figure 4-1 on page 2) are used to navigate through these menus. Test Mode Entry and Exit 1. Turn the radio on. 2. Within five seconds after power on press the TM1 five (5) times. 3. On entry, the SERVICE test mode message is displayed for 2 seconds. Following this, each of the following is displayed in sequence: • radio software part number • control head part number • radio model number • radio serial number Each of these “temporary messages” lasts for 2 seconds. After the radio serial number has been displayed for 2 seconds, the message RF TEST will show in the display after 2 seconds. 4. To exit either the RF Test Mode or the CH Test Mode turn the radio off • Button TM1:used as Select Key and for Test Mode Entry • Button TM2:used as Scroll Key 4-2 Test Mode and Error Codes: Test Mode TM1 TM2 Figure 4-1. Dedicated Test Mode Keys on the Model I Faceplate TM2 TM1 Figure 4-2. Dedicated Test Mode Keys on the Model II Faceplate TM2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 # TM1 Figure 4-3. Dedicated Test Mode Keys on the Nodel III RF/CH Test Mode Select Pressing the scroll key alternates between the two Mode Select menus RF TEST and CH TEST. To select either the RF or CH test menu press the dedicated select key while the desired menu is being displayed. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Test Mode and Error Codes: Test Mode 4-3 RF Test Mode On entry into the RF test mode the radio hardware will be configured for the default carrier squelch (CSQ) test mode environment. The test mode application will examine the following personality parameters in the radio codeplug: • Tx Channel Number. • Rx Channel Number. When the radio is in RF test mode the PTT button is used to key and dekey the transmitter. Whenever the transmitter keys up, the test mode application illuminates the front panel red LED and whenever the transmitter keys down the application extinguishes the front panel red LED. Test Mode Environments When the RF TEST menu is displayed, press the TM1 key to gain access to the RF test mode environments: • CSQ (Carrier Squelch) . . . (Default) • TPL (Tone Private Line) • DPL (Digital Private Line) • TLS (Trunking Low Speed) • THS (Trunking high speed) • DTM (Dual Tone Modulation Frequency) • M12 (MDC 1200) When the appropriate environment is selected the test mode application will configure the radio hardware for this environment. Channel Numbers When the cursor is blinking on the channel number field, TM2 will scroll through channels: 1,þ2,þ...n (n is the highest channel number specified by the Tx/Rx pairs field). The test mode application will examine the number of Tx/Rx pairs field contained in the personality area of the radio codeplug in order to determine how many different channel number menu messages to display. Selecting one of the channel numbers will reconfigure the radio hardware with the specific transmit/receive frequency. The resulting frequencies will be as follows: • Transmit frequency: Offset frequency + (Tx channel number #n * Channel step size). • Receive frequency: Offset frequency + (Rx channel number #n * Channel step size). The Rx/Tx channel number #n and Channel step size values are extracted from the personality area of the radio codeplug and the offset frequency is derived from the offset frequency calculation performed on entry into RF test mode. CH Test Mode On entry into the Control Head test mode, all front panel indicators and display segments are displayed for a period of 2 seconds, and then extinguished. When the radio is in Control Head test mode, all front panel momentary button presses/releases (apart from the dedicated scroll and select keys and the volume control), static switch activations and free revolving rotary activations are monitored. When any one of these is detected a short tone will be heard and the associated button code (in decimal) and state will be displayed on the front panel. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 4-4 Test Mode and Error Codes: Error Code Displays Error Code Displays Power-up Display Codes At power-up, the radio performs cursory tests to determine if its basic electronics and software are in working order. Problems detected during these tests are presented as error codes on the radio display. The presence of an error code should prompt the user that a problem exists and that a service technician should be contacted. Self-test errors are classified as either fatal or non-fatal. Fatal errors will inhibit user operation, while non-fatal errors will not. Use Table 4-1 to aid in understanding particular power-up error code displays. FAILURE DISPLAY TYPE OF FAILURE DESCRIPTION POSSIBLE SOURCE FAIL 01/81 FATAL External ROM/Flash checksum error Bad ROM data, Defective ROM FAIL 01/82 FATAL External EEPROM checksum error Bad external codeplug data, Defective external EEPROM ERROR 01/02 NON-FATAL External EEPROM checksum error Bad external codeplug data FAIL 01/84 FATAL External EEPROM checksum blank Unprogrammed external codeplug data FAIL 01/88 FATAL External RAM error Defective RAM FAIL 01/90 FATAL Hardware failure Device communication error FAIL 01/92 FATAL Internal EEPROM checksum error Bad internal codeplug data, Defective microcontroller FAIL 01/93 NON-FATAL Internal EEPROM checksum blank Failure of Flashport authorization code FAIL 01/94 FATAL Internal EEPROM checksum blank Unprogrammed internal codeplug data FAIL 01/98 FATAL Internal RAM error Defective microcontroller ERROR 01/12 NON-FATAL Internal EEPROM checksum error Bad internal codeplug data ERROR 09/10 FATAL Hardware failure Defective secure board, Missing secure board Table 4-1. Power Up Display Codes NOTE: Due to the nature of fatal ROM & RAM errors, it may not be possible to present an error code on the display. In these cases the radio will attempt to display the appropriate error code, generate an illegal mode tone for one second and then reset its microcontroller. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Test Mode and Error Codes: Error Code Displays 4-5 Operational Display Codes During operation, the radio performs dynamic tests to determine if it is working properly. Problems detected during these tests are presented as error codes on the radio display. The presence of an error code should prompt a user that a problem exists and that a service technician should be contacted. Use Table 4-2 to aid in understanding particular operational error code displays. FAILURE CODE DESCRIPTION POSSIBLE SOURCE FAIL 001 Synthesizer out of lock Bad frequency data in codeplug; defective synthesizer FAIL 002 Selected Mode (Zone/Channel) codeplug checksum error Bad codeplug data FL 01/79 or FAIL 01/ 79 External Emergency switch has been pressed Emergency Power Up is not enabled in the codewhile radio is off plug Table 4-2. Operational Display Codes 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 4-6 Test Mode and Error Codes: Error Code Displays Notes December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 5 Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures General The disassembly/reassembly procedure covers all radio models. Specific model information is included in the procedure where relevant. Where nothing is indicated, the procedure will be valid for all models. ! Caution DO NOT attempt to disassemble the radio without first referring to the CMOS Precautions paragraph on page 2-2 in the Maintenance section. Disassembly to Transceiver Board Level Low and Mid Power Models Remove the Control Head NOTE: Steps 1 and 2, Removal of the Retention Frame, are only valid for Models II and III, Low and Mid Power Dash Mount version radios. 1. On Models II & III, Dash Mount only: Prior to removing the control head, remove the retention frame by inserting a small flat blade screwdriver in the cut outs provided. 2. On Models II & III, Dash Mount only: Slide the retention frame away from the control head groove. 3. Insert a small blade screw driver or like instrument in the side groove at the interface between the control head and the transceiver (see Figure 5-1). While pulling the control head away from the transceiver press until the control head side releases, and then repeat the operation on the opposite side. Control Head I See Detail "A" Depress Snap Here Detail "A" Figure 5-1. Removing the Control Head Transceiver 5-2 Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Disassembly to Transceiver Board Level ! The control head must be removed before removing the transceiver top cover. Caution 4. Pull the control head off of the transceiver until pressing the snaps. (Go to “Remove the Top Cover” section below). Remove Front Housing Remote Mount Version Models Only 1. Disconnect the Remote Mount Cable by squeezing the top and bottom of the connector together, disengaging the bottom snap then the top and pulling straight out. 2. Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver or like instrument in the side groove at the interface between the remote front housing and the transceiver (see Figure 5-1). Press while pulling the housing away from the transceiver until the snap releases. Repeat the operation on the opposite side. 3. Pull housing off the transceiver. 4. Remove white retainer (p/n 4205395X01) from the header (or front housing). 5. Remove the 18 position connector from the front of the transceiver. Remove the Top Cover Low Power Models 1. Pry the cover free from the chassis by inserting a small flat-blade screwdriver or like instrument into the area shown in Figure 5-2 and rotating the handle of the screwdriver over the top of the radio. This will disengage the snap between the cover and chassis. Rotate the cover away from the chassis and pull off. (Go to “Remove the Cavity Shield” paragraph, page 3). Disengage Snap Here Figure 5-2. Removing the Top Cover - Low Power Models December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Disassembly to Transceiver Board Level Mid Power Models 1. Insert a wide flat-blade screwdriver or like instrument in the recess area on the side of the radio near the RF and DC connector end (see Figure 5-3). 2. Pry the cover off the chassis by pushing the handle of the screwdriver in and toward the chassis. This will disengage the snap between the cover and chassis. 3. Repeat Step 1 and Step 2 for the opposite side of the radio. Detail “A” Disengage Snap here Disengage Snap here and on other side See Detail A Figure 5-3. Removing the Top Cover - Mid Power Models Remove the Cavity Shield Low Power Models Only NOTE: Eight tabs hold the cavity shield to the chassis. The cavity shield is the retaining device for the transceiver board and also provides the pressure to heat dissipating devices attached to the chassis. 1. Note the location (see Figure 5-18) of the cover gasket on chassis before removal. Remove the cover gasket from the chassis. 2. Loosen the cavity shield by prying each of the eight tabs away from the chassis. Release the four tabs on one side first and then repeat the operation on the other. Be careful not to pry the tabs any more than is necessary to free them from their respective retaining posts (see Figure 5-4). 3. Pull straight up on the cavity shield. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 5-4 Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Disassembly to Transceiver Board Level Cavity Sheild Tabs Figure 5-4. Removing the Cavity Shield Remove the PA Shield LOW AND MID POWER MODELS 1. Unscrew the three screws that hold the PA shield with T-10 Torx Driver. 2. Remove the PA shield by pulling straight up on the attached handle. PA Section & PCB Holding Screws (3) Figure 5-5. Removing the PA Shield (Low and Mid Power Models) Remove the Transceiver Board EXCEPT 800 MHZ AND 900 MHZ NOTE: For 800 MHz and 900 MHz radios go to page 6. Low Power Models 1. Remove the Accessory Connector on the bottom of the radio by sliding a finger into the recess on the chassis and pushing up on the connector tab to loosen the connection. Lift the connector out of the recess. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Disassembly to Transceiver Board Level 2. Remove all screws using a T8 or T-10 Torx Driver where appropriate. Remove the power and antenna connector retaining clips by inserting a small flat blade screwdriver between the clip and the top of the chassis wall and gently prying upwards (see Figure 5-6). NOTE: Thermal grease can act as an adhesive and cause the leads of the power amplifier devices to be over stressed if the board is lifted too quickly. Front Accessory Connector Detail 2) Pull connector straight out 1) Slide finger under tab Pry Clip Off Here Figure 5-6. Removing the Transceiver Board - Low Power Models (except 800 MHz and 900 MHz) 3. Carefully remove the transceiver board by rotating it out of the chassis. Slowly lift the board on the front edge while pushing up on the board through the accessory connector opening. Pull the board forward out of the chassis. Mid Power Models 1. Remove the Accessory Connector by sliding a finger into the recess on the chassis and pushing up on the connector tab to loosen the connection. Lift the connector out of the recess. 2. Remove the power and antenna connector retaining clips by inserting a small flat-blade screwdriver or like instrument between the clip and the top of the cavity wall per area shown in Figure 5-6. Gently prying upwards. On 40W Power models only: While removing clips, do not rest screw driver on PA Grounding Fence (P/N 2685629B01). Doing so will likely degrade the radio’s shielding performance. 3. Remove the PCB Clip and the Audio PA clip by inserting a flat-blade screwdriver or like instrument between the clip and the side wall. Prying the clip upward to disengage with the tabs on the wall. 4. Remove the recessed Power Amplifier Device screws using a T-8 Torx Driver, four on VHF, two on UHF (see Figure 5-7). 5. Remove the remaining screws with a T-10 Torx Driver. 6. Carefully remove the transceiver board by rotating it out of the chassis. Slowly lift the board on the front edge while pushing up on the board through the accessory connector opening. Pull the board forward out of the chassis. NOTE: Thermal Grease can act as an adhesive and cause the leads of the power amplifier devices to be over stressed if the board is lifted too quickly. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 5-6 Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Disassembly to Transceiver Board Level Recessed Power Amplifier Screws (UHF) Recessed Power Amplifier Screws (VHF) Antenna Connector Clip 2) Pull board forward out of chassis Power Connector Clip Audio PA Clip Accessory Connector Detail 1) Slide finger under tab 2) Pull connector straight out PCB Mount Clip 1) Push up on board through accessory connector opening Figure 5-7. Removing the Transceiver Board - Mid Power Models (except 800 MHz and 900 MHz) Remove the Transceiver Board 800 MHz and 900 MHz Models Only 1. Remove the Accessory Connector by sliding a finger into the recess on the chassis and pushing up on the connector tab to loosen the connection. Lift the connector out of the recess. 2. Remove all screws using a T-10 TORX driver. 3. Remove the power and antenna connector retaining clips by inserting a small flat blade screwdriver between the clip and the top of the cavity wall and gently prying the clip upwards. On Mid Power models: Remove the PCB clip and the Audio PA clip by inserting a flat-blade screwdriver or like instrument between the clip and the side wall. Prying the clip upward to disengage with the tabs on the wall. 4. Press on the 25 pin connector through the bottom of the chassis until the board is released from the chassis. 5. Carefully remove the transceiver board by rotating it out of the chassis. Slowly lift the board on the front edge while pushing up on the board through the accessory connector opening (see Figure 5-8). December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Disassembly to Transceiver Board Level Board Holding Screw (To be removed last) Front Power Connector Retaining Clip PA Holding Screws (2) Antenna Connector Retaining Clip Accessory Connector Detail 1) Slide finger under tab 2) Pull connector straight out Figure 5-8. Removing the Transceiver Board (800 MHz and 900 MHz only) Disassembly to Transceiver Board Level High Power Models ! Caution DO NOT attempt to disassemble the radio without first referring to the CMOS Precautions paragraph on page 2-2 in the Maintenance section. Remove the Bottom Cover 1. Disconnect the Remote Mount Cable by squeezing the top and bottom of the connector together, disengaging the bottom snap then the top, and pulling straight out. 2. Flip the unit over so that the Bottom Cover is facing up. Top Front Front Top Back Back Bottom Bottom Figure 5-9. Direction Conventions 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 5-8 Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Disassembly to Transceiver Board Level 3. Remove the Accessory Connector by sliding a finger into the recess on the bottom cover and pushing up on the connector tab to loosen the connection. Lift the connector out of the recess. See Figure 5-10. 2) Pull connector straight out 2) Pull connector straight out 1) Slide finger 1)under Slide tab finger under tab Bottom Cover Bottom Cover Accessory Connector Accessory Connector Figure 5-10. Removing the Accessory Connector 4. Insert a wide flat-blade screwdriver or like instrument in the recess area on the side of the radio near the antenna and power connector ends (see Figure 5-11). 5. Pry the bottom cover off the chassis by pushing the handle of a screwdriver up and toward the radio. This will disengage the snap between the bottom cover and the chassis. 6. Repeat Step 4 and Step 5 for the other side of the radio. 7. Rotate the bottom cover out and away from the chassis until it is completely free of the chassis taking care not to damage the 18 position connector in the process. Rotate Cover Rotate Cover Out and Away Out and Away in this Direction in this Direction Disengage Snap here Disengage Snap here and on other side and on other side 10 Position Connector 18 Position Connector Figure 5-11. Removing the Bottom Cover 8. Remove the cover gasket from the chassis. Note the correctly assembled position of the main seal before removing. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Disassembly to Transceiver Board Level Remove the RF Shield 1. Pull straight up on the RF shield using the supplied handle. Handle Handle RF Shield Shield RF Figure 5-12. Removing the RF Shield Remove the PA Shield 1. Pull straight up on the PA shield using the supplied handle. PA PA Shield Shield Handle Handle Figure 5-13. Removing the PA Shield Remove the PA Board 1. Unscrew the 6 recessed, PA device screws using a T-8 Torx driver. Unscrew the remaining screws (9 for VHF, 11 for UHF) using a T-10 Torx driver. 2. Remove the power and antenna connector retaining clips by inserting a small flat-blade screwdriver between the clip and the underlying cavity wall and by gently prying the clip upwards. 3. Gently disconnect the 2 and 12 position connectors from the RF board by rotating the PA Board toward the chassis fins. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 5-10 Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Disassembly of the Control Head 4. Once the connectors are disengaged, remove the PA Board from the chassis by pulling edge of board up and away from fin (back) side of radio. Pry Clip off here Pry Clip off here Disconnect PA board from these two RF connectors Figure 5-14. Removing the PA Board Remove the RF Board 1. Remove the 18 position connector by pulling it straight out from the chassis taking care not the bend the leads. 2. Remove the Audio PA Clip by inserting a flat-blade screwdriver under the clip´s extended tab, pivoting off the top of the underlying wall, and gently prying the clip upward. 3. Unscrew the 7 screws that hold the RF board in place using a T-10 Torx driver. 4. Carefully remove the RF board from the chassis by pulling straight up on the 25 D connector. Pull board straight up 25 D Connector Pry off Audio PA clip here Pull Connector straight out 18 Position Connector Figure 5-15. Removing the RF Board Disassembly of the Control Head NOTE: For details please refer to the relevant control head exploded views on pages 10-7 through 10-9. Dash Mount Versions Follow steps 1-4 on page 1 to remove the control head. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Disassembly of the Control Head 5-11 Remote Mount Versions 1. Disconnect the Remote Mount Cable by squeezing the top and bottom of the connector together, disengaging the bottom snap then the top, and pulling straight out. 2. Remove the back housing by inserting a small flat-blade screwdriver or like instrument into the recess on the short side of the control head exterior, taking care not to mar the surface. Rotate the screwdriver so that the tab deflects out and disengages from the control head housing. 3. Repeat the operation in Step 2 for the opposite side. Model I 1. Remove the internal spacer by inserting a small flat-blade screwdriver or like instrument into one of the eight recesses around the perimeter of the spacer. Rotate the screwdriver so that the spacer deflects in and the tab disengages from the control head housing. 2. Repeat Step 1 for the remaining seven recesses. 3. Pull the control head board straight out from the control head housing, removing the control head board, the speaker, and the keypad together. 4. Remove the keypad from the PCB by pulling up on the keypad. Care is required in removing the keypad from around the volume potentiometer and the microphone connector to keep from overstressing the leads. Care should be taken not to touch or get other contaminants on the conductive pads on the underside of the keypad. 5. To remove the LCD gasket, first remove the elastomeric connector, the LCD frame, the color sheet and the LCD itself from the housing. 6. Disconnect the speaker lead from the connector on the control head board. Models II & III 1. Remove the back housing by inserting a small flat-blade screwdriver or like instrument into the recess on the short side of the control head exterior, taking care not to mar the surface. Rotate the screwdriver so that the tab deflects out and disengages from the control head housing. 2. Repeat the operation in Step 1 for the opposite side. 3. Pull the back housing straight off. 4. On Model II, also remove the rotary knob on the right side of the unit by pulling away from the control head. 5. Remove the control head board by prying back on the four visible light pipe snaps. Carefully remove the board from the housing. Gently pull the board straight up so not to damage the volume potentiometer and the microphone connector leads. 6. The light pipe can be removed by prying back on its plastic snaps from the recesses in the control head housing. This step is only required to gain access to the keypad. NOTE: Keypad with replaceable Push Buttons only Care should be taken when removing the light pipe from control heads equipped with replaceable pushbuttons as the buttons are loose in the housing under the keypad. 7. With the light pipe removed, the keypad can be pulled from the housing. Care should be taken not to touch or get other contaminants on the conductive pads on the underside of the keypad. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 5-12 Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Reassembly of the Control Head Reassembly of the Control Head Model I 1. Place the LCD, color sheet, LCD frame, and elastomeric connector into the housing. Make sure that the LCD aligns with the gasket in the housing. 2. Place the keypad into the board assembly, making sure that the keypad is flush with the board. 3. Make sure that both the volume knob and potentiometer are both fully in the counter clockwise position before assembling the board into the housing. 4. Also make sure that the speaker is aligned with the speaker gasket and connected to the board assembly. 5. During the installation of the internal speaker be sure that all eight snaps are engaged on the Frame Lock. Be sure not to crimp the speaker wire. Models II and III 1. Place the keypad into the control head housing. 2. Snap the light pipe into the housing. Alternate engaging snaps on each side for best result. 3. Make sure that both the volume knob and potentiometer are both fully in the counter clockwise position before assembling the board into the housing. 4. Snap the board assembly into the housing. 5. For model “II” only, attach the large rotary knob. Transceiver Reassembly Low and Mid Power Models Transceiver Reassembly NOTE: Replace all gaskets at each servicing to ensure proper sealing of unit. Be careful to use only very little thermal grease as an excessive quantity will deteriorate the conductivity. 1. Inspect and reapply a THIN layer of thermal grease as needed to the areas shown in Figure 5-16. Apply Thermal Grease to these raised surfaces Audio PA and Regulator Pedestals Board Slot Shield Diode Spring Chassis PA Pedestal Apply Thermal Grease to this raised surface Figure 5-16. Reassembly 2. Insert the diode spring. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Transceiver Reassembly Low and Mid Power Models 5- 3. Install a new gasket to the 25 pin connector, Antenna connector and Power connector gaskets located on the board. 4. On 800/900 MHz Models only: Insert board slot shield. 5. On Mid Power UHF Models Only: Ensure PA Grounding Clips (P/N 4185738B01) are attached to shields near Antenna Connector, as shown in Figure 5-16. Replace if either clip is missing or poorly attached. 6. On 800/900 MHz Models only: Replace the thermal pad attached to the large heatsink (designator B6501) on the bottom side of the board in the PA section. 7. Check that foam seal is correctly positioned on 25 pin connector on bottom side of board. 8. Insert the main board carefully at an appropriate angle (approximately 30°) into the chassis. Take care to maintain the position of the Diode Spring. On Mid Power Models Only (Excluding 800/900 MHz): Start, but do not torque down, screw number 9 per Figure 5-17 and Figure 5-1. 9. Install the antenna and power connector retaining clips. 10. On Low Power Models Only: Install all screws (except the three screws that retain the PA shield) with 12 in lbs of torque using a T-10 Torx driver. On Mid Power 800/900 MHz Models: Install all screws (except the three screws that retain the PA shield) with 12 in lbs of torque using a T-10 Torx driver. On Mid Power Models (Excluding 800/900 MHz): Install the screws in the recessed PA devices, four for VHF and two for UHF, with 8 in lbs of torque using a T-8 Torx driver (see Figure 5-7 and Figure 5-1). Install the remaining screws (except the three screws that retain the PA shield) with 6-8 in lbs of torque using a T-10 Torx driver per sequence shown in Figure 517 and Figure 5-1. 11. On Mid Power Models Only: Install the PCB and Audio PA clips. Note: Once you have reinstalled the PCB and Audio PA clips please check that they fit tightly on the chassis. If they are loose then they have yielded during the disassembly process and should be replaced with new clips. 12. Insert the PA shield. Of the three screws that hold the shield to the PCB, torque down the middle screw first to 6-8 in lbs of torque using a T-10 Torx driver. Torque down the two remaining screws to 6-8 in lbs with a T-10 Torx driver. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 5-14Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Transceiver Reassembly Low and Mid Power Models 4 4 1 2 33 1 2 5 2 7 8 8 7 1 6 6 12 12 14 14 13 13 10 10 99 11 11 Figure 5-17. 40W UHF Torque sequence Step 1 Number 9 2 Screw P/N Bit Torque Notes 0310907A20 Torx T10 - Start Only - - - Place Connector Clips 3 1-2 0386265A01 Torx T8 8 IN-lb 4 3-11 0310907A20 Torx T10 8 IN-lb Number 9 Inclusive - - - Place Shield and Clips 0310907A20 Torx T10 8 IN-lb 5 6 12-14 Table 5-1. 40W UHF Torque Sequence 1. On Low Power Models: Install the Cavity Shield and press down until it locks on the chassis tabs. ! Caution December 6, 2004 Ensure that ALL cavity shield tabs engage properly. Failure to do this may inhibit the top cover from engaging properly and could damage the top cover. 68P81083C20-D Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Transceiver Reassembly Low and Mid Power Models 5- 2. Place a new cover gasket around the chassis ensuring that it is placed under the locking tabs and ledge at the front of the chassis (See Figure 5-18.). To ensure that the gasket remains seated along the groove, twist the gasket between fingers down and toward the chassis on both sides of the chassis. Twistouring Cover gasket Figure 5-18. Cover Gasket Location 3. Install the top cover by engaging the hooks on front of the chassis and rotating the cover back. On Mid Power Models: Ensure that the side snaps on the cover are engaged. On Low Power Models: Ensure that the side snap in the back is engaged. 4. Install the front cover gasket over the front of the transceiver ensuring that the rectangular hole in the transceiver aligns with the rectangular hole in the gasket. Press the gasket flush against the transceiver to ensure proper sealing. 5. Install the accessory connector assembly through the bottom side of the radio. Be sure to install the connector straight down into the unit because otherwise it will catch on the housing and no connection will be made. Assembly of Control Head to Transceiver Refer to exploded views on pages 10-4 to 10-9 for parts referenced in this procedure. Dash Mount Models For Model I: Install dash mount configured control head onto the transceiver. Ensure that the side snaps are engaged. For Models II and III: Install the retention frame over the front of the transceiver. Install the dash mount configured control head onto the transceiver. Slide the retention frame toward the control head until both snaps engage. Remote Mount Models 1. Install the 18 position connector into the female connector (mounted on the PC board) through the hole in the front of the chassis. 2. Install the remote header retainer into the recess for the rectangular cutout in the remote front housing. 3. Place white remote retainer (4205395X01) over 18 position connector. 4. Install the remote front housing over the 18 position connector onto the front of the transceiver ensuring that both snaps are engaged. 5. Connect the remote mount cable to the transceiver and to the remote mount configured control head. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 5-16 Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Transceiver Reassembly High Power Models Transceiver Reassembly High Power Models NOTE: Replace all gaskets at each servicing to ensure proper sealing of unit. 1. Inspect and reapply a thin coat of thermal compound as necessary to the heatsinking pads, voltage regulator and Audio PA areas in the chassis per Figure 5-19. A thick coat of thermal compound may negatively effect heat sinking. Apply Thermal Compound to these raised areas Apply Thermal Compound to this portion of chassis wall Figure 5-19. Wakefield / Thermal Compound Application Area 2. Insert the transceiver board placing board slots over locating features in chassis. Be sure the board is sitting flush on the chassis mounting surface. Spring Diode Chassis locating features Transceiver board Figure 5-20. Inserting Transceiver Board 3. Replace the 25-D connector gasket on the transceiver board. 4. Replace the RF and power connector gaskets on the PA board. 5. Install the PA board carefully at an appropriate angle (approximately 30o) to the chassis connecting the 2 and 12 pin connectors to the RF board. 6. Install the 2 PA connector retaining clips over the RF and power connectors and chassis wall. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Transceiver Reassembly High Power Models 5-17 NOTE: Observe the screw-down sequence in Figure 5-21 when installing screws. Proper alignment of boards depend on following this sequence. 7. Fasten screws #1-6 to 12 in lbs of torque using a T-8 Torx driver. Fasten the remaining screws (#7-20 for VHF models, #7-22 for UHF models) to 6-8 in lbs of torque using a T-10 Torx driver following the screw down sequence in Figure 5-21. 13 13 14 14 5 2 1 1 4 1 4 6 6 33 10 11 10 11 99 18 18 6 6 33 10 10 8 8 4 1 2 99 7 2 4 7 13 13 20 24 17 17 20 20 18 18 19 20 20 19 14 14 20 23 16 16 17 17 2 11 12 11 12 15 15 22 22 5 1 1 7 8 21 21 2 2 7 8 12 12 15 15 16 16 22 22 21 21 UHF VHF Figure 5-21. Reassembly Screw Down Sequence 8. Install the Audio PA clip to the corner of the chassis (per Figure 5-22) by applying downward, equal pressure to the side and main tab of the clip. Side pressure on the clip will negatively impact heat sinking of the 5 V Regulator and Audio PA. The placement tab should rest flush against the top of the chassis wall. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 5-18 Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Transceiver Reassembly High Power Models Pressure Points Guide Rail Audio PA Clip 18 Position Connector, Female Figure 5-22. Inserting Audio PA Clip 1. Install the RF shield by placing it over the chassis with the front and back tabs inside the chassis and side tabs outside the chassis walls. Push straight down applying even pressure to the edges of the shield until they rest flush on the chassis wall. Repeat the same operation for the PA shield. 2. Insert the 18 position connector (black side) through the opening in the chassis into the female connector on the RF board. NOTE: The 18 position connector is not symmetrical, therefore the black side must mate to the connector on the transceiver board. 3. Place a new cover gasket around the chassis being sure it is placed under the locking tabs and the v-shaped rail shown in Figure 5-23. To ensure that the gasket remains seated under the rail, twist the gasket up and toward chassis between the fingers at the location of the lowest point of “V”. Position the gasket under the rail and release. 4. Insert the 18 position connector (black side) into the female connector through the hole in the front of the chassis. 5. Carefully guide the bottom cover front hole opening over the 18 position connector. Engage the bottom cover over the hooks at the front of the chassis, rotate the cover back over the chassis, and press down until the sides snap into place. Locking Tab (other tab on opposite side of chassis) Gasket twist direction Lowest point of gasket locating feature "V" Figure 5-23. Installing Cover Gasket 6. Install the accessory connector assembly through the bottom side of the radio. Be sure to install the connector straight down into the unit because otherwise it will catch on the housing and no connection will be made. NOTE: The radio will not function without the accessory connector. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Replaceable Pushbuttons Replacement Procedure 5-19 Replaceable Pushbuttons Replacement Procedure ! Caution Availability of replaceable pushbutton control heads depends upon date order was placed, shipped and based upon options ordered. Contact your Parts division for aftermarket kits and parts. Models II & III Keypad with Replaceable Pushbuttons There are five sizes of replaceable pushbuttons, which are designated sizes A, B, C, D, and E. The locations and sizes of the Model I, II and III replaceable pushbuttons are shown in Figure 5-24, Figure 5-25 and Figure 5-26, respectively. All available replaceable pushbuttons, cross-referenced to their legend descriptions, colors, sizes and part numbers are listed in see Table 5-2 on page 5-21. E E E E E MAEPF 25930 O Figure 5-24. Model I Replaceable Pushbuttons C C C C A A B A B B B B B Figure 5-25. Model II Replaceable Pushbuttons A D D D A D D D A D D D A D D D A A A B B B B B B Figure 5-26. Model III Replaceable Pushbuttons Replaceable pushbuttons can be replaced in two ways: • while the control head is disassembled or 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 5-20 Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Replaceable Pushbuttons Replacement Procedure • while the control heads is assembled. Replacement in Disassembled Control Head To replace buttons in a control head that is already disassembled, follow the procedure below. 1. Pull replaceable pushbutton up and out of housing. 2. Replace buttons as necessary per Table 5-2, “Replaceable Pushbutton Graphics and Part Numbers,” on page 5-21. 3. Place the keypad into the control head housing. 4. Snap the light pipe into the housing. Alternate engaging snaps on each side for best result. 5. Make sure that both the volume knob and potentiometer are both fully in the counter clockwise position before assembling the board into the housing. 6. Snap the board assembly into the housing. 7. For model “II” only, attach the large rotary knob. Replacement in Assembled Control Head To replace buttons in a control head that is already assembled, follow the procedure below: The replaceable style pushbuttons have two expandable tabs on the inside edge, one on the top and one on the bottom. When expanded, these tabs press against the inside surface of the control head faceplate and hold the pushbutton in place. To replace a pushbutton, refer to Figure 5-27 and Figure 5-28 and proceed as follows: ! Caution Be careful to avoid damaging surface of control head front panel when using flat end pliers to grasp pushbutton to be removed. 1. Grasp pushbutton to be removed with flat end pliers (Motorola Part Number 6685629A01) as close as possible to control head faceplate (as shown in Figure 5-27). ! Caution In step 2 below, to avoid damage to pushbutton, compress pushbutton only enough to allow tabs on pushbutton to clear edges of hole in faceplate. 1. Compress pushbutton just enough so that the tabs can clear the control head faceplate. Then pull pushbutton away from control head. 2. Orient the new pushbutton so that legend is oriented correctly. NOTE: No tools are required to perform Step 3 below. 3. Snap replacement pushbutton into opening in control panel faceplate. 4. Verify that tabs on replacement pushbutton are engaged behind control head faceplate and that pushbutton operates freely. 5. Using RSS software and manual, reprogram the radio so that replaced pushbutton has the desired function. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Replaceable Pushbuttons Replacement Procedure 5-21 MCS 2000 MEPC-96618-O/None Figure 5-27. Grasping Pushbutton with Flat End Pliers MCS Tab 2000 Control Head Faceplate Pushbutton Plier Nibs Tab MEPC-96619-O/GB Figure 5-28. Pulling Pushbutton Away from Control Head Table 5-2. Replaceable Pushbutton Graphics and Part Numbers Graphic Color Legend Description BLANK Blank White N/A 3805230Z01 3805231Z01 3805232Z01 3805233Z01 3886267A01 BLANK Blank Orange N/A 3805230Z18 3805231Z14 3805232Z10 N/A 68P81083C20-D Button Graphic Pushbutton Part Number Size A Size B Size C Size D Size E 3886267A10 December 6, 2004 5-22 Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Replaceable Pushbuttons Replacement Procedure Graphic Color Legend Description A A White Black 3805230Z42 3805231Z42 3805232Z42 N/A 3886267A40 B B White Black 3805230Z43 3805231Z43 3805232Z43 N/A 3886267A41 C C White Black 3805230Z44 3805231Z44 3805232Z44 N/A 3886267A42 Call Call White Black 3805230Z21 3805231Z07 3805232Z13 N/A 3886267A13 D D White Black 3805230Z45 3805231Z45 3805232Z45 N/A 3886267A43 Del Delete White Black 3805230Z35 3805231Z35 3805232Z35 N/A 3886267A14 Dim Dim White Black 3805230Z12 3805231Z17 3805232Z14 N/A 3886267A15 Dir Dir White Black 3805230Z38 3805231Z38 3805232Z38 N/A 3886267A36 Emer Emergency White Orange 3805230Z22 3805231Z09 3805232Z15 N/A 3886267A16 Emer Emergency Orange Black 3805230Z20 3805231Z16 3805232Z12 N/A 3886267A12 H/L Horn/Light White Black 3805230Z23 3805231Z04 3805232Z16 N/A 3886267A17 Home Home White Black 3805230Z10 3805231Z18 3805232Z03 N/A 3886267A18 Menu Menu White Black 3805230Z09 3805231Z19 3805232Z04 N/A 3886267A05 Mess Message White Black 3805230Z46 3805231Z46 N/A N/A Mon Monitor White Black 3805230Z33 3805231Z33 3805232Z33 N/A 3886267A19 Mpl Mpl White Black 3805230Z41 3805231Z41 3805232Z41 N/A 3886267A39 Opt Option White Black 3805230Z05 3805231Z20 3805232Z02 N/A 3886267A20 Page Page White Black 3805230Z03 3805231Z08 3805232Z17 N/A 3886267A21 Phon Phone White Black 3805230Z24 3805231Z05 3805232Z18 N/A 3886267A22 Pwr Power White Black 3805230Z39 3805231Z39 3805232Z39 N/A 3886267A37 Read Read White Black 3805230Z48 3805231Z48 N/A N/A Rcl Recall White Black 3805230Z36 3805231Z36 3805232Z36 N/A 3886267A34 S Menu Sym- White Black 3805230Z16 3805231Z21 3805232Z06 N/A 3886267A08 Scan Scan White Black 3805230Z25 3805231Z06 3805232Z19 N/A 3886267A23 Sec Secure White Black 3805230Z34 3805231Z34 3805232Z34 N/A 3886267A24 Sel Select White Black 3805230Z08 3805231Z22 3805232Z05 N/A 3886267A06 Site Site White Black 3805230Z37 3805231Z37 3805232Z37 N/A 3886267A35 Srch Search White Black 3805230Z11 3805231Z23 3805232Z20 N/A 3886267A25 Stat Status White Black 3805230Z47 3805231Z47 N/A N/A Sys System White Black 3805230Z40 3805231Z40 3805232Z40 N/A 3886267A38 Zone Zone White Black 3805230Z02 3805231Z24 3805232Z21 N/A 3886267A26 Call Symbol White Black 3805230Z26 3805231Z13 3805232Z22 N/A 3886267A07 December 6, 2004 Button Graphic Pushbutton Part Number Size A Size B Size C Size D N/A N/A N/A Size E 68P81083C20-D Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Replaceable Pushbuttons Replacement Procedure 5-23 Graphic Legend Zone Description Color Button Graphic Pushbutton Part Number Size A Size B Size C Size D Size E Emergency Symbol White Orange 3805230Z27 3805231Z02 3805232Z23 N/A 3886267A02 Emergency Symbol Orange Black 3805230Z19 3805231Z15 3805232Z11 N/A 3886267A11 Horn/Light Symbol White Black 3805230Z28 3805231Z10 3805232Z24 N/A 3886267A27 Home Symbol White Black 3805230Z29 3805231Z25 3805232Z09 N/A 3886267A28 Monitor Symbol White Black 3805230Z04 3805231Z26 3805232Z25 N/A 3886267A29 Option Symbol White Black 3805230Z15 3805231Z27 3805232Z08 N/A 3886267A30 Page Symbol White Black 3805230Z14 3805231Z28 3805232Z26 N/A 3886267A31 Phone Symbol White Black 3805230Z30 3805231Z11 3805232Z27 N/A 3886267A04 Scan Symbol White Black 3805230Z31 3805231Z12 3805232Z28 N/A 3886267A03 Secure Symbol White Black 3805230Z32 3805231Z03 3805232Z29 N/A 3886267A32 Select Symbol White Black 3805230Z17 3805231Z29 3805232Z07 N/A 3886267A09 Up Arrow Symbol White Black 3805230Z06 3805231Z30 3805232Z30 N/A N/A Down Arrow White Symbol Black 3805230Z07 3805231Z31 3805232Z31 N/A N/A Zone Symbol Black 3805230Z13 3805231Z32 3805232Z32 N/A 3886267A33 68P81083C20-D White December 6, 2004 5-24 Disassembly & Reassembly and Replacement Procedures: Replaceable Pushbuttons Replacement Procedure Graphic Color Legend Description 1 Decimal Number White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z02 N/A 2 Decimal Number White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z03 N/A 3 Decimal Number White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z04 N/A 4 Decimal Number White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z05 N/A 5 Decimal Number White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z06 N/A 6 Decimal Number White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z07 N/A 7 Decimal Number White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z08 N/A 8 Decimal Number White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z09 N/A 9 Decimal Number White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z10 N/A * Special Character White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z11 N/A 0 Decimal Number White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z12 N/A # Special Character White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z13 N/A 2ABC NumeralLetter White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z14 N/A 3DEF NumeralLetter White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z15 N/A 4GHI NumeralLetter White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z16 N/A 5JKL NumeralLetter White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z17 N/A 6MNO NumeralLetter White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z18 N/A 7PRS NumeralLetter White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z19 N/A 8TUV NumeralLetter White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z20 N/A 9WXY NumeralLetter White Black N/A N/A N/A 3805233Z21 N/A December 6, 2004 Button Graphic Pushbutton Part Number Size A Size B Size C Size D Size E 68P81083C20-D Chapter 6 Radio Tuning Procedure General An IBM PC (personal computer) and RSS (Radio Service Software)/CPS (Customer Program Software) are required to align the radio. Refer to the applicable RSS Manual for installation, setup procedures for the software and minimum computer requirements. To perform the alignment procedures, the radio must be connected to the PC, RIB (Radio Interface Box), and Test Set as shown inFigure 6-1. ! The use of Mini UHF Adapters will have damaging effects on the RF Antenna Connector which might lead to radio failure. Caution 30 dB PAD SERVICE MONITOR OR COUNTER 30 dB PAD WATTMETER TRANSMIT BNC RF GENERATOR RECEIVE DC/BATTERY HKN4191 or HKN6110 AUDIO IN TX AUDIO GENERATOR TEST SET RLN4460A or GTF180B RADIO RX SINAD METER AC VOLTMETER PROGRAM/TEST CABLE RKN4062A, RKN4063A or GTF372A COMPUTER DATA BUSY GND RIB RLN4008 or SRIB RLN1015 COMPUTER INTERFACE RIB CABLE 30-80369B71/72 or COMPUTER INTERFACE SRIB CABLE 30-80390B48/49 RIB POWER SUPPLY 0180357A57 (110VAC) 0180357A56 or EPN4041A (220 VAC.)/ EPN4040A (240 VAC.) Figure 6-1. Radio Alignment Test Setup MEPC-95029-A/GB 6-2 Radio Tuning Procedure: General As listed in the Service Aids table in Chapter 3 two different RSS packages are available for field programming of the MCS 2000 radios: • RVN4113 for SmartNet/Zone, STARTSITE and Conventional StatAlert operation • GVN6011 for Conventional Select 5 operation. In RVN4113 all service and tuning procedures are performed from the SERVICE menu, which is selected by pressing F2 from the MAIN MENU.Figure 6-2 illustrates how the MCS 2000 RSS SERVICE screens are organized. In GVN6011 all service and tuning procedures are performed from the TUNE RADIO menu which is entered by pressing F2, F5 from the MAIN MENU. The structure of the TUNE RADIO menu is the same one as shown for the SERVICE menu in RVN4113 illustrated inFigure 6-2. The two RSS packages are very similar. The following tuning procedure is mainly described as seen from within the RVN4113 package. Service Menu F2 F3 Receiver Alignment Menu Transmitter Alignment Menu F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F8 F9 Reference Oscillator TX Power TX Deviation Balance (Comp) TX Deviation Limit TX Dev. Limit: Reference Secure Tx Deviation TX Current Limit F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F8 Front End Bandpass Filter Rated Audio Calibration Squelch Attenuator (12.5 kHz) Squelch Attenuator (20 kHz) Squelch Attenuator (25 kHz) SECURE Rx Discriminator Level F4 Signaling Alignment Menu F2 DTMF F3 High Speed F4 MDC1200 Figure 6-2. Service Menu Structure for RVN4113 Before going into the Service Aids menu, the radio must first be read using the GET/SAVE/ PROGRAM Radio Data menu (if the radio has just been programmed with data loaded from disk or from a newly created codeplug, then it must still be read so that the RSS will have the radio’s actual tuning values). All SERVICE screens read and program the radio codeplug directly; you do NOT have to use the RSS GET/SAVE functions to program new tuning values. ! Caution Do NOT switch radios in the middle of any SERVICE procedure. Always use the EXIT key to return to the MAIN menu screen before disconnecting the radio. Improper exits from the SERVICE screens may leave the radio in an improperly configured state and result in seriously degraded radio or system performance. The SERVICE screens use the concept of the “Softpot”, an analog SOFTware controlled POTentiometer used for adjusting all transceiver alignment controls. Each SERVICE screen provides the capability to increase or decrease the ‘softpot’ value with the keyboard UP/DOWN arrow keys respectively. A graphical scale is displayed indicating the minimum, maximum, and proposed value of the softpot, as shown inFigure 6-3. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Radio Tuning Procedure: Tuning Procedure 6-3 Adjusting the softpot value sends information to the radio to increase (or decrease) a DC voltage in the corresponding circuit. For example, pressing the UP arrow key at the Reference Oscillator screen instructs the radio microprocessor to decrease the voltage across a varactor in the reference oscillator, which decreases the frequency. 0 15 Min. Value Max. Value Figure 6-3. Softpot Concept In ALL cases, the softpot value is just a relative number corresponding to a D/A (Digital-to-Analog) generated voltage in the radio. Tuning Procedure NOTE: Perform the following procedures in the sequence indicated Reference Oscillator Alignment Adjustment of the reference oscillator is critical for proper radio operation. Improper adjustment will not only result in poor operation, but also a misaligned radio that will interfere with other users operating on adjacent channels. For this reason, the reference oscillator should be checked every time the radio is serviced. The frequency counter used for this procedure must have a stability of 0.1 ppm (or better). 1. From the SERVICE menu, press F2 to select TRANSMITTER alignment. 2. Press F2 again to select the REFERENCE OSCILLATOR softpot. 3. Press F6 to key the radio. The screen will indicate that the radio is transmitting. 4. Measure the transmit frequency on your frequency counter. 5. Use the UP/DOWN arrow keys to adjust the reference oscillator per the targets shown in Figure 6-1. Band Target VHF ±150 Hz UHF ±150 Hz 800 MHz / 900 MHz 0.3 ppm Table 6-1. Reference Oscillator Alignment 6. Press F6 again to dekey the radio and then press F8 to program the softpot value. 7. Press F10, F10 to return to SERVICE menu. Transmitter Power The radio requires two power level adjustments, a high power or rated power adjustment, and a low power adjustment. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 6-4 Radio Tuning Procedure: Tuning Procedure 800/900 MHz Models only: Each 800 MHz model is subdivided into three power levels. The upper power level is the high power level setting and corresponds to the left-most column in the RSS TRANSMIT POWER MENU. The middle level corresponds to the second from left column in the RSS TRANSMIT POWER MENU which is the mid power level setting. The lower level refers to the low power level setting which corresponds to the second from right column in the RSS TRANSMIT POWER MENU. The right most column in the RSS TRANSMIT POWER MENU is fixed at DAC=63. • The high power output is tuned for each frequency. • The mid power is tuned as follows: - 800 MHz 15 W: all frequencies tuned. - 800 MHz 35 W and 900 MHz 30 W: the third frequency is tuned and all other frequencies are copied from this. - 900 MHz 12 W: the first, second, fifth and sixth are tuned. The third frequency setting is copied from the second and the fourth is copied from the fifth. • The low power is not tuned and the default settings are: - DAC=44 - 800 MHz. - DAC=43 - 900 MHz. NOTE: After POWER tuning, measure and note the DC current to the radio on each channel in the high power level. These values are needed for the Current Limit tuning. • The larger the softpot values, the lower the transmit power. Radio Model Power Level Test Frequency Range Transmit Power Setting VHF 100W R1 100 Watts 136-162 MHz 108-112 Watts 55 Watts 136-162 MHz 53-57 Watts 100 Watts 146-174 MHz 108-112 Watts 55 Watts 146-174 MHz 53-57 Watts 25 Watts 136-178 MHz 24-26 Watts 5 Watts 136-174 MHz 5-7 Watts 100 Watts 403-470 MHz 108-112 Watts 55 Watts 403-470 MHz 53-57 Watts UHF 40W 40 Watts 403-470 MHz 43-47 Watts UHF 25W 25 Watts 403-470 MHz 24-26 Watts 10 Watts 403-470 MHz 9-11 Watts 10 Watts 403-470 MHz 9-11 Watts 5 Watts 403-470 MHz 5-7 Watts VHF 100W R2 VHF 25W UHF 100W R1 UHF 10W Table 6-2. Transmit Power Setting December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Radio Tuning Procedure: Tuning Procedure 6-5 Radio Model Power Level Test Frequency Range 800 MHz 35W 35 Watts 806-870 MHz 37.5-39.5 Watts for test freqs. F1-F3 33-34.5 Watts for test freqs. F4F7 17.5 Watts 806-870 MHz 19-20.5 Watts 8.75 Watts 806-870 MHz 9-10 Watts 15 Watts 806-870 MHz 16-18 Watts 7.5 Watts 806-870 MHz 8-9.5 Watts 3.75 Watts 806-870 MHz 4-5 Watts 15 Watts 896-941 MHz 16.5-18 Watts 30 Watts 896-941 MHz 33-34.5 Watts 6.0 Watts 896-941 MHz 8-9 Watts 13.5 Watts 896-941 MHz 13.5-15.5 Watts 6.0 Watts 896-941 MHz 6.5-8 Watts 3.5 Watts 896-941 MHz 3-4 Watts 800 MHz 15W 900 MHz 30W 900 MHz 12W Transmit Power Setting Table 6-2. Transmit Power Setting 1. From the SERVICE menu, press F2 to select TRANSMITTER alignment. 2. Press F9 to select CURRENT LIMIT. Use the UP/DOWN arrow keys to set the softpot to zero (63 for UHF1 100 W and UHF2 40 W). Press F8 to program the new value and press F10 to return to the TRANSMITTER alignment menu. 3. Press F3 to select the TRANSMIT POWER softpot. The screen will indicate the transmit test frequencies to be used. 4. Press F6 to key the radio, and use the UP/DOWN arrow keys to adjust the transmit power per the value shown in Table 6-2. 5. Press F6 to dekey the radio, and then press F8 to program the value. Press ENTER to select next softpot frequency. 6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for the remaining test frequencies. 7. Press F10 to return to the TRANSMIT menu. Transmit Current Limit NOTE: After Power tuning, measure and note the DC current to the radio on each channel in the high power level. These values are needed for the Current Limit tuning. On all Models except for UHF 40W and 110W, larger Current Limit Softpot values (i.e.: 63) yield increased cutback that results in lower power. For the UHF 40W and 110W radios, smaller Current Limit Softpot values (ie:0) yield increased cutback (lower power). 1. Press F9 to select the Current Limit Softpot Tuning menu. The screen will indicate the transmit test frequencies to be used. 2. Select the frequency with the highest DC current drain as measured during the power tuning procedure. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 6-6 Radio Tuning Procedure: Tuning Procedure 3. For all models except UHF 40W and 110W, input a value of 0 and press F8 (this corresponds to minimum current cutback). Press F6 and note the output power. Input a softpot value of 15 (press F8 to program); if the output power decreases more than 5%, return the value to zero. Next, increment the softpot value using the UP arrow key to adjust current limit until a 5% drop in output power is noted. Decrease the current limit softpot value by the number of steps defined in Table 6-3. For UHF 40W and 110W radios, input a value of 63 and press F8 (this corresponds to minimum current cutback). Press F6 and note the output power. Input a softpot value of 50 (press F8 to program); if the output power decreases more than 5%, return the value to 63. Next, decrement the softpot value using the DOWN arrow key to adjust current limit until a 5% drop in output power is noted. Increase the current limit softpot value by the number of steps defined in Table 6-3. 4. Press F6 to dekey the radio. 5. Press F8 to program the value. (The six other test frequencies do not need tuning for current limit. The above procedure sets current limit for all frequencies). 6. Press F10 twice to return to the SERVICE menu. Model Power Steps VHF all power levels 3 UHF all power levels 4 800 MHz/900 MHz all power levels 3 Table 6-3. Current Limit Step Adjustment Transmit Deviation Balance (Compensation) Compensation alignment balances the modulation sensitivity of the VCO and reference modulation (synthesizer low frequency port) lines. Compensation algorithm is critical to the operation of signaling schemes that have very low frequency components (e.g. DPL) and could result in distorted waveforms if improperly adjusted. 1. Press F4 to select the TRANSMIT DEVIATION BALANCE softpot. The screen will indicate the transmit test frequencies to be used. 2. Begin with the lowest test frequency shown on the screen. 3. With Test Box RLN4460A: Set the test box METER OUT switch to the MIC position, and inject a 80 Hz tone at 100 mVrms into the AUDIO IN BNC connector. To ensure proper signal level measure on METER OUT jack with AC voltmeter. With Test Box GTF180B: Set the Test Box meter selector switch to the “GEN” position, and inject a 80 Hz tone at 100 mVrms into the “Audio In” port. Connect an AC meter to the meter port to ensure the proper input signal level. 4. Press F6 to key the radio, then press F8 and measure deviation. Record this measurement. 5. Press F6 again to dekey the radio, and change the input tone to 3 kHz, 100 mVrms. 6. Press F6 to key the radio, then press F8 and use the UP/DOWN arrow keys to adjust the deviation to within ±0.15 kHz of the value recorded in Step 4. 7. Press F6 to dekey the radio, and press F8 to program the softpot value. Press ENTER to move to next softpot value. 8. Repeat steps 3 - 7 for the remaining test frequencies. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Radio Tuning Procedure: Tuning Procedure 6-7 9. Press F10 to return to the TRANSMIT menu. Transmit Deviation Limit The transmit deviation limit softpot sets the maximum deviation of the carrier. Tuning is performed for 25 kHz channel spacing. Values for other channel spacings are calculated by the radio software. 1. Press F5 to select the TRANSMIT DEVIATION LIMIT softpot. The screen will indicate the transmit test frequencies to be used. 2. Begin with the lowest test frequency shown on the screen. 3. With Test Box RLN4460A: With the METER OUT switch set to MIC PORT, and METER OUT selector to AUDIO IN, inject a 1 kHz tone, 800 mVrms as measured on the AC/DC METER port. With Test Box GTF180B: With the meter selector switch set to GEN, inject a 1 kHz tone, 800 mVrms as measured on the METER port. Where ever possible tune for the top of the range. 4. Press F6 to key the radio, and use the UP/DOWN arrow keys to adjust the deviation until 4.6 kHz is just exceeded, then step down 1 step. 5. Press F6 to dekey the radio, and press F8 to program the softpot value. Press ENTER to move to the next softpot value. 6. Repeat steps 3 - 5 for the remaining frequencies shown on the screen. Verify deviation is below 4.6 kHz. 7. Press F10 to return to the TRANSMIT menu. NOTE: For SELECT 5 radios it is currently ESSENTIAL that the programming of the 25/30 kHz channel spacing is the last action before exiting this menu. The limit is 4.3 - 4.6 kHz, and although the softpot value will not normally need adjusting, the value must be programmed using the F8 key. Transmit Deviation Limit Reference NOTE: This procedure is only required for VHF and UHF models with 20 kHz and 12.5 kHz channel spacing. These softpots set the deviation reduction ratio to transmit at 20 kHz or 12.5 kHz channel spacing. 1. Press F6 to select the TRANSMIT DEVIATION LIMIT 12.5/20 kHz softpot. 2. With Test Box RLN4460A: With the meter selector switch set to MIC, inject a 1 kHz tone on the AUDIO IN terminal on the test set, 800 mVrms as measured on the AC/DC MTR port. With Test Box GTF180B: With the meter selector switch set to GEN, inject a 1 kHz tone, 800 mVrms as measured on the METER port. 3. Press F6 to key the radio, then press F8 and use the UP/DOWN arrow keys to adjust the deviation up till the deviation just exceeds 3.6 kHz for 20 kHz channels, and 2.3 kHz for 12.5 kHz channels, then step down 1 step. This tunes as close to the upper limit as possible. 4. Press F6 to dekey the radio, and press F8 to program the softpot value. Press Enter to move to next softpot value. 5. Repeat steps 2 - 4 for the remaining channel spacings. 6. Press F10 to return to the TRANSMIT menu. NOTE: For radios with Conventional Select 5 Signaling software it is currently ESSENTIAL that the programming of the 25/30 kHz channel spacing is the last action before exiting this menu. The limit is 4.3 - 4.6 kHz and although the softpot value will not normally need adjusting the value must be programmed using the F8 key. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 6-8 Radio Tuning Procedure: Tuning Procedure Signaling Deviation NOTE: On radios with Conventional Select 5 Signaling software skip the next three steps and go to “ DTMF Transmit Deviation (GVN6011 only)” on page 9 and “ Select 5 Transmit Deviation (GVN6011 only)” on page 9. DTMF Transmit Deviation The DTMF Deviation Softpot is used to tune the FFSK signaling deviation. 1. From the SERVICE menu, press F4 to select SIGNALING alignment. 2. Press F2 again to select the DTMF softpot. 3. Press F6 to key the radio on the test frequency. The screen will indicate that the radio is transmitting. 4. Measure the DTMF deviation on your service monitor. 5. Use the UP/DOWN arrow keys to adjust the DTMF deviation per Table 6-4. Channel Spacing (kHz) DTMF Trunking MDC 25 / 30 3.05-3.40 2.5-3.5 3.25-3.75 20 (VHF/UHF) 2.44-2.76 2.0-2.8 2.6-3.0 12.5 1.55-1.85 1.25-1.75 1.62-1.88 Table 6-4. Signaling Deviation 6. Press F6 again to dekey the radio. 7. Press F8 to program the softpot value; press F10 twice to return to the SERVICE menu. High Speed Deviation 1. From the SERVICE menu, press F4 to select SIGNALING alignment. 2. Press F3 to select the TRUNKING HIGH SPEED softpot. 3. Press F6 to key the radio on the test frequency. The screen will indicate that the radio is transmitting. 4. Measure the TRUNKING HIGH SPEED deviation on your service monitor. 5. Use the UP/DOWN arrow keys to adjust the TRUNKING HIGH SPEED deviation per Table 64. 6. Press F6 again to dekey the radio. 7. Press F8 to program the softpot value; press F10 twice to return to the SERVICE menu. MDC 1200 Deviation 1. From the SERVICE menu, press F4 to select SIGNALING alignment. 2. Press F4 again to select the MDC softpot. 3. Press F6 to key the radio on the test frequency. The screen will indicate that the radio is transmitting. 4. Measure the MDC deviation on your service monitor. 5. Use the UP/DOWN arrow keys to adjust the MDC deviation per Table 6-4. 6. Press F6 again to dekey the radio. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Radio Tuning Procedure: Tuning Procedure 6-9 7. Press F8 to program the softpot value; press F10 twice to return to the SERVICE menu. DTMF Transmit Deviation (GVN6011 only) NOTE: This tuning sequence is ONLY for radios with Conventional Select 5 Signaling software being tuned with the RSS GVN6011. The DTMF Deviation Softpot is used to tune the FFSK signaling deviation. Tuning is performed at one frequency and for 25 kHz channel spacing. The radio generates a DTMF signal for tuning. Values for other frequencies and channel spacings are calculated by the radio software. 1. From the RADIO TUNE menu, press F4 to select SIGNALING alignment. 2. Press F4 again to select the DTMF softpot. 3. Press F6 to key the radio on the test frequency. The screen will indicate that the radio is transmitting. 4. Measure the DTMF deviation on your service monitor. 5. Use the UP/DOWN arrow keys to adjust the DTMF deviation to be within 3.05 and 3.45 kHz. 6. Press F6 again to dekey the radio. 7. Press F8 to program the softpot value; press F10 to return to the SIGNALING menu. Select 5 Transmit Deviation (GVN6011 only) NOTE: This tuning sequence is ONLY for radios with Conventional Select 5 Signaling software being tuned with the RSS GVN6011. The Select 5 Deviation Softpot is used to tune the FFSK signaling deviation. Tuning is performed at one frequency and for 25 kHz channel spacing. The radio generates a Select 5 signal for tuning. Values for other frequencies and channel spacings are calculated by the radio software. NOTE: Alignment of the Transmit Deviation Limit Reference MUST immediately PRECEDE the Select 5 Alignment Procedure. 1. From the RADIO TUNE menu, press F4 to select SIGNALING alignment. 2. Press F5 again to select the Select 5 softpot. 3. Press F6 to key the radio on the test frequency. The screen will indicate that the radio is transmitting. 4. Measure the Select 5 deviation on your service monitor. 5. Use the UP/DOWN arrow keys to adjust the Selectþ5 deviation to be between 3.30 and 3.70 kHz. 6. Press F6 again to dekey the radio. 7. Press F8 to program the softpot value; press F10 twice to return to the SERVICE menu. Squelch The squelch softpots set the signal to noise ratio at which the squelch opens. The 25/30 kHz squelch value needs to be set at 7 frequencies across the frequency range. In 800 MHz and 900 MHz radios the 6th and 7th frequency are always the same, so only 6 frequencies are being tuned. For some models, the 20 kHz and 12.5 kHz values are then set at one frequency and the other frequency settings are calculated by the radio software. For other models the 20 kHz and 12.5 kHz squelch settings are also tuned for all 7 frequencies across the band. 1. From the SERVICE menu, press F3 to select RECEIVER alignment. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 6-10 Radio Tuning Procedure: Tuning Procedure 2. Channel spacing determines the next key press. Press F4, F5, or F6 (as applicable) to select the SQUELCH softpot. 3. Select the first test frequency shown, and adjust the UP/DOWN arrow key to the minimum squelch value. 4. Set the RF test generator to the test frequency and modulate the signal generator at 3.0 kHz deviation, 1 kHz tone. Adjust the generator amplitude so the radio speaker audio measures 8-10 dB SINAD. 5. Adjust the UP/DOWN arrow key until the squelch just closes. 6. Monitor for squelch chatter; if chatter is present, repeat step 5. 7. When no chatter is detected, press F8 to program this value. Press “ENTER” to select next softpot adjustment. 8. Repeat steps 3 - 6 for all test frequencies shown on the screen. 9. Press F10, F10 to return to the Service menu. Rated Audio Alignment of the Rated Audio is not required on these radios. Front-End Pre-Selector Alignment of the front-end pre-selector is not required on these radios. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 7 Controller Section Theory of Operation Introduction The radio is a microcontroller-based dual mode (trunked/conventional) transceiver. The microcontroller determines the active state of the radio (transmit/receive), monitors radio status, and processes operator commands entered from the keypad or the other radio controls. In the Low and Mid Power versions of the radio all radio circuitry is contained on a single rigid printed circuit board (PCB). In the High Power version of the radio, the physical arrangement of the circuitry is the same except the power amplifier (PA) part of the transmitter is contained on a separate PCB. The radio is composed of the following three major functions: • RF (Receiver and Transmitter) • Controller (Main Controller and DC Power Control and Regulation • Control Head The RF section is band specific circuitry described in one of the frequency range specific Volume 2s depending on the band split (See “Related Publications” on page 1-1). The Control Head connects to the radio via an 18 pin connector. There are three different control head types of varying complexity: Model I, Model II and Model III. Control Head information is covered in chapter 8 of the manual. Theory Overview The Controller section is physically separated into two functional sections, i.e. the Main Controller and the DC Power Control and Regulation. The controller section of the radio is primarily a microprocessor that controls the radio in accordance with the firmware (model specific), the codeplug (customer specific), and commands input manually by the radio operator. The radio operator inputs manual commands to the controller section using the push-button and other controls located on the radio control head and some accessories. In addition to its controlling functions, the controller section provides audio amplification of the audio signal from the receiver section, supplies regulated and switched power to the radio, and interfaces with devices outside the radio box. The radio controller consists of 5 main functional sections. These are: • voltage regulation • power control • interfacing • microprocessor operation • audio and signalling processing The controller is based on the Motorola 68HC11F1 microprocessor (U0103). In addition to the microprocessor, the controller has 3 external memory devices, signal MUX IC (U0105), and a Support Logic IC (SLIC IV, SLIC IVa, or SLIC V, U0104). The 3 memory devices consist of a 32 kbyte EEPROM (U0108), 8 kbyte SRAM (U0101), and a 256 kbyte or 1 Mbyte FLASH (U0102). 7-2 Controller Section Theory of Operation: Voltage Regulation Voltage Regulation (Refer to schematic page 10-33 or 10-34 for reference) Voltage Regulators Voltage regulation for the controller is provided by 4 separate devices; U0500 (LM2925) +5V, U0501 (LM2941) +9.3 V, U0502 +8V, and UNSW 5V (a combination of R0004 and VR0001). Additional regulators are located in the RF section and the control head/handset. Voltage regulation providing 5V for the digital circuitry is done by U500. Input and output capacitors (C0500/0501 and C0503/0504) are used to reduce high frequency noise and provide proper operation during battery transients. This regulator provides a reset output (pin 5) that goes to 0 volts if the regulator output goes out of regulation. This is used to reset the microprocessor during power on to prevent improper operation. C0502 sets the duration of this reset signal to a minimum of about 12 ms. Regulator U0501 is used to generate the 9.3 volts required by some audio circuits, the RF circuitry and power control circuitry. Input and output capacitors (C0505/0506 and C0508/0509) are used to reduce high frequency noise. R0503/R0504 sets the output voltage of the regulator. If the voltage at pin 1 is greater than 1.2 volts the regulator output decreases and if the voltage is less than 1.2 volts the regulator output increases. This regulator output is electronically enabled by a 0 volt signal on pin 2. Q0500 and associated circuitry (R0500/0501/0502 and C0507) are used to disable the regulator when the radio is turned off. Regulated 8V is provided by U0502. It provides a separate supply to the microphone circuitry. The microphone cannot be supported directly from A+/SWB+ because any fluctuation on A+ would be impressed on the microphone line and affect transmitted audio. The microphone circuitry can not be connected to the other regulators because, there is a function which allows the radio to be switched on by momentarily grounding the microphone line (see Electronic On/Off). UNSW 5V is only used in a few areas which draw low current and requires 5 V while the radio is off. Electronic On/Off Unlike older radios whose on/off feature was controlled only by the mechanical on/off switch, this radio has circuitry which allow radio software and/or external triggers to turn the radio on or off without direct user action. Some examples of this usage are 1) automatic turn on when emergency switch is engaged; 2) automatic turn on when ignition is sensed and off when ignition is off; 3) radio deaffiliation, with certain features the radio can be programmed to stay on for a brief period after the user has “turned it off”. During this “extra on” period the radio may transmit a signal to a base station letting the station know that the radio has been turned off. Q0511 is used to provide SW B+ to the various radio circuits. Q0511 acts as an electronic on/off switch where pin 4 acts as the control pin. The switch is on when pin 4 is low and off when pin 4 is high. When the radio is off Q0510 is cutoff and the voltage at Q0511-4 is at A+. This effectively prevents current flow through Q0511 from pins 2/3 to 5/6/7/8. When the radio is turned on the voltage at the base of Q0510 is high (at least above 3V) and Q0510 switches on (saturation) and pulls down the voltage at Q0511-4 to ~0.07V. With FET Q0511 now “enabled” current flows through the device. This path has a very low impedance (less than 1 ohm) from pins 2/3 to 5/6/7/8. This effectively provides the same voltage level at SWB+ as at A+. The electronic on/off circuitry can be enabled by the microprocessor, the emergency switch, the mechanical On/Off switch on the control head, or the ignition sense circuitry. If any of the 4 paths leading to the base of Q0510 provides a high voltage through diodes CR0510 or CR0511, the electronic “ON” is engaged. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Controller Section Theory of Operation: Voltage Regulation 7-3 Emergency (Refer to schematic Page 10-30 for reference) The emergency switch, when not engaged, normally grounds the base of Q0414. When the emergency switch is pressed this connection is opened and the base of Q0414 is pulled high by R0437. This causes the collector of transistor Q0414 to go low (.2V), thereby setting the EMERGENCY IN input of U0510 low. U0510 is a dual 555 timer configured as two “pulse stretchers”, one for the Emergency input to electronically turn on the radio and the other for the mechanical On/ Off switch on the control head to cause the radio to electronically switch on. With regard to emergency, when U0510-8 EMERGENCY IN is above 1/3 of the supply voltage at U0510-14, that causes the device to internally ground U0510-13, which in turn holds capacitor C0513 in a discharged state. The device also keeps U0510-9 EMER TRIG at a low voltage. When EMERGENCY IN goes below 1/3 of the device supply voltage, U0510 disables the discharge mechanism at pin 13 allowing the capacitor C0513 to charge through R0513. The charging rate is set by the values of R0513 and C0513. When the voltage at pin 12 goes above 2/3 supply voltage, the device sets pin 9 EMER TRIG high which in turn switches on Q0510 enabling the radio to turn on to begin emergency operation. U0510 will keep pin 12 high for a period set by R0513 and C0513 which for 200K/1 uF equals 220 ms. While SW B+ is on for 220 ms, the microprocessor starts execution, reads that the emergency input is active, and sets the B+ CNTL output to a logic high. This high will keep Q0510 switched on through CR0510 beyond the 220 ms period after which U0510-9 will return to a low level. This operation allows a momentary press of the emergency switch to power up the radio. When the microprocessor has finished processing the emergency press, it sets the B+ CNTL output to a logic 0. This turns off Q0511 and the radio turns off. Notice that EMER TRIG also goes to U0104-D5. This is where the appropriate microprocessor is alerted to the emergency condition. If the radio was already on when emergency was triggered then B+ CTRL would already be high and EMER TRIG going high due to the emergency condition would have no effect on Q0510, i.e. switching on Q0511 when it is already on. Mechanical On/Off (Refer to schematic Page 10-30 for reference) This refers to the typical on/off switch, located on the control head, and which turns the radio on and off. U0502 is fed by A+, and is therefore always on and providing 8 V on MIC VOLTAGE. When the Mechanical on/off switch is pressed, the MIC IN line is momentarily grounded setting the ON/OFF input of U0510-6 low. Similar to the emergency operation described previously, when U0510-6 ON/OFF is above 1/3 of the supply voltage at U0510-14, it will cause the device to internally ground U0510-1, which in turn holds capacitor C0511 in a discharged state. The device also keeps U0510-5 SW B+ SENSE at a low voltage. When ON/OFF goes below 1/3 of the device supply voltage, U0510 disables the discharge mechanism at pin 1 allowing the capacitor C0511 to charge through R0512. The charging rate is set by the values of R0512 and C0511. When the voltage at pin 2 goes above 2/3 supply voltage, the device sets pin 5 SW B+ SENSE high which in turn switches on Q0510 enabling the radio to turn on to begin operation. U0510 will keep pin 5 high for a period set by R0512 and C0511 which for 200K/ 1 uF equals 220 ms. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 7-4 Controller Section Theory of Operation: Voltage Regulation While SW B+ SENSE is on for 220 ms, the microprocessor starts execution, reads that the SW B+ SENSE is active, and sets the B+ CNTL output to a logic high to keep Q0510 switched on through CR0510 beyond the 220 ms period. After this U0510-5 will return to a low level. This operation allows a momentary press of the Mechanical on/off switch to power up the radio. Notice that SW B+ SENSE also goes to U0104-B4. This is where the appropriate microprocessor is alerted to the turn on/off condition. If the radio is already on when the switch was pressed then B+ CTRL is already high and SW B+ SENSE going high due to the switch being pressed will have no effect on Q0510. However, since SW B+ SENSE also goes to U0104-B4, the software can detect the line changing from low to high state momentarily, indicating that the radio must now turn off. In this case the software asserts B+ CTRL low which switches off Q0510 and Q0511, turning off the radio. Resistor R0518 and capacitor C0518 form a filter to roll off any audio on the line. This prevents audio signal swing on the MIC IN line from triggering the on/off function at U0510-6. Ignition (Refer to schematic Page 10-33 for reference) Ignition sense is used to prevent the radio from draining the vehicle’s battery when the engine is not running. The radio can be programmed to keep the unit entirely off (preventing RX and TX) to prevent all TX, to prevent PTT initiated TX (allows emergency TX), or to allow full radio operation (ignore ignition sense) while the vehicle’s engine is off. See RSS Manual for functional operation. When the IGNITION input goes above 6 volts Q0430 turns on. This turns Q0517 off and turns Q0519 on, turning on SW B+ by directly forcing Q0511-4 low. The logic 0 output of Q0430 also turns on Q0431 providing an input to the microprocessor. The microprocessor starts execution, reads that the Ignition input is active and sets the B+ CNTL output to a logic 1 to latch on SW B+. If the software determines that the radio should not be operating, it will set the CLEAR output to a logic 1 and the B+ CNTL output to a logic 0. This sets a latch composed of Q0514 - Q0517, R0519 and R0521. The latch output (at the collector of Q0517) will go to a logic 0 (at Q0517) and turn off Q0519, which allows R0514 to pull Q0511-4 high, switching the FET off. The latch output will remain at a logic 0 state until the IGNITION input has gone below 6 volts. The next time the IGNITION input goes above 6 volts the above process will be repeated. The microprocessor uses the ignition sense input along with codeplug data to determine if the radio is allowed to transmit. Table 7-1. Conventional/MDC/SmartNet/SmartZone Ignition Sense Function Operator Action vs Resultant Radio States This Action During This State of Radio Causes The Following Radio States to Occur Present State of Radio Functions Available Through Ignition Sense Programmed in RSS Action On / Off Press On/Off Button On Press On/Off Button On Ignition Blank (Default from Factorya) Soft Power Off Default from Factory TX Inhibit PTT Inhibit Receive/ Standby On Off Off Off Off Emer On Off Off Off Off Receive/ Stanby/ Emergency b December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Controller Section Theory of Operation: Voltage Regulation 7-5 This Action During This State of Radio Causes The Following Radio States to Occur Present State of Radio Functions Available Through Ignition Sense Programmed in RSS Ignition Blank (Default from Factorya) Soft Power Off Default from Factory TX Inhibit PTT Inhibit Off On On On On On Press On/Off Button On Receive/ Standby Off Off Off Off Off Press On/Off Button On Emer Off Off Off Off Off Press On/Off Button Off Off Off On On (Off c) On - RX or Standby On -RX or Standby Receive/ Stanby/ Emergency Press On/Off Button Off Action On / Off Short Press Emer Button On Receive/ Standby On On - Emer TX On - Emer TX On - Emer TX On Emer TX Long Press Emer Button On Emer On On On On On Short Press Emer Button 2 Off Off On Off Off Off Off Short Press Emer Button 2 On Receive/ Standby Off On - Emer TX Off Long Press Emer Button On Emer Off On Off On On Short Press Emer Button 2 Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Turn Ignition On On Receive/ Standby Off On On On On - No PTT TX Turn Ignition On On Emer Off On - Emer TX On On - Emer TX On Emer TX Turn Ignition On Off Off Off Off On Off Off Turn Ignition Off On Receive/ Standby On On Off On - No TX On - No TX 68P81083C20-D On Emer Displayed for 3 Emer TX Seconds then No Ack Displayed - No TX (All of the above plus sidetones 3) December 6, 2004 7-6 Controller Section Theory of Operation: Voltage Regulation This Action During This State of Radio Causes The Following Radio States to Occur Present State of Radio Functions Available Through Ignition Sense Programmed in RSS Soft Power Off Default from Factory TX Inhibit On - Emer TX Off On - Emer TX On Emer TX On Off Off Off Off Data Mode Off TX Off No TX No TX Press On/Off Button On Data Mode On Off Off Off Off Press On/Off Button On Data Mode Off Off Off Off Off On - Emer TX On Emer TX Action On / Off Receive/ Stanby/ Emergency Ignition Turn Ignition Off 2 On Emer On Turn Ignition Off Off Off Data PTT On Blank (Default from Factorya) PTT Inhibit Short Press Emer Button On Data Mode On On - Emer TX On - Emer TX Short Press Emer Button 2 On Data Mode Off On - Emer TX Off Turn Ignition On On Data Mode Off On N/A On On - No PTT TX Turn Ignition Off On Data Mode On On Off On - No TX On - No TX On Emer Displayed for 3 Emer TX Seconds then No Ack Displayed - No TX a The “Default from Factory” was changed in Release 4.01. b Take special note of Emergency operation (shown in oversize bold print) under these conditions. c For firmware versions older than Release 4.0, the feature will operate as shown in parenthesis. To determine firmware version present in radio, proceed as follows: Within 10 Seconds after powering on the radio, press the test mode entry button five times. On Model I radio, test mode entry button is third button from left on bottom row of buttons. On radio Models II and III, test mode entry button is first button on left side of bottom row of buttons. When the test mode entry button is pressed five times, the radio will scroll sequentially through six displays. The first display in the sequence is SERVICE. The second display is the radio firmware version (e.g., R03.11). December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Controller Section Theory of Operation: Power Control 7-7 Power Control (Refer to schematic Page 10-24 for reference) The power control loop regulates RF output power with an automatic level control (ALC) loop and provides protection features against overcurrent, excessive control voltage, and high operating temperatures. Power and current limit are adjusted under microprocessor control using a Digital to Analog (D/A) converter (U0551). Control voltage limit is set by resistor ratio on the transmitter, or D/A output for those radios that must minimize adjacent channel splatter. The D/A adjustable control voltage limit increases transmitter rise time and reduces adjacent channel splatter as it is adjusted closer to the actual operating control voltage. The microprocessor controls K9.1 enable (K9.1 ENB) to bias the PA and antenna switch, PA disable (PA DIS) to disable the PA control voltage, and power range (PWR RANGE) to adjust the number of D/A steps per watt. NOTE: The Power Range Mode is not used on all models. The ALC loop regulates power by adjusting the PA control line PA CNTL to keep the forward power voltage V FORWARD at a constant level. V FORWARD is amplified with a gain set by the PWR RANGE signal (described below) and the PA PWR SET output U0551 pin 2 through resistors R0577, R0553 and R0554. The result is connected to opamp inverting input U0550 pin 9 which is compared with a 4.65 volt reference present at noninverting input U0550 pin 10. The 4.65 volt reference is set by a divider circuit connected to ground and 9.3 volts by resistors R0567 and R0569. The power range line PWR RANGE controls the gain of the V FORWARD amplifier. For high power mode operation (i.e. VHF/UHF 110W models, high power mode is 110W. For VHF/UHF 40W models, high power mode is 40W) the PWR RANGE line is set to a logic 0 (<1.0V) and the resulting V FORWARD gain is 1+ (R0564/R0573). For low power mode operation (i.e. VHF/UHF 110W models, low power mode is 50W. For VHF/UHF 40W models, low power mode is 25W) the PWR RANGE line is set to a logic 1 (>4.0V) and the resulting V FORWARD gain is 1+(R0564/RP) where RP equals R0563 in parallel with R0573. The PA disable line PA DIS prevents transmitter operation by keeping the PA control voltage PA CNTL near zero volts. On radios that are required to minimize adjacent channel splatter, a control voltage limit line PA CNTL LIM is pulled to ground by transistor Q0556 when PA disable is high. This effectively makes the control voltage limit equal to zero and pulls the 4.65 volt reference at noninverting input U0550 pin 10 to ground through transistor Q0551. The ALC opamp output at U0550 pin 8 is prevented from rising above zero since the noninverting input is grounded. On radios that are not required to minimize adjacent channel splatter the transmitter is disabled through transistor Q0551 which pulls the PA control voltage PA CNTL directly to ground. During normal transmitter operation the voltages at the opamp inputs U0550 pins 9 and 10 should be equal to 4.65 volts and the PA control voltage output at pin 8 should be between 4 and 7 volts. If power falls below the desired setting, V FORWARD decreases, causing the inverting input at U0550 pin 9 to decrease, increasing the opamp output at U0550 pin 8 and increasing the PA control voltage PA CNTL until V FORWARD increases to the desired level. The D/A output voltage PA PWR SET at U0551 pin 2 adjusts the power set point. V FORWARD reaches a steady state voltage such that the current through the R0554 branch equals the current through the R0553-R0577 branch. As PA PWR SET decreases, transmitted power must increase to make V FORWARD larger and keep the inverting input U0550 pin 9 at 4.65 volts. Loop frequency response is controlled by opamp feedback components R0570 and C0568 and the output lowpass filter R0571 and C0569. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 7-8 Controller Section Theory of Operation: Power Control Rise and fall time is controlled by the D/A adjustable control voltage limit circuit attached to the reference voltage at U0550 pin 10 via transistor Q0555. The reference voltage at U0550 pin 10 is pulled low by Q0555 when the PA control voltage approaches the limit set by the D/A output PA CNTL LIM, U0551 pin 13. The PA control voltage at U0550 pin 8 connects to opamp noninverting input U0202 pin 3 through the voltage divider formed by R0592 and R0591 and lowpass capacitor C0572. Control voltage limit is set by the D/A output PA CNTL LIM at U0551 pin 13 which connects to inverting input U0202 pin 2 through R0584, Q0556 and R0590. Transistor Q0556 is connected to the PA disable line, PA DIS which effectively pulls the control voltage limit to zero volts, and activates Q0555 to pull the reference voltage to zero when control voltage is greater than zero. Protection features The transmit power control circuit has three protection mechanisms. They are 1) thermal cutback, 2) current limit and 3) PA control voltage limit. These features operate by adding current to the ALC loop inverting input at U0550 pin 9 through diodes CR0550 and CR0551 and decreasing the PA control voltage. When the voltage exceeds 4.65 volts plus one diode drop at any cathode of diodes CR0550 and CR0551, current begins to flow into the ALC loop increasing the voltage at the inverting input U0550 pin 9. As a result the PA control voltage at U0550 pin 8 decreases in response to excessive PA control voltage, final device temperature, and final device current. Thermal cutback limits the PA temperature by reducing the PA control voltage as temperature increases during extended periods of transmitter operation or high ambient temperatures. PA TEMP, set by a thermistor to gnd near the PA final devices, connects to an inverting amplifier through resistor R0550 to inverting input U0550 pin 2. The noninverting input U0550 pin 3 is connected to a 4.65 volt reference (3.6 volt for UHF 40 W) formed by voltage divider resistors R0576 and R0582 which connect to ground and the 9.3 volt supply. The output of the inverting amplifier at U0550 pin 1 is the product of the amplifier gain as determined by the ratio of R0551 divided by R0550 and the difference between the amplifier inputs pins 2 and 3. When the PA TEMP input is greater than 4.65 volts the amplifier output is less than 5 volt. As temperature rises the voltage on PA TEMP falls, the inverting amplifier output at U0550 pin 1 rises, current begins to flow through R0552 and CR0550 into the ALC loop at the inverting input of U0550 pin 9, decreasing the PA control voltage PA CNTL and reducing transmitter output. Current limit is provided to protect the PA final device (Q5540) from over-current caused by low line voltage and/ or mismatched antennas. CURRENT SENSE+/ CURRENT SENSE- voltages are set by a small resistor (~0.01 ohm, varies per power level) between A+ and the collector of the RF Power Amplifier Final Devices. The difference between the two voltages is proportional to the current supplied to the final devices. Voltage dividers on the current sense lines, CURRENT SENSE+/ CURRENT SENSE-, formed by resistors R0557/ R0558 and R0559/R0560 protect the inputs of U0550 (pins 5 and 6) from excessive voltages. CURRENT SENSE+ connects to the non-inverting input U0550 pin 5 through resistors R0557 and R0548. CURRENT SENSE- connects to the inverting input U0550 pin 6 through resistors R0559 and R0598. As current through the final device increases, voltage drop through R5612 (PA sense resistor) increases and CURRENT SENSE- decreases with respect to CURRENT SENSE+ (A+), increasing the difference between inverting and non-inverting inputs, causing the amplifier output at U0550 pin 7 to increase to over 4.65 volts plus one diode drop. As the amplifier output increases to over 5 volts, the current through resistor R0556 and diode CR0550 becomes sufficient to reduce the PA control voltage reducing the PA device power and current. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Controller Section Theory of Operation: Interfacing 7-9 The D/ A line CUR LIM SET at U0551 pin 4 adjusts the maximum allowed current by creating an offset voltage equivalent to the voltage drop across the sense resistor (R5612). For all models (except UHF1 110W and UHF2 40W), CUR LIM SET connects to the non-inverting input of U0550-2 (pin5) through resistors R0547 and R0583, reducing the voltage at the non-inverting input sufficiently to make the non-inverting and inverting inputs equal at the desired current drain. Then, if additional current passes through the sense resistor, CURRENT SENSE- will be reduced causing OP AMP U0550-2 to drive high through R0556 and CR0550, reducing power and current. For UHF1 100 W and UHF2 40 W, CUR LIM SET connects to the inverting input of U0550-2 (pin5) through resistors R0547 and R0583. This circuit modification improves the over-voltage protection, but causes Current Limit Tuning Softpot Values to have an inverse relationship. Increasing the softpot value for UHF1 100 W and UHF2 40 W decreases the current limit (increasing power), but for all other radios, increasing the softpot value increases the current limit (decreasing power). PA control voltage limit consists of a portion of the control voltage fed back to the power control loop. PA_CNTL_LIM is produced by a voltage divider network on the PA board. When PA_CNTL_LIM goes above the reference voltage of 4.65 V plus one diode voltage drop (i.e. 0.7 V) then protection begins. At this point the control voltage PA_CNTL is clamped. This protects the PA from being driven too hard by PA_CNTL which could cause excessively high output power. Interfacing (Refer to “Figure 7-1. Clock Distribution Block Diagram” on page 10, and Interface schematic page 10-28 for general reference) Microprocessor Clock Synthesizer (Refer to ASFIC schematic page 10-27 for reference) The clock source for the microprocessor system is generated by the ASFIC (U0200). Upon power-up the reference oscillator U5800 (Pendulum) provides a 16.8 MHz reference. Based on this reference the synthesizer (U5801) generates a 2.1 MHz waveform that is routed from the RF section (via C0403) to the ASFIC (on U0200-E1) and the option connectors (J0401-3 and J0408-3). At the option connectors the 2.1 MHz may be used as a reference for any option boards that are attached. For the main board controller the ASFIC uses 2.1 MHz as a reference input clock signal for its internal synthesizer. The ASFIC, in addition to audio circuitry, has a programmable synthesizer which can generate a synthesized signal ranging from 1200 Hz to 32.769 MHz in 1200 Hz steps. When power is first applied, the ASFIC will generate its default 3.6864 MHz CMOS square wave µP CLK (on U0200-D1) and this is routed to the microprocessor (U0103-36) and SLIC (U0104-A3). After the microprocessor starts operation, it reprograms the ASFIC clock synthesizer to a higher µP CLK frequency (usually 14.7456 MHz) and continues operation. The ASFIC synthesizer loop uses C0208, C0209 and R0204 to set the switching time and jitter of the clock output. If the synthesizer cannot generate the required clock frequency it will switch back to its default 3.6864 MHz output. Because the ASFIC synthesizer and the µP system will not operate without the 2.1 MHz reference clock it (and the voltage regulators) should be checked first in debugging the system. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 7-10 Controller Section Theory of Operation: Interfacing Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) (Refer to Controller schematic page 10-23 for reference) The µP communicates to many of the ICs through its SPI port. This port consists of SPI TX DATA (U0103-66), SPI RX DATA (U0103-65), CLK (U0103-67) and chip select lines going to the various ICs, connected on the SPI PORT (BUS). This BUS is a synchronous bus, in that the timing clock signal CLK is sent while SPI data (SPI TX DATA or SPI RX DATA) is sent. Therefore, whenever there is activity on either SPI TX DATA or SPI RX DATA there should be a uniform signal on CLK. The SPI TX DATA is used to send serial from a µP to a device, and SPI RX DATA is used to send data from a device to a µP. TRANSCEIVER FRACTIONAL DIVISION SYNTHESIZER PENDULUM ELECTRONIC CLOCK GENERATION 2.1 MHz QUARTZ CRYSTAL 16.8 MHZ ZERO I.F. SPI-CLOCK F REF OUT SPI-CLOCK AUDIO SIGNALLING FILTER IC ELECTRONIC CLOCK GENERATION, PROGRAMMABLE RANGE: 1200 Hz to 32.769 MHz (1200 Hz STEPS) uP-CLOCK MC68HC11F1 MICRO CONTROLLER ELECTRONIC GENERATION OF E AND SPI CLOCKS SLIC IVa OR SLIC V 68HC11K4 uP (not placed in this application) D/A E-CLOCK SPI-CLOCK CONTROLLER Figure 7-1. Clock Distribution Block Diagram On the controller there are 2 ICs on the SPI BUS, ASFIC (U0200-F2) and D/A (U0551-6). In the UHF and VHF RF sections there are 3 ICs on the SPI BUS, ZIF (U3201-21), Pendulum (Reference Oscillator U5800-23) and FRAC/N (U5801-4). For the 800 and 900 MHz radios the 3 ICs on the SPI BUS are: ZIF (U6201), Pendulum (Reference Oscillator U6704) and FRAC/N (U6702). The SPI TX DATA and CLK lines going to the RF section are filtered by R0403 and R0404 to minimize noise. There are 2 chip select lines going to each of the 2 Option boards (J0401-21 and J0401-23 /and J0408-21 and J0408-23). December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Controller Section Theory of Operation: SB9600 Serial Interface 7-11 When the µP needs to program any of these ICs it brings the chip select line for that IC to a logic 0 and then sends the proper data and clock signals. The amount of data sent to the various ICs are different, for example the ASFIC can receive up to 21 bytes (168 bits) while the ZIF can receive up to 5 bytes (40 bits). After the data has been sent the chip select line is returned to a logic 1. The Option board interfaces are different in that the µP can also read data back from devices connected. The 110W radios currently have circuitry to allow reading data from the Pendulum to allow reading the pendulum temperature, but this feature has not yet been implemented in software. Two additional interrupt lines are provided to each of the 2 option boards ASN INT (J0401-22 and J0408-22) and JABBA INT(J0401-20 J0408-20) are provided to allow an option to signal the µP that there is data to transfer. The timing and operation of this interface is specific to the option connected, but generally follows the pattern 1) an option board device generates the interrupt, 2) main board asserts a chip for that option board device, 3) the main board µP generates the CLK, and 4) when data transfer is complete the main board terminates the chip select and CLK activity. Typical Data rate for the SPI BUS is 1 Megabit/sec. SB9600 Serial Interface (Refer to schematics on page 10-31 and 10-23 for reference and to “SB9600 BUSY, Simplified Schematic for Charts 1-10 & 1-11” on page 9-27) The SB9600 serial interface allows the radio to communicate with external radio options (like a control head) and Radio Service Software (RSS)/CPS (Customer Program Software). This interface connects to both the Control Head connector (J0405) and the Accessory connector (J0403) and comprises BUS+ (J0405-15/J0403-6), BUS- (J0405-4/J0403-18), BUSY (J0405-14/J0403-5) and RESET (J0405-3/J0403-17). All of these lines are bidirectional, meaning that either the radio or an option can drive the line. When the radio needs to send a message (for example to update the Control Head display) it first checks BUSY IN (U0103-76) to make sure the interface is not currently being used. If this input is a logic 1 the interface is available and the µP will change BUSY OUT (U0104-G4) to a logic 0. This drives the BUSY line to a logic 1 through buffer transistor Q0406 informing the radio and all connected devices that a data transmission is starting. The radio’s µP then starts sending serial data on SCI TX (U0103-64). This data is buffered by Q0402 and drives the differential bus signals (BUS+/BUS-) through Q0401 and Q0400. The BUS+ line normally sits at +5 volts because of pull-up resistor R0407. The BUS- line normally sits at 0 Volts because of pull-down resistor R0412. While the radio is sending serial data on SCI TX it receives an “echo” of the same data on the SCI RX (U0103-63) line. The BUS-, BUS+ lines go to U0401 which acts as a comparator. When the BUS+ voltage is greater than the BUS- voltage the output (at U0401-7) is a logic 1. If it is less, the output is a logic 0. This is routed through U0105 to µP (U0103). Note that the SCI SELECT input to U0105-11 is at a logic 1 to allow the routing to the controller on BUS SCI (U0105- 13). A total of 5 bytes of data are sent for each standard message. After the data is sent the BUSY line is released to its default state (a logic 0). Other devices are now free to use the interface to send data. The same method of operation occurs when an option sends data to the radio on this interface. The data is received through U0401 and U0105 (or R0020/R0021) to the SCI RX input of the µP. The sender receives back an “echo” of each byte and compares this to what was sent. If the echo does not agree then the transmission is repeated at a later time. If excessive transmission errors occur, the µP will reset the interface by setting the RESET OUT (U0104-B7) line to a logic 0. This drives the RESET line to a logic 1 through buffer transistor Q0408 resetting all SCI devices connected. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 7-12 Controller Section Theory of Operation: MicroprocessorOperation An option can reset the radio by driving the LH RESET line to a logic 1. This gets buffered by Q0409 and Q0425 and goes to the reset input of SLIC (U0104-A8). This then causes the reset input of the µP (U0103-50) RESET to go to a logic 0 resulting in the µP restarting operation. General Purpose Input/Output (Refer to IO Buffers schematic page 10-46 for reference) 1. Five general purpose I/O lines (GP I/O 2 through GP I/O 6) are provided to interface to external options. Each of these lines is configured under software control to be either an input or an “open collector” output. To make an I/O line an input the corresponding output line is set to a logic 0; for example to make GP I/O 6 (J0403-7) an input pin, OUT 6 (U0104-K8) is set to a logic 0. This turns off Q0423 and allows an external device to either turn on or off Q0424 which is sensed by U0104-H2 IN6/RTSB. 2. The GP I/O 2 line is different to the other 4 GP I/O lines. The output transistor (Q0425) can drive an external relay (HLN4435 or similar) for use with the vehicle horn or lights. This can also drive a non relay device, but the device must be designed to take a SW B+ input. 3. Selected GP I/O lines have secondary functions. If the line is used for the secondary function then it can not be used as an I/O line. The following secondary functions are supported (not all radio models support the RS-232 function, refer to the description for your radio). Table 7-2. Secondary I/O Functions I/O line Standard VRM500 Alternate Flashport GP I/O 2 Horn/Lights Horn/Lights External Alarm Out n/a GP I/O 3 PTT Data PTT n/a Bootstrap Vpp GP I/O 4 Not Used Not used RS-232 TX Data Bootstrap Data GP I/O 5 Car Radio Mute Not used RS-232 CTS n/a GP I/O 6 Hub-Monitor Not used RS-232 RTS n/a The 470 pF and 10 nF capacitors serve to filter out any AC noise which may ride on the GPIO lines. MicroprocessorOperation (Refer to schematic page 10-23 for reference) For this radio, the µP, U0103, is configured to operate in one of two modes, expanded and bootstrap. In expanded mode the µP uses external memory devices to operate, whereas in bootstrap operation the µP uses only its internal memory. In normal operation of the radio the µP is operating in expanded mode as described below. See “Bootstrap Microprocessor Operation” on page 16 for bootstrap information. Normal (=Expanded) Microprocessor Operation In expanded mode on this radio, the µP has access to 3 external memory devices; U0100 (EEPROM), U0101 (SRAM) U0102 (FLASH EEPROM). In addition the µP has access to U0104 (SLIC). Also, within the µP there are 1 Kbytes of internal RAM and 512 bytes of internal EEPROM, as well as logic to select external memory devices. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Controller Section Theory of Operation: MicroprocessorOperation 7-13 The external EEPROM (U0100) as well as the µP’s own internal EEPROM space contain the information in the radio which is customer specific, referred to as the codeplug. This information consists of items such as: 1)what band the radio operates in, 2)what frequencies are assigned to what channel, and 3) tuning information. In general, tuning information and other more frequently accessed items are stored in the internal EEPROM (space within the 68HC11F1), while the remaining data is stored in the external EEPROM. (See the particular device subsection for more details.) The external SRAM (U0101) as well as the µP’s own internal RAM space are used for temporary calculations required by the software during execution. All of the data stored in both of these locations is lost when the radio powers off (See the particular device subsection for more details). The FLASH EEPROM (U0102) contains the actual Radio Operating Software. This software is common to all radios within a given model type. For example Securenet radios may have a different version of software in the FLASH ROM than a non-secure radio (See the particular device subsection for more details). The µP provides an address bus of 16 address lines (A0-A15), and a data bus of 8 data lines (D0D7). There are also 5 control lines; CSPROG (U0103-53), CSGEN (U0103-54), CSI01 (U0103-55), E CLK (U0103-34), and RWBIN (U0103-35). CSPROG and CSI01 are used to chip select the SLIC, CSGEN is used to chip select the SRAM. E CLK and RWBIN are used to generate the proper timed control signals to the memory devices. E CLK is generated by the microprocessor based on µP CLK and is always 1/4 the frequency of µP CLK, e.g. if µP CLK is 7.3728 MHz, then E CLK will be 1.8432 MHz. When the µP is functioning normally, the address and data lines should be toggling at CMOS logic levels. Specifically, the logic high levels should be between 4.8 and 5.0 V, and the logic low levels should be between 0 and 0.2 V. No other intermediate levels should be observed, and the rise and fall times should be <30 ns. The low-order address lines (A0-A4) and the data lines (D0-D7) should be toggling at a high rate, e. g., you should set your oscilloscope sweep to 1 us/div. or faster to observe individual pulses. High speed CMOS transitions should also be observed on the µP control lines. On the µP the lines XIRQ (U0103-51), BOOTSTRAP (U0103-58) and RESET (U0103-50) should be high at all times during normal operation. However, the XIRQ line is a non maskable interrupt and can be low during interrupt. Whenever a data or address line becomes open or shorted to an adjacent line, a common symptom is that the RESET line goes low periodically, with the period being in the order of 20 msecs. In the case of shorted lines you may also detect the line periodically at an intermediate level, i.e. around 2.5 V when 2 shorted lines attempt to drive to opposite rails. The MODA (U0103-33) and MODB (U0103-32) inputs to the µP must be at a logic 1 for it to start executing correctly. After the µP starts execution it will periodically pulse these lines. While the Central Processing Unit (CPU) is running, this signal is an open-drain CMOS output which goes low whenever the µP begins a new instruction (an instruction typically requires 2-4 external bus cycles, or memory fetches). However, since it is an open-drain output, the waveform rise assumes an exponential shape similar to an RC circuit. There are 8 analog to digital converter ports (A/D) on U0103. They are labelled within the device block as PE0-PE7. These lines sense the voltage level ranging from 0 to 5 V of the input line and convert that level to a number ranging from 0 to 255 which can be read by the software to take appropriate action. For example U0103-23 is the battery voltage detect line. R0417 and R0416 form a resistor divider on SWB+. With 68K and 22K and a voltage range of 11 V to 17 V, that A/D port would see 2.68 V to 4.15 V which would then be converted to ~136 to 211 respectively. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 7-14 Controller Section Theory of Operation: MicroprocessorOperation U0103-30 is the high reference voltage for the A/D ports on the µP. Resistor R0112 and capacitor C0104 filter the +5 V reference. If this voltage is lower than +5 V the A/D readings will be incorrect. Likewise U0103-29 is the low reference for the A/D ports. This line is normally tied to ground. If this line is not connected to ground, the A/D readings will be incorrect. Capacitor C0105 serves to filter out any AC noise which may ride on +5V at U0103. Support Logic IC (SLIC) The SLIC (U0104) provides 3 primary functions, I/O port expansion, memory address expansion, and some signalling decoding. There are 32 I/O lines within the SLIC which are under µP control. They are grouped in 4 blocks of 8 and labelled as SLIC ports H, J, K, and L. Ports J, K, and L each have a DDR memory register and a “value” register. Port H only has a “value” register. These ports are accessed by the µP by placing the correct address for the I/O registers on the address bus and either reading or writing the data on the data bus. Changing bits in the DDR registers configures specific port bits to be either input sensors or output drivers. The “value” registers either report the state of the sensed input or provide the logic level to be driven on a line configured as an output. Since the 68HC11F1 only has 16 address lines (A0-A15), it can only directly address 64 Kbytes(=2^16) of external memory. The radio architecture is designed to accommodate over 2 Mbytes of memory. The SLIC contains logic which allows addressing of the memory which would otherwise be unavailable to the µP on its own. The SLIC monitors address lines A0, A1, A2, A3, A4, A14, and A15. Depending on what combinations appear on those lines, the SLIC may or may not assist the µP with addressing. When the µP is addressing a device on its own then address lines A0A15 are used and valid. If instead the SLIC is assisting with the addressing then address lines A0A13 from the µP are valid, but the upper order address lines A14 OUT, A15 OUT, A16, A17, A18, and if necessary A19 are provided from the SLIC. There is no conflict with A14 and A14 OUT or with A15 and A15 OUT. Notice for example that SRAM U0101 uses A14 meaning that line is always provided from the µP directly. Notice also that EEPROM U0100 and FLASH ROM U0102 use A14 OUT, meaning that their address lines come from the SLIC. On the SLIC itself, line A14 going to A14IN and A15 going to A15IN are address input lines TO the SLIC. Whereas A14 OUT and A15 OUT are address output lines FROM the SLIC. The SLIC also generates chip select signals UV CS for U0102 and EE CS for U0101, as well as memory timing signals MEMRWB and OE. The circuitry in the SLIC is reset when either the RESET IN (U0104-A8) is a logic 1, or RESET* (U0104-E4) is a logic 0, or PWR RST is a logic 0. These lines must be in the opposite logic state for the SLIC to function normally. The SLIC supports hardware signalling decoding for certain signalling standards such as MPT 1327 and Trunking (OSW). There are different versions of SLIC each having a different decoder. Currently there are no SLIC devices which have more than 1 decoder. The incoming data received by the radio and filtered by the ASFIC exits the ASFIC at U0200-G4 RX DATA, and enters the SLIC at U0104-B6. Based on the data the SLIC updates internal status registers which the µP can read using the address and data bus, and act upon it. Notice that RX data also goes to U0103-77. This implies that the radio can be configured to perform software decoding if desired, even if the radio has a SLIC with a hardware decoder in it. Capacitor C0108 serves to filter out any AC noise which may ride on +5V at U0104. FLASH Electrically Erasable Programmable Memory (FLASH EEPROM) FLASH Electrically Erasable Programmable Memory (FLASH EEPROM). December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Controller Section Theory of Operation: MicroprocessorOperation 7-15 The FLASH EEPROM (U0106) contains the radio’s operating software. This software is common to all radios within a given model type. For example Securenet radios may have a different version of software in the FLASH ROM than a non-secure radio. This is, as opposed to the codeplug information stored in EEPROM (U0100) which could be different from one user to another in the same company. The FLASH ROM can be 256k x 8, 512k x 8, or 1M x 8. The 1M x 8 part is usually used for SmartZone radios. The 256k x 8 cannot be used for SmartZone radios. In normal operating mode, this memory is only read, not written to. In bootstrap mode the Vpp pin (U0106-11) is brought to 12 V to allow the device to be written to. The memory access signals (UV CS, OE and MEMRWB) are generated by the SLIC. To upgrade/reprogram the FLASH software, the µP must be set in bootstrap operating mode, and the FLASH device pin (U0106-11) Vpp must be between 11.4 and 12.6 V. Taking diode CR0105 into account, the voltage at J0403-21 to enable FLASH programming may range between 12.1 and 13.1 V. Resistor divider pair R0104 and R0105 set up 4.1 V on U0106-11 which reduces the chance of logic transitions on I/O3 used as a GPIO from affecting the FLASH Vpp port. The FLASH device may be reprogrammed 1,000 times without issue. It is not recommended to reprogram the FLASH device at a temperature below 0°C. (See “Bootstrap Microprocessor Operation” on page 16 for further details on reprogramming of the FLASH EEPROM). Capacitor C0102 serves to filter out any AC noise which may ride on +5V at U0102, and C0107 filters out any AC noise on Vpp. Electrically Erasable Programmable Memory (EEPROM) The EEPROM (U0100) contains the radio’s operating parameters such as operating frequency and signalling features, commonly know as the codeplug. It is also used to store radio operating state parameters such as current mode and volume. U0100 is a 32 Kbyte device. This memory can be written to in excess of 100,000 times and will retain the data when power is removed from the radio. The memory access signals (EE CS, OE and MEMRWB) are generated by the SLIC. Additional EEPROM is contained in the µP (U0103). This EEPROM is used to store radio tuning and alignment data. Like the external EEPROM this memory can be programmed multiple times and will retain the data when power is removed from the radio. Note: the external EEPROM plus the 512 bytes of internal EEPROM in the 68HC11F1 comprise the complete codeplug. Most radios will have a 32k x 8 from Atmel, but some will have a Hitachi part. The pin-out of the two EEPROM are different so they are placed on a different set of pads. See layout for details. Static Random Access Memory (SRAM) The SRAM (U0101) contains temporary radio calculations or parameters that can change very frequently, and which are generated and stored by the software during its normal operation. The information is lost when the radio is turned off. The device allows an unlimited number of write cycles. SRAM accesses are indicated by the CSGEN signal U101-20 (which comes from U0103-54) going low. U0101 is commonly referred to as the external RAM as opposed to the internal RAM which is the 1 K (1024) bytes of RAM which is part of the µP. Both RAM spaces serve the purpose. However, the internal RAM is used for the calculated values which are accessed most often. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 7-16 Controller Section Theory of Operation: Audio and Signalling Circuits Bootstrap Microprocessor Operation The bootstrap mode of operation is only used to load new software into the FLASH EEPROM (U0106 or U0102). The MODA (U0103-33) and MODB (U0103-32) inputs must be a logic 0 when the microprocessor comes out of reset. The microprocessor will wait to receive data on its SCI RX (U0103-63) line and as data is received, it will be echoed on the SCI TX (U0103-64) line. For example, when the Smart RIB (SRIB) is used to load new software into the FLASH EEPROM, the signals to the microprocessor are automatically controlled by the SRIB to enter this mode. First the SRIB brings the SCI RX DATA (J0403-19) above 12 volts. This turns on dual transistor Q0103 to bring the MODA and MODB lines and the SCI SELECT line to a logic 0. The SRIB then releases the LH RESET (J0403-17) line and begins transferring the data to the radio. Data from the SRIB goes to GP I/O 4 (J0403-20) and data to the SRIB comes from the BUS+ and BUS- lines (J0403-6 and J0403-18). After an initial data transfer, the SRIB will bring the Vpp line (J0403-21) to 12.5 volts and start loading the data to be stored in the FLASH. The microprocessor will verify that each of the FLASH EEPROM memory locations are programmed correctly. Audio and Signalling Circuits (Refer to ASFIC schematic page 10-27 for reference) Audio Signalling Filter IC (ASFIC) The ASFIC has 4 functions; 1. RX/TX audio shaping, i.e. filtering, amplification, attenuation 2. RX/TX signalling, PL/DPL/HST/MDC/MPT 3. Squelch detection 4. Microprocessor clock signal generation (see Microprocessor Clock Synthesizer Description Block). The ASFIC is programmable through the SPI BUS (U0200-E3/F1/F2), normally receiving 21 bytes. This programming sets up various paths within the ASFIC to route audio and/or signalling signals through the appropriate filtering, gain and attenuator blocks. The ASFIC also has 6 General Control Bits GCB0-5 which are CMOS level outputs. In this radio all, except GCB2 used for AUX TX IN2 (see Aux TX), are used to control the Hear Clear IC. (See Hear Clear Description Block for details). Audio Ground (Refer to schematic page 10-29 for reference) VAG is the dc bias used as an audio ground for the op-amps that are external to the Audio Signalling Filter IC (ASFIC). U0201 forms this bias by dividing 9.3 V with R0206 and R0207 and buffering the 4.65 V result with a voltage follower. VAG emerges at pin 1 of U0201. C0235 is a bypass capacitor for VAG. The ASFIC generates its own 2.5 V bias for its internal circuitry. C0210 is the bypass for the ASFIC’s audio ground dc bias. Note that while there are ASFIC VAG, BOARD VAG (U0201), and Hear Clear VAG, each of these are separate. They do not connect together. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Controller Section Theory of Operation: Audio and Signalling Circuits 7-17 Transmit Audio Circuits (Refer to Table 7-2 for reference for the following sections) (Refer to schematic page 10-27 for reference) The radio supports 2 distinct microphone paths known as internal and external mic. The microphones used for the radio require a DC biasing voltage provided by R0222 and R0223 for internal, and R0231 and R0230 for external. These two microphone audio input paths enter the ASFIC at U0200-A7 (external mic) and U0200-B8 (internal mic). Following the internal mic path; the microphone is plugged into the radio control head and is connected to the controller board via J04059. From here the signal is routed to R0224. R0222 and R0223 provide the 9.3 VDC bias and R0224 provides input protection for the CMOS amplifier input. R0223 and C0219 provide a 560 ohm AC path to ground that sets the input impedance for the microphone and determines the gain based on the emitter resistor in the microphone’s amplifier circuit. Filter capacitor C0224 provides lowpass filtering to eliminate frequency components above 3 kHz, and C0218 serves as a DC blocking capacitor. C0427 bypasses RF interference which may couple onto the line to ground. The audio signal at U0200-B8 should be approximately 80 mV to achieve 60% of maximum system deviation. The ASFIC has an internal mic AGC that can control the gain in the mic audio path. The AGC can be disabled/enabled in the radio codeplug using the RSS/CPS. Another feature that can be enabled or disabled in the ASFIC is the VOX. This circuit, along with C0205, provides a DC voltage that can allow the µP to detect microphone audio. The ASFIC can also be programmed to route the microphone audio to the speaker for public address operation. External Mic Path The external microphone signal enters the radio on accessory connector J0403 pin 23. It is then routed to the ASFIC through resistor R0229 and capacitors C0223 and C0221, with DC bias provided by R0231/R0230. PTT Sensing and TX Audio Processing Mic PTT is sensed via SB9600. An external PTT can be generated by programming one of the digital I/O lines on the accessory connector for PTT and grounding that pin. When microphone PTT is sensed, the µP will always configure the ASFIC for the “internal” mic audio path, and external PTT will result in the external mic audio path being selected. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 7-18 Controller Section Theory of Operation: Audio and Signalling Circuits . J405 D3 COMP BUF IN HEARCLEAR - I IC U0250 HPF 9 MIC COMP OUT CONTROL HEAD CONNECTOR F3 J403 A6 13 C7 TX IN MIC AMP OUT 23 EXT MIC B8 MIC IN FILTERS AND PREEMPHASIS 24 AUX TX A7 EXT MIC IN ACCESSORY CONNECTOR LS SUMMER J401 14 AUX TX ASFIC U0200 D7 SPLATTER FILTER AUX TX IN HS SUMMER LIMITER INTERNAL OPTION CONNECTOR PRE EMP OUT VCO ATN H8 ATTENUATOR AUDIO MOD TO RF SECTION (VCO) LIM IN C8 E8 J408 14 AUX TX INTERNAL OPTION CONNECTOR Figure 7-2. Transmit Audio Paths Inside the ASFIC, the mic audio is filtered to eliminate components outside the 300-3000 Hz voice band, and pre-emphasized if pre-emphasis is enabled. The capacitor between ASFIC pre-emphasis out U0200-C8 and ASFIC limiter in U0200-E8 AC couples the signal between ASFIC blocks and prevents the DC bias at the ASFIC output U0200-H8 from shifting when the ASFIC transmit circuits are powered up. The signal is then limited to prevent the transmitter from over deviating. The limited mic audio is then routed through a summer, used to add in signalling data, and then to a splatter filter to eliminate high frequency spectral components that could be generated by the limiter. The audio is then routed to two attenuators, which are tuned in the factory or the field to set the proper amount of FM deviation. The TX audio emerges from the ASFIC at U0200-H8 AUDIO MOD, at which point it is routed to the RF section. Auxiliary TX Audio Paths There are three auxiliary transmit audio inputs that are routed to the auxiliary transmit path in the ASFIC. These are AUX TX IN1, AUX TX IN2, and AUX TX IN3. The 3 paths, only one of which can be active at a time, are buffered by U0202. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Controller Section Theory of Operation: Audio and Signalling Circuits 7-19 AUX TX IN2 is special in that it can “change” input impedance. The “voltage mode” signal to U0400 is 9.3 V if the source for the auxiliary transmit audio from J0403 is a current source. The “voltage mode” signal is 0 V if the auxiliary transmit source is a voltage source. The difference being R0219 is bypassed by the transmission gate or not. Typically current source mode will apply for SB9600 based devices. C0217 sets the lower frequency (high pass) signal of approximately 1 Hz. The processing of the signal on the auxiliary transmit path depends on how the ASFIC is configured. It can bypass filters, pre-emphasis, limiter, and/or splatter filter. TX Secure Audio (AUX TX IN1 and AUX TX IN3) The audio follows the normal transmit audio processing until it emerges from the ASFIC preemphasis out pin (U0200-C8), which is fed to the secure board residing at either option connector J0401-7 / J0403-7. The Secure board contains circuitry to amplify, digitize, encrypt, and filter the audio. The encrypted signal is then fed back from J0401-14 / J0408-14 to the AUX TX buffer through R0217 or R0218, and then to the ASFIC AUX TX input (U0200-D7). The signal level at this pin should be about 1 Vpp. The signal is then routed through the AUX TX path in the ASFIC (which bypasses everything before including the ASFIC splatter filter) and summed into the main modulation path. After the summer, it runs through the modulation attenuator and then to the AUDIO MOD port U0200-H8. Transmit Signalling Circuits (Refer to Table 7-3 for reference for the following sections) There are four types of transmit data: 1. Sub-audible data (PL/DPL/Connect Tone) that gets summed with transmit voice or signalling, 2. High speed (3600 baud) data for trunking control channel communication 3. DTMF data for telephone communication in trunked and conventional systems, and 4. MDC data for use in Motorola proprietary MDC systems. Select 5 and MPT-1327 signalling can be supported by the MDC signaling hardware. Sub-audible Data (PL/DPL) Sub-audible data implies signalling whose bandwidth is below 300 Hz. PL and DPL waveforms are used for conventional operation and connect tones for trunked voice channel operation. The trunking connect tone is simply a PL tone at a higher deviation level than PL in a conventional system. Although it is referred to as “sub-audible data,” the actual frequency spectrum of these waveforms may be as high as 250 Hz, which is audible to the human ear. However, the radio receiver filters out any audio below 300 Hz, so these tones are never heard in the actual system. Only one type of sub-audible data can be generated by U0200 at any one time. The process is as follows, using the SPI BUS, the µP programs the ASFIC (U0200) to set up the proper low-speed data deviation and select the PL or DPL filters. The µP then generates a square wave which strobes the ASFIC PL/DPL encode input PL CLK U0200-C3 at twelve times the desired data rate. For example, for a PL frequency of 103 Hz, the frequency of the square wave would be 1236 Hz. This drives a tone generator inside U0200 which generates a staircase approximation to a PL sine wave or DPL data pattern. This internal waveform is then lowpass filtered and summed with voice or data. The resulting summed waveform then appears on U0200-H8 (AUDIO MOD), where it is sent to the RF board as previously described for transmit audio. A trunking connect tone would be generated in the same manner as a PL tone. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 7-20 Controller Section Theory of Operation: Audio and Signalling Circuits High Speed Data High speed data refers to the 3600 baud data waveforms, known as Inbound Signalling Words (ISWs) used in a trunking system for high speed communication between the central controller and the radio. To generate an ISW, the uP first programs the ASFIC (U0200) to the proper filter and gain settings. It then begins strobing U0200-G1 (TX DATA) with a pulse when the data is supposed to change states. HS SUMMER G1 HIGH SPEED CLOCK IN MICRO CONTROLLER G2 DTMF CLOCK 5-3-2 STATE ENCODER DTMF ENCODER SPLATTER FILTER ASFIC U0200 C3 LOW SPEED CLOCK PL ENCODER LS SUMMER ATTENUATOR H8 AUDIO MOD TO RF SECTION (VCO) Figure 7-3. Transmit Signalling Paths U0200’s 5-3-2 State Encoder (which is in a 2-state mode) is then fed to the post-limiter summer block and then the splatter filter. From that point it is routed through the modulation attenuators and then out of the ASFIC to the RF board. MPT 1327 and MDC are generated in much the same way as Trunking ISW. However, in some cases these signals may also pass through a data pre-emphasis block in the ASFIC. Also these signalling schemes are based on sending a combination of 1200 Hz and 1800 Hz tones only. Microphone audio is muted during High Speed Data signalling. Dual Tone Multiple Frequency (DTMF) Data DTMF data is a dual tone waveform used during phone interconnect operation. It is the same type of tones which are heard when using a “Touch Tone” telephone. There are seven frequencies, with four in the low group (697, 770, 852, 941 Hz) and three in the high group (1209, 1336, 1477 Hz). The high-group tone is generated by the µP (U0103-74) strobing U0200-G1 at six times the tone frequency for tones less than 1440 Hz or twice the frequency for tones greater than 1440 Hz. The low group tone is generated by the µP (U0103-73) strobing U0200-G2 (DTMF CLOCK) at six times the tone frequency. Inside U0200 the low-group and high-group tones are summed (with the amplitude of the high group tone being approximately 2 dB greater than that of the low group tone) and then pre-emphasized before being routed to the summer and splatter filter. The DTMF waveform then follows the same path as was described for high-speed data. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Controller Section Theory of Operation: Audio and Signalling Circuits 7-21 MDC Data The MDC signal follows exactly the same path as the DTMF high group tone. MDC data utilizes MSK modulation, in which a logic zero is represented by one cycle of a 1200 Hz, and a logic one by 1.5 cycles of an 1800 Hz. To generate the data, the microcontroller first programs the ASFIC (U0200) with TXSG1 and TXSG0 control lines to the proper filter and gain settings. It then begins strobing U0200/Trunking Clock In with a pulse every time there should be a transition in the MDC waveform. The output waveform from U0200's 5-3-2 State Encoder is then fed to the post-limiter summer block and then the splatter filter. From that point it is routed through the modulation attenuators and then out of the ASFIC to the RF board. Microphone audio is muted during MDC signalling. Receive Audio Circuits (Refer to Table 7-4 for reference for the following sections) Squelch Detect The radio’s RF circuits are constantly producing an output at the discriminator. In addition to the raw discriminator signal DISC (IF1-3-2-1), the RF board’s Zero IF IC also provides a separate buffered version of the discriminator signal that is dedicated to the ASFIC’s squelch detect circuitry SQUELCH (IF1-2-17-1). This signal enters the controller board and is routed to the ASFIC on U0200-H7. All of the squelch detect circuitry is contained within the ASFIC. Therefore from a user’s point of view, SQUELCH enters the ASFIC, and the ASFIC produces two CMOS logic outputs based on the result. They are CH ACT (U0200-H1) and SQ DET (U0200-H1). The squelch signal entering the ASFIC is amplified, filtered, attenuated, and rectified. It is then sent to a comparator to produce an active high signal on CH ACT. A squelch tail circuit is used to produce SQ DET (U0200-H1) from CH ACT. The state of CH ACT and SQ DET is high (logic 1) when carrier is detected, otherwise low (logic 0). Both CH ACT and SQ DET are routed to the SLIC (U0104-F4/ H1). SQ DET is used to determine all audio mute/unmute decisions except for Conventional Scan. In this case CH ACT is a pre-indicator as it occurs slightly faster than SQ DET. Audio Processing and Digital Volume Control The signal enters the controller section from the ZIF on DISC (IF1-3-2-1) and passes through RC filter R0245 and C0236 which filters out ZIF sampling noise. The signal is AC coupled by C0202 and enters the ASFIC via the PL IN pin U0200-J7. Inside the IC, the signal goes through 2 paths in parallel. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 7-22 Controller Section Theory of Operation: Audio and Signalling Circuits J403 J401 9 AUX RX 12 11 25 10 DISC (GAIN CONTROLLED) 1 5 DISC J408 9 10 5 AUX RX FILTERED AUDIO UNIV IO OUT AUDIO 4 PA U0203 6 SPKR - 3 SPKR + 1 EXTERNAL SPEAKER 9 AUX RX 2 DISC (GAIN CONTROLLED) ACCESSORY CONNECTOR DISC INTERNAL OPTION CONNECTORS INT SPKR+ ATTEN. J405 1 INTERNAL SPEAKER 2 8 C1 EXP IN H5 UNAT RX OUT HEARCLEAR - I IC U0250 EXP OUT A2 FF OUT F4 J5 EXP AUD IN H6 RX IN FFIN E4 B2 UNIV IO CONTROL HEAD CONNECTOR RX AUD OUT VOLUME ATTEN. FILTER AND DEEMPHASIS J7 PL IN J4 HANDSET AUDIO ASFIC U0200 J6 AUX RX IN LIMITER, RECTIFIER FILTER, COMPARATOR SQ IN DISC (DISCRIMINATOR AUDIO) FROM RF SECTION (ZIF) SQUELCH H7 SQUELCH CIRCUIT CH ACT H2 SQ DET H1 MICRO CONTROLLER Figure 7-4. Receive Audio Paths The audio path has a programmable amplifier, whose setting is based on the channel bandwidth being received, then a LPF filter to remove any frequency components above 3000 Hz and then an HPF to strip off any sub-audible data below 300 Hz. Next, the recovered audio passes through a deemphasis filter if it is enabled (to compensate for Pre-emphasis which is used to reduce the effects of FM noise). The IC then passes the audio through the 8-bit programmable attenuator whose level is set depending on the value of the volume control. Finally the filtered audio signal passes through an output buffer within the ASFIC. The audio signal exits the ASFIC at RX AUDIO (U0200-J4). The µP programs the attenuator, using the SPI BUS, based on SB9600 messages from the control head. The minimum /maximum settings of the attenuator are set by codeplug parameters. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Controller Section Theory of Operation: Audio and Signalling Circuits 7-23 Since sub-audible signalling is summed with voice information on transmit, it must be separated from the voice information before processing. Any sub-audible signalling enters the ASFIC from the ZIF at PL IN U0200-J7. Once inside it goes through the PL/DPL path. The signal first passes through one of 2 low pass filters, either PL low pass filter or DPL/LST low pass filter. Either signal is then filtered and goes through a limiter and exits the ASFIC as PL RX (U0200-A4). At this point the signal will appear as a square wave version of the sub-audible signal which the radio received. This signal then goes to the SLIC (U0104-E7).The SLIC must be polled periodically by the microprocessor to determine the state of bit 0 for port L (see SLIC description block for details). The microprocessor will then use that information to decode the signal. Note these paths are somewhat different for radios using Hear Clear (See Hear Clear description block for details). Audio Amplification Speaker (+) / (-) (Refer to schematic page 10-33 for reference) The output of the ASFIC’s digital volume pot, U0204-J4 is routed through a voltage divider formed by R0234 and R0235 to set the correct input level to the audio PA (U0203). This is necessary because the gain of the audio PA is 46 dB, and the ASFIC output is capable of overdriving the PA unless the maximum volume is limited. The audio then passes through C0240 which provides AC coupling and low frequency roll-off. C0242 provides high frequency roll-off as the audio signal is routed to pins 1 and 9 of the audio power amplifier U0203. The audio power amplifier has one inverted and one non-inverted output that produces the differential audio output SPK+/SPK- (U0203-4/6). The inputs for each of these amplifiers are pins 1 and 9 respectively; these inputs are both tied to the received audio. The audio PA’s DC biases are not activated until the audio PA is enabled at pin 8. The audio PA is enabled via AUPA EN signal from the SLIC (U0104-F7). When the base of Q0200 is low, the transistor is off and U0203-8 is high, using pull up resistor R0236 — Audio PA is ON. The U0203-8 must be above 8.5 VDC to properly enable the device. If the voltage is between 3.3 and 6.4 V, the device will be active but has its input (U0203-1/9) off. This a mute condition which is not employed in this radio design. R0202 ensures that the base of Q0202 is high on power up. Otherwise there may be an audio pop due to R0236 pulling U0203-8 high before the software can switch on Q0200. The SPK+ and SPK- outputs of the audio PA have a DC bias which varies proportionately with A+ CONT (U0200-7). A+ CONT of 11 V yields a DC offset of 5 V, and A+ CONT of 17 V yields a DC offset of 8.5 V. If either of these lines is shorted to ground, it is possible that the audio PA will be damaged. SPK+ and SPK- are routed to the accessory connector (J0403-1 and 3). Only the SPK- is routed to the control head. For either, the internal (control head) speaker or the external speaker connected to the remote control head cable, to be enabled, a jumper must be placed on the accessory connector between pins 1 and 2; this connects SPK+ to the control head’s INT SPK+. Handset Audio (Refer to schematic page 10-33 for reference) Certain hand held accessories have a speaker within them which require a different voltage level than that provided by U0203. For those devices RX HI is available at J0405-8. The received audio from the output of the ASFIC’s digital volume attenuator is also routed to U0202 pin 6 where it is amplified 15 dB; this is set by the 10k/68k combination of R0238 and R0237. This signal is routed directly from the output of the op amp U202 pin 7 to J0405-8. The control head sends this signal directly out to the microphone jack. The maximum value of this output is 6.6 Vpp. If the handset is Off-Hook, the audio PA (U0203) is disabled. C0434 is for RF bypass and VR0418 is for static protection. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 7-24 Controller Section Theory of Operation: Audio and Signalling Circuits Filtered Audio (Refer to schematic page 10-29 for reference) This signal sources receive audio or Public Address audio to a large Siren PA accessory. The ASFIC has an audio whose output at U0200-H5 has been filtered and de-emphasized, but has not gone through the digital volume attenuator. This signal is buffered with an op amp with a gain of 0 dB, within the ASFIC. The maximum level for this signal is 1.06 Vpp. From ASFIC U0200-H5 the signal is AC coupled to U0201-2 by capacitor C0214. R0209 and R0208 being equal value set up the op amp as a unity gain device, i.e. a buffer. The output at U0201-7 is then routed to J0403-11 FIL AUD OUT. Note that any volume adjustment of the signal on this path must be done by the accessory. Discriminator Audio (Unfiltered) (Refer to schematic page 10-27 for reference) Note that discriminator audio DISC from the ZIF, in addition to being routed to the ASFIC, is also routed to the Hear Clear (U0250) and both option connectors J0408-5 and J0401-5 (See “ Hear Clear IC (Refer to schematic page 10-26 for reference)” on page 26 and “ Secure Receive Audio” on page 24 for further information). Auxiliary RX Audio Paths There are three auxiliary receive audio inputs that are buffered by U202 and routed to the auxiliary receive path in the ASFIC U0200-J6. The processing for this input is identical to that of normal received audio or it can bypass the filtering and de-emphasis. The auxiliary inputs come from the two option connectors J0408-9 and J0401-9 and from the accessory connector J0403-15. The “voltage mode” signal to U0400 is 9.3 V if the source for the auxiliary receive audio from J0403 is a current source. The “voltage mode” signal is 0 V if the auxiliary receive source is a voltage source. Typically current source mode will apply for SB9600 based devices. Note that the enable line for transmission gate U0400-12/10 is the same line VOLTAGE MODE as that which controls the Auxiliary TX path AUX TX IN2. The VOLTAGE MODE line is driven by Q0202 which is turned on and off by ASFIC GCB2. In order to change the state of VOLTAGE MODE the ASFIC (U0200) must be programmed by the SPI BUS to do so. Secure Receive Audio Discriminator audio, which is now coded audio, enters the ASFIC at U0200-J7. Inside the ASFIC a path is set up to route the coded audio to a programmable 7 bit attenuator, where the signal level is adjusted, and then out of the ASFIC at UNIV IO (U0200-B2). This path bypasses the ASFIC RX filtering and Deemphasis. From U0200-B2 the coded audio goes to Option connectors J0401-10 / J0408-10. On the secure board, the coded signal is converted back to analog format, and then fed back through (J0401-9 / J0408-9) to the Aux Rx buffer U0202. The clear audio signal is then routed to the ASFIC pin U0200-J6; from then on it follows a path identical to conventional receive audio, where it is filtered (300-3 kHz) and deemphasis. Receive Signalling Circuits (Refer to Table 7-5 for reference for the following sections). The ASFIC (U0200) is used to filter and limit all received data. The data enters the ASFIC at U0200J7. Inside U0200 the data is filtered according to data type (HS or LS), then it is limited to a 0-5 V digital level. The MDC and trunking high speed data appear at U0200-G4, where it connects to the µP U0103-77, software decoder, and U0104-B8, hardware decoder (see SLIC description block for further details). December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Controller Section Theory of Operation: Audio and Signalling Circuits 7-25 The low speed limited data output (PL, DPL, and trunking LS) appears at U0200-A4, where it connects to the SLIC. While receiving low speed data, the µP may output a sampling waveform, depending on the sampling technique, to U0200-C3 of between 1 and 2 kHz. The low speed data is read by the µP at twice the frequency of the sampling waveform; a latch configuration in the ASFIC stores one bit every clock cycle. The external capacitors C0211, C0212, and C0203 set the low frequency pole for a zero crossings detector in the limiters for PL and HS data. The hysteresis of these limiters is programmed based on the type of received data. Note that during HS data the µP may generate a sampling waveform seen at U0200-G1. C3 G1 LOW SPEED CLOCK HIGH SPEED CLOCK DATA FILTER AND DEEMPHASIS DISC (DISCRIMINATOR AUDIO FROM RF SECTION) J7 PL IN LIMITER RX G4 LIM OUT MICRO CONTROLLER ASFIC U0200 FILTER LOW SPEED LIM CAP C5 PL A4 LIM LIMITER RX LIM CAP J3 Figure 7-5. Receive Signalling Paths Alert Tone Circuits When the software determines that it needs to give the operator an audible feedback (for a good key press, or for a bad key press), or radio status (trunked system busy, phone call, circuit failures), it sends an alert tone to the speaker. It does so by sending SPI BUS data to U0200 which sets up the audio path to the speaker for alert tones. The alert tone itself can be generated in one of two ways: internally by the ASFIC, or externally using the µP and the ASFIC. The allowable internal alert tones are 304, 608, 911, and 1823 Hz. In this case a code contained within the SPI BUS load to the ASFIC sets up the path and determines the tone frequency, and at what volume level to generate the tone. (It does not have to be related to the setting of the volume knob). For external alert tones, the µP can generate any tone within the 100-3000 Hz audio band. This is accomplished by the µP generating a square wave which enters the ASFIC at U0200-C3. Inside the ASFIC, this signal is routed to the alert tone generator; the output of the generator is summed into the audio chain just after the RX audio de-emphasis block. Inside U0200 the tone is amplified and filtered, then passed through the 8-bit digital volume attenuator, which is typically loaded with a special value for alert tone audio. Note that the Hear Clear expander is bypassed even if U0250 is present. The tone exits at U0200-J4, then is routed to the audio PA like receive audio. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 7-26 Controller Section Theory of Operation: Audio and Signalling Circuits Hear Clear IC (Refer to schematic page 10-26 for reference) The Hear Clear (HC) is typically used for 900 MHz radios. The HC has 3 main circuit blocks within the IC which are used by this radio; 1) Compressor, 2) Flutter Fighter, and 3) Expander circuits. There are 6 enable lines on the Hear Clear IC which determine its mode of operation. The IC ENAB line U0250-C4 is tied to SW B+, so whenever the IC is placed it is always active. The remaining 5 lines are controlled by the ASFIC General Control Bit lines, GCB0, GCB1, GCB3, GCB4, and GCB5. The table below summarizes their logic states. Table 7-3. Hear Clear Enable Lines Configuration Logic State Name Ref. Des Set By TX1 RX1 TX2 RX2 Ic Enable U0250-C4 SW B+ 1 1 X 1 Flutter Fighter Enable U0200-B5 U0200-B5 X 1 X 0 LO Clamp Disable U0250-A5 U0200-B3 1 1 1 X Hi Clamp Enable U0250-C2 U0200-C4 0 0 X 0 HCI Disable U0250-B6 U0200-A3 1 1 X 1 Compander Enable U0250-D1 U0200-A2 1 1 X 0 TX1: transmit mode with carrier squelch, PL or DPL. RX1: receive voice with carrier squelch, PL or DPL. TX2: transmit mode with all other data HST/MDC/MPT/DTMF etc. RX2: refers to receive mode with all other data HST/MDC/MPT/DTMF Logic State “X” means either 1 or a 0, i.e. “don’t care”. Transmit Path for Radios with Hear Clear For transmit, the signal comes from the appropriate microphone and enters the ASFIC at U0200-A7 or U0200-B6 as would standard TX audio. After entering the ASFIC, the signal is internally routed to U0200-A6 ASFIC MIC AMP OUT, where it leaves the ASFIC and enters the Hear Clear compressor at U0250-D3. The signal then exits the compressor at U0250-F3, where it is routed back to the ASFIC (U0200-C7). C0261 provides AC coupling. Inside the ASFIC the signal goes through an LPF and HPF which band limit the signal between 300 - 3 kHz. The signal is then pre-emphasized and exits the ASFIC at U0250-C8, passes through a coupling cap and enters the ASFIC at U0200-E8. Again inside the ASFIC the signal goes through a limiter, splatter filter, and a pair of attenuators which set the amplitude (deviation level) of the signal. The Compressor is used in transmit mode. The purpose of this circuit is twofold; 1) improve S/N ratio for low level audio, and 2) maintain the same dynamic range of a 12.5 kHz bandwidth channel as is obtained in a 25 kHz bandwidth channel. The compressor raises low level signals and lowers high level signals. The compressor circuit produces a signal whose output voltage (U0250-F3) is based on the input voltage level (U0200-A6) of the signal. It is NOT a function of frequency (as is Preemphasis). The voltage transfer function is: COMPOUT == SQRT[ 80*ASFICMICAUDOUT ] Notice that 80 mV in yields 80 mV out. Some example levels are: • 20 mV input == 40 mV output • 80 mV input == 80 mV output • 150 mV input == 110 mV output December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Controller Section Theory of Operation: Audio and Signalling Circuits 7-27 Receive Path for Radios with Hear Clear The audio signal enters the controller from the ZIF on DISC. The discriminated audio DISC enters the Hear Clear Flutter Fighter through C0200 and C0267. C0200 connects the signal to FF IN (U0250-E4). C0267 is the beginning of a noise sampling circuit consisting of components C0267, R0256, R0253, C0264, C0263, R0254, R0255, R0257, and C0265; and Hear Clear ports Clip Ref, Noise Filter In, and Noise Filter Out, Noise Hold. After exiting the HC at FF OUT (U0250-F4), the signal enters the ASFIC at RX IN (U0200-H6). Within the ASFIC the signal passes through a low pass filter and a high pass filter limiting the audio band width to 300-3 kHz. It then goes through deemphasis and exits the ASFIC at U0200-H5 FILTERED AUDIO. Upon exiting the ASFIC at FILTERED AUDIO, the signal passes through capacitor C0250, which provides AC coupling. The signal then enters the Hear Clear at EXP IN (U0250-C1) and exits the Hear Clear Expander at EXP OUT (U0250-A2). The normalized signal is the routed back to the ASFIC through C0260 for volume adjustment, entering at U0200-J5 and exiting the ASFIC at U0200J4 as RX AUDIO. The audio is then routed to the Audio PA in the same manner as standard receive audio. The Flutter Fighter is for receive only. It samples the amount of Noise in the receive audio between 10 kHz and 20 kHz, using the Noise filter in (U0250-B5), Noise filter out (U0250-C6), and Noise hold (U0250-D5) ports. In addition, it monitors the rate of change of RSSI (Receive Signal Strength In) (U0250-F5). The discriminated audio DISC enters the HC at FF IN (U0250-E4) and the circuit then reduces the amount of popping Noise associated with fading. The improved audio exits the IC at FF OUT (U0250-F4). The Expander is used after deemphasis but before the ASFIC volume attenuator. The purpose of the expander is to transpose compressed audio back to “normal” audio. As with the compressor circuit, the expander circuit adjusts the amplitude of a signal based upon its input amplitude, NOT its frequency. The voltage transfer function is: EXPOUT= 0.41*(EXPIN/0.28)2. The importance here is to notice that an input signal of 191 mV will exit as 191 mV. A smaller signal will be made even smaller and a signal larger than 191 mV will exit EXP OUT even larger. Some example levels are: • 100 mV EXP IN == 52 mV EXP OUT • 191 mV EXP IN == 191 mV EXP OUT • 250 mV EXP IN == 327 mV EXP OUT Again this operation is NOT A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY between 300 Hz and 3 kHz. Hear Clear Routing of Data/Signalling All signalling for transmit enters the transmit stream after the Hear Clear Compressor and therefore does not pass through the compressor. In receive, subaudible signalling PL/DPL goes through the Flutter Fighter along with audio, and is unaffected by the Flutter Fighter operation. After the Flutter Fighter, upon entering the ASFIC, the sub-audible signalling is separated from the audio and decoded. Subaudible signalling never passes through the expander. In receive, for all other signalling HST/MDC/MPT etc. (not sub-audible), the Flutter Fighter is set to “Pass Through Mode”. In this mode the Flutter Fighter passes signals from FF IN to FF OUT without any adjustment. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 7-28 Controller Section Theory of Operation: Audio and Signalling Circuits Notes December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 8 Control Heads Model I Introduction The Control Head forms the interface between the radio and the user. It contains an LCD display, on/ off and volume switch, keypad and control keys. The microprocessor controlled Control Head interfaces to the radio control logic board J0650 via an 18-pin connector on the back of the unit. An external microphone/speaker is connected to the Control Head via the front mounted microphone connector P0651. Power supplies Power supply A+ (pin 17) is routed directly from the radio through the 18-pin connector and is used for LCD and keypad backlight LEDs and indicator LEDs. Power supply B+ (pin 18) is routed from the radio battery via the radio on/off switch and provides Vcc via regulator U0654. Option SW B+ (pin 1) is the power supply output to the connected accessory. The current is monitored by the Control Head to operate the multiplexer. (Refer to Mode Select) Audio configuration The Control Head can be configured for Handset audio or Speaker+ which is a balanced output from the radio. Handset audio is configured by inserting R0676 in the line from pin 8 to the microphone connector. Speaker + audio is configured by inserting R0675 in the line from pin 1 to the microphone connector. Note that only one resistor R0676 or R0675 must be fitted. Volume Control / on-off Front panel switch/potentiometer R0698 controls the volume via A/D converter PD0 (pin 14) in micro-controller (µC) U0653. The centre of the potentiometer is a push button switch used for microphone input and power on-off. When activated the microphone line (pin 9) is connected to ground. Micro-controller Micro-controller U0653 controls the operation of the Control Head. The µC exchanges data with the radio via the SB9600 bus (TD0 and RD1) and monitors inputs from the microphone connector via the A/D port (PD0-PD7). The µC is reset from the radio via the reset line (pin 3) and Q0652.The µC is also reset by under voltage detector U0657 when Vcc drops below 4.6V. Xtal Oscillator The xtal oscillator is built using on chip oscillator gates of the microprocessor. The xtal is a standard 4 MHz ceramic resonator. 8-2 Control Heads: Model I LCD Backlight The backlight consists of 10 LEDs. Light intensity is in 3 levels including off and is software controlled by bus commands via µC U0653. Driver The LCD driver U0651 contains the default character set. Its interface is a four line serial interface. The LCD driver is connected to the µC on pins PA0 - PA3. The driver has a built in oscillator with one external resistor, R0700, defining the clock frequency. The oscillator runs at approx. 25 kHz giving an LCD frame frequency of approx. 48 Hz. Power Supplies The LCD driver and bias voltages are powered either from 5.0 V or 5.7 V. The LCD bias voltage levels are created by the voltage divider R0701, R0702 and R0703. This gives four voltages: supply voltage (VDD), V1, V2 and V3=GND. The COM and SEG outputs from U651 jump between these 4 bias voltage levels, which create the on and off AC voltage for each LCD segment. Resistors R0715 and R0716 prevent U0651 from going into test mode during power up. The LCD supply voltage is controlled by the microcontroller U0653 PA6. Display Display (H0650) is a transmissive/reflective positive LCD display. The Control Head has one line of 8 characters with fixed symbols on top, four key-related symbols on the bottom and three color indicators. Color Indicators The three color indicators are 4 LEDs D0679, D0680, D0681 and D0682. There are two yellow LEDs in order to increase the color intensity. Keypad Backlight The keypad backlight is turned on and controlled along with the LCD backlight. Keypad The keypad is a static input with 10 kohms pull-up resistors. There is no scanning, but simply one input for each key. Debouncing control is handled by the software. Mode Select To reduce the number of pins on the microphone connector multiplexing is utilized to switch between the 3 different modes, Normal mode, SB9600 mode and Keyload mode. Multiplexer Operation The multiplexer comprises U0655 and U0656. Inputs to the multiplexer are from the microphone connector pins 3, 6 and 7. The multiplexer is switched either by a current sensing device (Q0662, Q0663), for Normal and SB9600 Bus modes, or by software for keyload mode. Pin 1 of the microphone connector carries the output current of the connected device. When the output current is below 30 µA, the multiplexer is switched to the Normal mode. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Control Heads: Models II and III 8-3 When the connected device is an SB9600 device, the current is greater than 2 mA and the multiplexer is switched to SB9600 mode. Note that when an SB9600 device is self-powered, i.e. no current consumption from the microphone connector, a dummy load must be connected to pin 1 to ensure a minimum current of 2 mA and force the multiplexer into the SB9600 mode. A field programmer is an example of such a device. In the Secure keyload mode, an A/D input on the µC U0653 (PD6) monitors the Speaker-output dc voltage. If the output is short circuit to ground for more than 1 second, the µC senses this and switches to keyload mode (via PC7 output). Normal Mode Typically a microphone with no microprocessor is connected to the microphone connector. Inputs in this mode include PTT, Monitor and Auxiliary. In Normal mode these inputs are routed to the µC A/D port where the analogue voltage is measured and decoded for all possible combinations of PTT, Monitor and Auxiliary. SB9600 Bus Mode Typically a control microphone, intelligent handset or field programmer is connected to the microphone connector. Inputs include Bus+, Bus- and Busy. On selection of this mode Bus+ and Bus- are routed from the multiplexer via the bus comparator circuit (Q0655, Q0656 and U0652) to the µC bus interface (RD1/TD0). Busy is routed to the radio via the Busy line (pin 14). Secure Mode This is the secure keyload mode. The inputs in this mode include WE (Write Enable), KID (Key Insert Data) and Key Fail. On selection of this mode these inputs are routed from the multiplexer to the radio via pin 10 (WE), pin 12 (KID) and pin 11(Key Fail). Models II and III Introduction The Control Head forms the interface between the radio and the user. It contains an LCD display, on/ off and volume switch, keypad and control keys. Control Head model II contains a rotary switch in place of a full keypad. The microprocessor controlled Control Head interfaces to the radio control logic board J0650 via an 18-pin connector on the back of the unit. An external microphone/speaker is connected to the Control Head via the front mounted microphone connector P0651. Power Supplies Power supply A+ (pin 17) is routed directly from the radio through the 18-pin connector and is used for LCD and keypad backlight LEDs and indicator LEDs. Power supply B+ (pin 18) is routed from the radio battery via the radio on/off switch. It is routed to the microphone connector current sensor device (Q0664) and provides Vcc via regulator U0650. Option SW B+ (pin 1) is the power supply output to the connected accessory. The current is monitored by the Control Head to operate the multiplexer. (Refer to Mode Select) 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 8-4 Control Heads: Models II and III Audio Configuration The Control Head can be configured for Handset audio or Speaker+ which is a balanced output from the radio. Handset audio is configured by inserting R0665 in the line from pin 8 to the microphone connector. Speaker + audio is configured by inserting R0664 in the line from pin 1 to the microphone connector. Note that only one resistor R0655 or R0644 must be fitted. Volume Control/On-Off Front panel switch/potentiometer R0696 controls the volume via A/D converter PD0 (pin 14) in micro-controller (µC) U0653. The centre of the potentiometer is a push button switch used for microphone input and power on-off. When activated the microphone line (pin 9) is connected to ground. Micro-controller Micro-controller U0653 and Data Expander U0654 control the operation of the Control Head. The µC exchanges data with the radio via the SB9600 bus (TD0 and RD1) and monitors inputs from the microphone connector via the A/D port (PD0-PD7). In addition keypad and LCD data is processed via ports A, B and C. Both the µC and the Expander are reset by under voltage detector U0660 when Vcc drops below 4.6 V. Both devices can also be reset from the radio via the reset line (pin 3) and Q0655. Xtal Oscillator The xtal oscillator is built using on chip oscillator gates of the microprocessor. The xtal is a standard 4 MHz ceramic resonator. LCD Backlight The backlight consists of 36 LEDs in model II and 48 LEDs in model III. Light intensity is in 4 levels including off and is software controlled by bus commands via Expander U0654 (Q6, Q7). A temperature condition in the Control Head overrides the software commands such that on rising to 78°C or above the lowest light level or off is selected. Controller LCD controller U0651 contains the default character set. On Control Head model III the controller is expanded by the use of an LCD driver U0652. The LCD controller is connected to the µC via data bus PA0-PA7, while the control and read/write (R/W) lines are connected via PB5 and PB7 respectively. Power Supplies The LCD bias voltage drives the display segments. The bias voltage is divided into 5 levels by R0707 to R0711 and routed to the LCD controller (and LCD driver in Control Head model III) under µC control via U0655. The µC measures the bias voltage with respect to Vcc (TP3) at A/D port PD3. Another function of the bias voltage is temperature which is measured across R0742 at A/D port PD7. The µC calculates the correction to the bias voltage and adjusts the duty cycle of the PLMA output to U0655 accordingly. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Control Heads: Models II and III 8-5 Display Display (H0650) is a double layer super twist LCD display. Control Head model II has one line of 14 characters with fixed symbols on top, six key-related symbols on the bottom and RSSI symbol on the right-hand side. Control Head model III is similar but has two lines of 14 characters. The presence of a rotary switch tells the software that the display is a one-line display. Temperature Sensor µC U0653 measures voltage on PD7 which is controlled by dividers R0741 and R0742. R0742 is an NTC resistor which is placed in close proximity to the LCD display. The temperature sensor protects the backlight LEDs from failure and is also used to compensate the LCD bias voltage dependent on the LCD glass temperature. The protection temperature is 77°C ±6°C. Keypad Backlight The backlight consists of 7 LEDs in model II and 13 LEDs in model III. The backlight can be switched on/off by the radio software, controlled via µC U0653 TCMP1 and TCMP2. A high pulse on TCMP1 turns on the backlight and a low pulse on TCMP2 turns it off. If the temperature rises above 78°C in the Control Head the µC turns off the backlight utilizing the Temperature Sensor input. Keypad The keypad is a passive input scanning matrix such that each key has 3 poles. When a key is pressed a row and column are connected to ground and sensed by the µC (PB0-PB4/PC0-PC4). Only Control Head model III contains a full keypad. Rotary Switch Rotary switch R0697 (Control Head model II only) is a double wiper continuous turn 16-step potentiometer. The two wipers are connected to two A/D inputs on the µC U0653 (PD1, PD2). One input covers 8 steps from 0° to 180° and the other the 8 steps from 180° to 360°. The switch function is software programmable and may be used for example to select shortform call numbers. Mode Select To reduce the number of pins on the microphone connector multiplexing is utilized to switch between the 3 different modes, Normal mode, SB9600 mode and Keyload mode. Multiplexer Operation The multiplexer comprises U0657, U0658 and U0659. Inputs to the multiplexer are from the microphone connector pins 3, 6 and 7. The multiplexer is switched either by a current sensing device (Q0664, Q0665), for Normal and SB9600 Bus modes, or by software for keyload mode. Pin 1 of the microphone connector carries the output current of the connected device. When the output current is below 30 µA, the multiplexer is switched to the Normal mode. When the connected device is an SB9600 device, the current is greater than 2 mA and the multiplexer is switched to SB9600 mode. Note that when an SB9600 device is self-powered, i.e. no current consumption from the microphone connector, a dummy load must be connected to pin 1 to ensure a minimum current of 2 mA and force the multiplexer into the SB9600 mode. A field programmer is an example of such a device. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 8-6 Control Heads: Models II and III In the Secure keyload mode, an A/D input on the µC U0653 (PD6) monitors the Speaker-output dc voltage. If the output is short circuit to ground for more than 1 second, the µC senses this via R0689/ R0690 network and switches the multiplexer to keyload mode via U0654 (Q1). This action overrides the current sensor device. Normal Mode Typically a microphone with no microprocessor is connected to the microphone connector. Inputs in this mode include PTT, Monitor and Auxiliary. In Normal mode these inputs are routed via the multiplexer to the µC A/D port where the analogue voltage is measured and decoded for all four possible combinations of PTT/Monitor and the 4 Auxiliary levels. SB9600 Bus Mode Typically a control microphone, intelligent handset or field programmer is connected to the microphone connector. Inputs include Bus+, Bus- and Busy. On selection of this mode Bus+ and Bus- are routed from the multiplexer via the bus comparator circuit (Q0660, Q0661 and U0656) to the µC bus interface (RD1/TD0). Busy is routed to the radio via the Busy line (pin 14). Secure Mode This is the secure keyload mode. The inputs in this mode include DVP WE (DVP Write Enable), KID (Key Insert Data) and Key/Fail. On selection of this mode these inputs are routed from the multiplexer to the radio via pin 10 (DVP WE), pin 12 (KID) and pin 11 (Key/Fail). December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 9 Troubleshooting This chapter contains the troubleshooting flowchart diagrams for the Overall radio and for the Controller section of the radio as well as the Control Heads. Troubleshooting flowcharts for the RF section will be found in Volume 2a, 2b, 2c, 2d or 2e of this manual depending on the frequency range. Refer to the SECURENET option service manual (part number 68P81083C25) for troubleshooting information and troubleshooting flowchart diagrams for the SECURENET Option for the radio. The following chart will give you an overview of the complete set of troubleshooting charts available for servicing a radio. Troubleshooting Charts Overview CHART 1-1 OVERALL RADIO CHART 1-13 POWER CONTROL RF BAND SPECIFIC CHARTS (VOL 2) CHART 1-2 FAILURE CODES 3 SHEETS CHART 1-12 GPIO CHART 1-9 CLOCK DISTRIBUTION SB9600 CHART 1-10 CHART 1-11 BUSY SB9600 SB9600 SIMPLIFIED BUS TX BUS RX SCHEMATIC CHART 1-5 RX AUDIO RX AUDIO SIMPLIFIED SCHEMATIC Refer to the IC Troubleshooting Procedure before replacing any ICs. CHART 1-6 SIGNALLING CHART 1-4 TX AUDIO TX AUDIO SIMPLIFIED SCHEMATIC CHART 1-8 CONTROL HEAD CHART 1-7 DC DISTRIBUTION RADIO VOLTAGE SIMPLIFIED SCHEMATIC CHART 1-3 ON/OFF CHART 1-9 CLOCK DISTRIBUTION SB9600 VOLTAGE TABLE SB9600 SIMPLIFIED DIAGRAM MAEPF-25961-O 9-2 Troubleshooting: Troubleshooting Chart 1-1, Overall Radio Troubleshooting Chart 1-1, Overall Radio START Radio Setup A+ = 13.4V, Accessory Connector plugged in, Control Head plugged in, Emergency Jumper in place (Speaker Jumper in place Model 1 only) GOTO Failure Code Chart 1-2 Yes Errors Pressing On/Off Button, errors on display? No Display Attach known good control head using control head extender cable Display OK? No Errors Yes Put the radio in CSQ test mode (Note 1 and 2) Replace Cable No IF remote cable, do all lines have continuity and all lines free of shorts to other lines Yes Check TX power tuning with RSS. GOTO Power Control Chart 1-13. No Repair or Replace J0405 TX power OK? Yes No J0405 OK? Yes No TX deviation OK? GOTO TX Audio Chart 1-4 GOTO Control Head Chart 1-8 No 13.4V on J0405-18? No GOTO DC Distribution Chart 1-7 No GOTO DC Distribution Chart 1-7 No GOTO On/Off Chart 1-3 Yes 13.4V on J0405-17? Yes Pressing On/Off Button creates pulse on J0405-9? Yes GOTO SB9600 Bus RX Chart 1-10 Yes TX output centered on frequency? No Check frequency tuning using RSS. GOTO Band Specific Synthesizer Chart Note 1. Power up the radio and press the monitor button five times. Note 2. See Band Specific TX Troubleshooting Chart for proper setup. Yes Connect signal generator to antenna connector. Set to channel frequency. Press monitor button on control head. Audio from speaker? Yes No GOTO RX Audio Chart 1-5 NOTE: Button press is to defeat squelch. Audio may come through without button press depending on squelch level set. Sensitivity OK? No GOTO Band Specific RX Front End Yes Audio distortion <5%? No GOTO Band Specific RX IF Yes Radio decoding PL/DPL? No GOTO Signalling Chart 1-6 Yes Emergency Horn and Lights OK? No GOTO GPIO Chart 1-12 Yes END December 6, 2004 MAEPF-25945-O 68P81083C20-D Troubleshooting: Troubleshooting Chart 1-2 (1 of 3), Failure Codes 9-3 Troubleshooting Chart 1-2 (1 of 3), Failure Codes Radio power up GOTO Band Specific Synthesizer Chart No Fail 001 No No Fail 01/92 Fail 01/88 No Fail 01/98 No Fail 01/82 No Fail 01/81 No 1 Note 1 To Sheet 2 Program codeplug using depot tool 5V R0101 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Repair or Replace R0101 No Repair or Replace U0103 Check U0103 Yes Program codeplug Program firmware Note 1 Yes Problem Fixed No U0103 OK? Fail 01/92 Fail 01/82 Yes Yes Check U0101 No DATA on U0105-13 Yes No DATA on U0103-63 Yes GOTO SB9600 Bus Rx Chart 1-10 No DATA on U0105-13 No Note 1 This level of troubleshooting must be performed by an authorized DEPOT center. WARNING Refer to the IC Troubleshooting Procedure before replacing any ICs. U0106 OK? DATA on U0103-63 U0104 OK? Yes U0108 OK? No Problem Fixed No Repair or Replace U0106 No Repair or Replace U0106 No Repair or Replace U0104 Yes No Repair or Replace U0104 Yes Check U0103 Fail 01/81 Yes Yes Check U0105 Check U0103 Check U0105 6881083C20-D Problem Fixed Yes Yes GOTO SB9600 Bus RX Chart 1-10 No U0103 OK? Yes No Repair or Replace U0108 U0104 OK? Yes Check CR0105 MAEPF-25946-O December 6, 2004 9-4 Troubleshooting: Troubleshooting Chart 1-2 (2 of 3), Failure Codes Troubleshooting Chart 1-2 (2 of 3), Failure Codes 1 From Sheet 1 Fail 01/90 No Error 01/02 Fail 01/84 No Fail 01/94 Yes Yes J0405 OK? GOTO Control Head Chart 1-8 Yes Repair or Replace J0405 Yes Yes Program codeplug Program codeplug Program codeplug Fail 01/84 No Problem Fixed Fail 01/94 Yes No GOTO Clock Distribution Chart 1-9 Problem Fixed No Yes U0103 OK? Error 01/02 DATA on U0103-63 Yes No Repair or Replace U0103 Repair or Replace U0104 No Repair or Replace U0104 No DATA on U0105-13 No Yes No GOTO SB9600 Bus Rx Chart 1-10 Check U0105 DATA on U0103-63 Yes Check U0103 Yes Check U0105 No DATA on U0105-13 No No Repair or Replace U0108 GOTO SB9600 Bus Rx Chart 1-10 Yes Check U0105 DATA on U0103-63 Check U0103 Yes Check U0105 U0104 OK? No December 6, 2004 DATA on U0105-13 Yes U0104 OK? U0108 OK? Problem Fixed Yes GOTO SB9600 Bus Rx Chart 1-10 GOTO SB9600 Bus Rx Chart 1-10 No Yes Yes DATA on U0105-13 No No Yes Yes Yes U0104 OK? 2 No No Clock signal on U0103-34 No To Sheet 3 Yes Voltages on J0403-5, 6,18 per Chart 14 No No Repair or Replace U0104 Yes Check U0103 Yes U0108 OK? No WARNING Refer to the IC Troubleshooting Procedure before replacing any ICs. MAEPF-25947-O Repair or Replace U0108 6881083C20-D Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-2 (3 of 3), Failure Codes 9-5 Troubleshooting Chart 1-2 (3 of 3), Failure Codes Fail 002 2 No Error 01/01 From Sheet 2 Yes Yes GOTO SB9600 Bus Rx Chart 1-10 Program codeplug No DATA on U0105-13 No DATA on U0103-63 Yes Check U0103 Yes Fail 002 No Problem Fixed No Repair or Replace U0104 No Repair or Replace U0108 Check U0105 Yes GOTO SB9600 Bus Rx Chart 1-10 No DATA on U0105-13 No Yes DATA on U0103-63 Yes Check U0105 U0104 OK? WARNING Refer to the IC Troubleshooting Procedure before replacing any ICs. Yes Check U0103 68P81083C20-D Yes U0108 OK? MAEPF-25948-O December 6, 2004 9-6 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-3, On/Off Circuit Troubleshooting Chart 1-3, On/Off Circuit START Press On/Off Switch 0V on U0510-6 Note: Refer to IC Troubleshooting Procedure before replacing any ICÕs. No R0518 OK? No Repair or Replace R0518 No Check U0501, Q0500, C0508, R0503, R0504 Yes GOTO Control Head Chart 1-8 Yes Pulse on U0510-5 No Check U0510, R0512, C0511 No Check CR0510, Q0510, Q0511 Yes 13.6V on Q0511-6 Yes 5V on U0500-2 No Check U0500, CR0500, C0503 December 6, 2004 Yes 9.3V on U0501-5 Yes GOTO Clock Distribution Chart 1-9 MAEPF-25949-O 68P81083C20-D Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-4, TX Audio 9-7 Troubleshooting Chart 1-4, TX Audio START 1KHz 45mVrms on U0200-B8 No Check for solder defects on U0200, C0218, R0224, R0233 Inj: 1KHz Tone, 80mVrms at the Internal Microphone Ref: TX Audio Simplified Schematic Yes ~ = Approximately TP5800 has 1KHz ~114mVrms AC with ~2.5VDC offset Yes GOTO Band Specific RF Transmitter Chart No SPI lines activity at U0200-E3, F1 Yes Check U0200 all bands, U0250 for 900MHz No SPI activity on pins 66, 67 of U0103 No Check U0103 Yes Check R0403, R0404, R0405 MAEPF-25950-O 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 9-8 Troubleshooting TX Audio Routing, Simplified Schematic for Chart 1-4 TX Audio Routing, Simplified Schematic for Chart 1-4 25KHz, 80mVrms, 1KHz tone 9.3V 12.5KHz, 80mVrms, 1KHz tone MIC VOLTAGE HEAR CLEAR i U0250 R0231 100 COMP BUF IN COMP BUF OUT D3 1.5Vdc 46mVrms 152mVpp 2.5Vdc 45mVrms 145mVpp J0403-13 C0222 10µF 2.5Vdc 1.5Vdc 45mVrms 46mVrms 139mVpp 152mVpp R0230 1K C0421 470pF VR0412 14V R0229 470 C0257 10nF A6 C0223 0.022µF R0222 100 A7 46mVrms 152mVpp C0219 10µF R0223 1K 2.5Vdc 45mVrms 145mVpp 1.5Vdc 46mVrms 152mVpp 2.5Vdc 1.5Vdc 45mVrms 46mVrms 139mVpp 152mVpp C0427 470pF VR0411 14V EXT MIC IN TX IN PREMP LIM IN C0218 0.1µF INT MIC R0224 470 C7 MIC AMP OUT 45mVrms 145mVpp PLACED 900 MHz ONLY F3 R0252 47.5K C0251 0.1µF C0221 0.1µF EXT MIC MIC VOLTAGE J0405-9 F2 C0254 10nF COMP OUT C0224 0.022µF 45mVrms 145mVpp 46mVrms 152mVpp B8 INT MIC IN ASFIC U0200 C8 C0243 10nF E8 2.5Vdc 114mVrms 372mVpp VCO MOD VCO ATTN H8 1.5Vdc 57mVrms 172mVpp MAEPF-25959-O December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-5, RX Audio 9-9 Troubleshooting Chart 1-5, RX Audio START Inj: 1kHz Tone, 3kHz deviation at the appropriate RX frequency into the antenna connector. ~800mVpp on U0200-J7 No Volume set to ~7.5 Vrms GOTO Band Specific IF Receiver Chart Ref: RX Audio Simplified Schematic ~ = Approximately Yes ~375mVpp on U0200-J4 No SPI activity at U0200-E3, F1 Yes Check U0200 No Check U0103 No Yes SPI activity on pins 66, 67 of U0103 Yes Check R0403, R0404, R0405 ~68mVpp on U0203-J9 No Check R0234, C0240, R0239 No Check U0203 Yes ~5.4 Vpp on U0203-6, 4 Yes Check speakers MAEPF-25951-O 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 9-10 Troubleshooting RX Audio Routing, Simplified Schematic for Chart 1-5 RX Audio Routing, Simplified Schematic for Chart 1-5 260mVrms 800mVpp 260mVrms 800mVpp R0245 10K 109mVrms 348mVpp 107mVrms 324mVpp C0236 330pF 25KHz 12.5KHz 260mVrms 107mVrms 800mVpp 324mVpp J7 C0202 0.22µF PL IN C0256 0.1µF ASFIC U0200 RX IN DISC C0415 470pF FLUTTER FIGHTER SUPPORT COMPONENTS E4 H6 F4 FFOUT FFIN 240mVrms 679mVpp UNAT RX OUT HEAR CLEAR i U0250 H5 SPK+ SPK- ACC 3 CONN J0403 EXT SPKR EXP IN A2 J5 C1 EXP OUT C0250 0.1µF C0260 0.1µF R0234 4.7K½ 40mVrms 6Vdc 6Vdc INT SPKR 6 SPK- 7.5V 4 7.88V 2 SPK+ 1 6Vdc C0240 33nF AMP 1 RX_AUDIO IN APA U0203 C0229 254mVrms 718mVpp RX J4 AUD OUT EXP AUD IN 40mVrms 113mVpp 45mVrms 127mVpp 40mVrms 9 C0242 3.3nF R0235 1K½ C0999 .0033µF 33pF U0200-H5 R0232 0 J0403-11 FILTERED AUDIO J0405-8 C0228 0.1µF -- RX_ HI HANDSET AUDIO VR0418 20V C0434 470pF 680mVrms 670mVrms December 6, 2004 R0238 68K + R0237 10K VAG 900MHZ ONLY PLACED ONLY FOR iDEN HANDSET MAEPF-25958-O 68P81083C20-D Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-6, Signalling 9-11 Troubleshooting Chart 1-6, Signalling START Radio mutes if proper PL/DPL is not present Yes Yes During TX is there a 1 or 2kHz signal at U0200-C3? No DATA ON U0200-A4 Yes Check U0104 No Check U0200-01 No Check for solder defects on U0200 Check U0103 MAEPF-25952-O 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 9-12 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-7, DC Distribution Troubleshooting C Chart 1-7, DC C Distribution S U O START Ref: Chart 1-3 and DC Voltage Distribution Simplified Schematic 13.6V on connector J1 No Check DC input and fuse No Check C5613, C5617, L5611, R0432, J5500-1, 2 No Check U0502 No GOTO On/Off Circuit Chart 1-3 Yes 13.6V on U0502-8 Yes 8V on U0502-1 Yes ~13.0V on U0501-1 Yes 9.3V on U0501-5 No Check U0501, Q0500, C0508, R0503, R0504 Yes 5V on U0500-2 No Check U0500, CR0500, C0501, C0504 Yes 5V on U5802-3 No Check U5802, L5765, C5766, C5767 Yes Check U5801, Q5770, C5770, C5810 December 6, 2004 MAEPF-25953-O 68P81083C20-D Troubleshooting Radio Voltage, Simplified Schematic For Chart 1-7 9-13 Radio Voltage, Simplified Schematic For Chart 1-7 MAIN SHIELD A+ CONT CONTROLLER TRANSMITTER TX P/A K 9.1V 9.3V REG Q0553 U0501 5V REG B A T T E R Y A L T E R N A T O R OPTIONS J0401 J0408 HEAR CLEAR U0250 8V REG U0502 AUDIO PA U0203 Q0552 5V REG U5802 CONTROL HEAD A+ J0405-17 UN SW 5V MIC VOLT K4 µP FRAC N U5801 ELEC ON/OFF PWR OFF DLY U0510/Q0510/Q0511 SLIC IVA U0104 PEND U5800 Q5770 ZIF U3201 VCO RECEIVER / SYNTHESIZER J0405-16 F1 µP U0103 ROM U0106 RAM U0101 5V REG U0500 EEPROM U0108 ASFIC U0200 S W B + J0405-18 J0405-7, 13 SWB+ ACC CONNECTOR CASTING NOT PLACED 68P81083C20-D MAEPF-25962-O December 6, 2004 9-14 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-8A, Control Head Model I Troubleshooting Chart 1-8A, Control Head Model I Numbers in brackets refer to accompanying troubleshooting procedure overleaf. START SW B+ and multiplexing of MIC No connector OK? Radio can turn on/off? (1.1) No Check on/off switch (1.1) Check the following: SW B+ voltage in normal mode (5.1) Multiplexer in normal position (5.2) PTT input (5.3) Monitor input (5.4) AUX input (5.5) SW B+ in SB9600 Mode (5.6) SW B+ in SB9600 Mode (high load) (5.7) Multiplexer in SB9600 Position (5.8) Yes Yes Volume control OK? (6) 5VDC OK? (1.2) No Check 5V supply (1.2) No Check R0698 (6) Yes Yes Radio resets control head? (2.1) Keypad OK? (7) No Error in radio! No Check electrical connection to µP Clean PCB or replace keypad (7) Yes Yes Keypad backlight: See LCD backlight (10) Reset circuit works? (2.2) No Check Q0652, U0657, D0674 (2.2) LED indicators OK? Yes Undervoltage detector works? (2.3) Check U0653, Q0659, Q0660, Q0661 and LEDs (9) Yes No Replace U0657 (2.3) LCD backlight OK? Yes Microprocessor clock runs? (3) No No Yes Yes No Check Y0650 and U0653 (3) Check U0653, Q0651 and U0652 (10.1) Yes All LEDs? No Check the LEDs (10.2) (Communication not OK) Check the following: BUS + (4.1) BUS- (4.2) BUSY (4.3) "FL 01/90" Radio never starts BUS+/BUS- Comparator (4.4) Serial bus communication OK? (4) Yes No after power on Text in LCD display OK? No Yes Communication stops only with accessory Yes on MIC Conn? (4.5) No Accessory is defect! Secure keyloading OK? No Yes Microprocessor OK? No Check the following: Defect outside segment area (11.1) Missing segments? (11.2) Weak segments? (11.3) LCD bias voltage (5 or 5.6 volts)? (12) Check the following: Check input from P0651 to µP U0653 (13.1) Check multiplexer position (13.2) Check connections through multiplexer including ESD protection diodes (13.3) Replace and factory programming and alignment necessary Yes END December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-8A, Control Head Model I 9-15 Control Head I Troubleshooting Procedure Power Supply Check that the radio is connected to a power supply. ON/OFF switch 1. Check that radio turns on. I.e. SW B+ is 12V DC. If not, press the ON/OFF switch to turn the radio off again. 2. If the radio does not turn ON, verify that there is DC voltage on the MIC-HI/ON_OFF line and that this voltage goes to ground when pressing the ON/OFF switch. 3. If DC voltage is present, but does not go low, check J0650 and R0698. 5V DC supply 12VDC is now assumed to be present both on A+ and SW B+. 1. Check that there is 5 VDC on U0654 pin 3. If not check R0673 and U0654. Reset Check that the control head reset is functional. Radio resets control head 1. Monitor uP reset on U0653 pin 18 with an oscilloscope. Turn radio off and on. 2. Check that the uP reset goes from low to high (5 VDC) after power up and stays high. Check reset circuit 1. If U0653 is not reset check Q0652 and U0657. 2. Check that D0674 is not shorted. Check the undervoltage detector IC U0657 1. Disconnect the control head from the radio and connect J0650 pins 7 and 13 to ground and pins 17 and 18 to a variable DC supply. 2. Measure the DC voltage at U0654 pin 3. 3. Monitor U0657 pin 1. 4. Increase slowly the DC supply starting from 4 V. 5. Check that U0657 pin 1 changes from 0V to 5 VDC when TP3 is approx. 4.3 V. If not replace U0657. 6. Connect J0650 pin 3 to U0654 pin 3 (VCC). Check that U0657 pin 1 goes low. 7. If not replace Q0652. Continuous reset If the control head is continuously reset by the radio it may be due to a bus communication problem or the microprocessor not working. Microprocessor Clock 1. Check that the microprocessor oscillator is working (4 MHz square wave on TP2). If not, check Y0650 and U0653. 2. Clean PCB area round Y0650. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 9-16 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-8A, Control Head Model I Serial Bus Communication A general serial bus communication problem in the radio is typically indicated by the radio remaining inactive on power up, and the display showing “FL 01/90”. Make sure that no accessory is connected to P0651 (MIC Connector) and check the following lines with an Oscilloscope while turning the radio on and off. SB9600 BUS+, J650 pin 15 1. This signal is normally 5 VDC with short pulses to 0V when data are sent on the bus. If it is constantly 0 V or 5 VDC check D0677 (most common error), Q0655 and Q0656. 2. Check that U0653 pin 52 is 5 VDC with pulses to ground while transmitting data. Then check U0655 (disconnect pin 1). If problem disappears and OPTION SW B+ circuit is OK (see 5.), replace U0655. If the OPTION SW B+ circuit is defect, D0684 should also be checked. SB9600 BUS-, J650 pin 4 1. This signal is normally 0 V with short pulses to 5 VDC when data are sent on the bus. If it is constantly 5 VDC or 0 V, check D0678 (most common error), Q0657 and Q0656. 2. Check that U0653 pin 52 is 5 VDC with pulses to ground while transmitting data. Then check U0655 (disconnect pin 12). If problem disappears and OPTION SW B+ circuit is OK (see 5.), replace U0655. If the OPTION SW B+ circuit is defect, D0683 should also be checked. SB9600 BUSY, J650 pin 14 1. This signal is 0 V with pulses to 5 VDC when data are sent on the bus. If it is constantly 5 VDC or 0 V, check D0675 (most common error) and Q0653. Check that U0653 pin 43 is 5 VDC with pulses to ground while sending data. 2. Then check U0656 (disconnect pins 1 and 12). If problem disappears and OPTION SW B+ circuit is OK (see 5.), replace U0656. If the OPTION SW B+ circuit is defect, D0685 should also be checked. SB9600 data in comparator If the above voltages are correct, check U0652, Q0658 and Q0656. Finally check U0653. Communications stops only with accessory on MIC Conn If bus communication stops working only when an accessory is connected to the MIC Connector (P0651), check the OPTION SW B+ circuit (See 5.). The accessory is either defect or incompatible. OPTION SW B+/Multiplexing of MIC Connector Normal mode = No or simple microphone connected. SB9600 mode = Smart accessory with serial bus connected. SW B+ in Normal mode 1. Make sure no accessory is connected to the MIC Connector (P0651). 2. With power connected to the control head on J0650 pins 17 and 18, check that the DC voltage on P0651 pin 1 is approx. 12 VDC. If not check Q0662. Multiplexer in normal position Check that the voltage on U0655/U0656 pin 10 is 5 VDC. If this fails, check Q0662 and Q0663. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-8A, Control Head Model I 9-17 PTT input 1. Check that the voltage on U0653 pin 46 changes from 5 VDC to 0 V when P0651 pin 6 is connected to ground (equivalent to pressing PTT on a standard microphone). 2. If this fails, check U0655. Monitor input 1. Check that the voltage on U0653 pin 45 changes from 5 VDC to 0 V when P0651 pin 3 is connected to ground. 2. If this fails check U0656. AUX input 1. Check that the voltage on U0653 pin 5 changes from 5 VDC to approx. 0 VDC when P0651 pin 7 is connected to ground. 2. If this fails check U0655. SW B+ in SB9600 mode 1. Connect a 5.6 kohm resistor from P0651 pin 1 to ground (a keypad microphone can be used instead). 2. Check that the DC voltage on P0651 pin 1 is still approx. 12 VDC. 3. If not check Q0662. SW B+ in SB9600 mode (high load) 1. Connect a 68 ohm resistor from P0651 pin 1 to ground. 2. Check that the DC voltage on P0651 pin 1 is still approx. 12 VDC. 3. If not check Q0662. Multiplexer in SB9600 position 1. Connect a 5.6 kohm resistor from P0651 pin 1 to ground (a keypad microphone can be used instead). 2. Check that the voltage on U0655/U0656 pin 10 is 0 VDC. 3. If this fails check Q0662 and Q0663. Volume Control 1. Turn R0698 fully counter clockwise and then fully clockwise and verify the voltage on U0653 pin 14 goes from 0 V to 5 VDC. 2. If not, check R0698. Keypad 1. Check that when pressing a key, the correct input to U0653 pins 33-39 goes low. The actual pins can be found on the schematic diagram. 2. Clean the carbon pads with alcohol. 3. Check carbon on rubber keypad. If defect, replace keypad. Key Backlight See LCD backlight. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 9-18 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-8A, Control Head Model I Led Indicators 1. Check that the outputs from U0653 pin 49 (yellow), pin 48 (red) and pin 47 (green) changes to 5 VDC when LED must go ON. 2. Check Q0659 (yellow), Q0660 (red) and Q0661 (green). 3. Check the LEDs. LCD backlight All LEDs If backlight cannot be turned on or off. 1. Check that U0653 pins 26 and 27 are 5 VDC. If not check U0653. 2. Check that the voltage of base on Q0651 is approx 1.5 VDC. 3. Check Q0651 and U0652. One/some LEDs 1. One LED is off. Check the LED. 2. One row of LEDs is off. Find the LED that makes the short circuit. LCD Defect outside segments of display If the LCD has either light or dark areas outside the segment, the LCD glass is defect and must be replaced. Missing segments 1. Missing segments. Most likely a bad connection between PCB and LCD. Disassemble and clean PCB and zebra connector with alcohol. LCD glass surfaces can be cleaned with distilled water with 3% ammonium chloride; never use alcohol on the LCD glass. 2. If necessary replace the zebra connector or LCD. Weak segments 1. Segment brightness depends on the text displayed. Most likely a short between the lines from display controller/driver to LCD. Disassemble and clean PCB and zebra connector with alcohol. If necessary replace the zebra connector. 2. Check U0651. NOTE: When monitoring the signal on the LCD controller/driver outputs, a complex signal pattern is seen that jumps in 4 discrete voltage from 0V to + 5V. Waveform depends on the contents of the display. Outputs are never steady. A signal can always be seen on a scope unless there is a short, or the LCD driver is defect. LCD bias voltage If segments that should be on are weak or segments that should be off are partly lit, the problem may be the bias voltage. 1. Measure the LCD bias voltage (DC) between TP1 (+) and GND. 2. The voltage should be approx. 5 VDC or 5.6 VDC depending on the viewing angle setting. 3. Check Q0650. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-8A, Control Head Model I 9-19 Secure keyloading Secure keyloader sensing Connect P0651 pin 2 to ground. Check that DC voltage on U0653 pin 4 goes to 0 V. If not, check P0651, R0679, R0678 and C0668. Multiplexer in keyload position Check that U0653 pin 42 goes to 5 VDC. If not check U0653. Connections through multiplexer 1. Check that P0651 pins 6, 3 and 7 are connected to J0650 pins 10, 12 and 11 respectively. If not check U0655 and U0656. 2. Also check D0683, D0684, D0685 and D0676. Microprocessor U0653 Replacement of U0653 requires special factory programming and alignment (currently not available in the radio service software). 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 9-20 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-8B, Control Head Models II & III Troubleshooting Chart 1-8B, Control Head Models II & III Numbers in brackets refer to accompanying troubleshooting procedure overleaf START Volume control OK? (6) Radio can turn on/off? (1.1) No Check on/off switch (1.1) 5VDC on TP3? (1.2) No Check electrical connection to µP. Clean PCB or replace keypad (7) Yes Keypad backlight OK? No No Check 5V supply (1.2) Yes Radio resets control head? (2.1) Check R0696 (6) Yes Keypad OK? (7) Yes No No Yes Yes Error in radio! Yes All LEDs? Check the LEDs (8.2) Check Q0650, Q0651 and Q0652 (8.1) Reset circuit works? (2.2) No Check Q0655, U0660, D0660 (2.2) LED indicators OK? Yes Undervoltage detector works? (2.3) No LCD backlight OK? No No Check U0654, Q0657, Q0658, Q0659 and LEDs (9) Yes Replace U0660 (2.3) Yes Microprocessor clock runs? (3) Check Y0650 and U0653 (3) No Yes Yes Yes All LEDs? Check U0654, Q0666, Q0667 and U0656 (10.1) Serial bus communication OK? (4) No "FAIL 01/90" Check the following: BUS + (4.1) BUS- (4.2) BUSY (4.3) BUS+/BUS- Comparator (4.4) Yes Radio never starts Text in LCD display OK? after power on Communication stops only with accessory Yes on MIC Conn? (4.5) No SW B+ and multiplexing of MIC connector OK? Yes No No Accessory is defect! Check the following: SW B+ voltage in normal mode (5.1) Multiplexer in normal position .5.2) PTT input (5.3) Monitor input (5.4) AUX input (5.5) SW B+ in SB9600 Mode (5.6) SW B+ in SB9600 Mode (high load) (5.7) Multiplexer in SB9600 Position (5.8) No Yes Secure keyloading OK? No Yes No Check the LEDs (10.2) Check the following: Defect outside segment area (11.1) Missing segments? (11.2) Weak segments? (11.3) LCD bias voltage (8 volts)? (12) Check the following: Check input from P0651 to µP U0653 (13.1) Check multiplexer position (13.2) Check connections through multiplexer including ESD protection diodes (13.3) Replace U0660 (2.3) Rotary switch OK? (14)(model E/I No Check R0697 (14) only) Yes Microprocessor OK? No Replace and factory programming and alignment necessary Yes END December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-8B, Control Head Models II & III 9-21 Control Heads II and III Troubleshooting Procedure Power Supply Check that the radio is connected to a power supply. ON/OFF switch 1. Check that radio turns on. I.e. SW B+ is 12V DC. If not, press the ON/OFF switch to turn off radio. 2. If the radio does not turn on, verify that there is DC voltage on the MIC-HI/ON_OFF line and that this voltage goes to ground when pressing the ON/OFF switch. 3. If the DC voltage is present but does not go low check J0650 and R0696. 5V DC supply 1. 12VDC is now assumed to be present both on A+ and SW B+. 2. Check that there is 5 VDC on TP3. If not check R0651 and U0650. Reset Check that the control head reset is functional. Radio resets control head 1. Monitor uP reset on U0653 pin 18 with an oscilloscope. Turn radio off and on. 2. Check that the uP reset goes from low to high (5 VDC) after power up and stays high. Check reset circuit 1. If U0653 is not reset check Q0655 and U0660. 2. Check that D0660 is not shorted. Check the undervoltage detector IC U0660 1. Disconnect the control head from the radio and connect J0650 pins 7 and 13 to ground and pins 17 and 18 to a variable DC supply. 2. Measure the DC voltage at TP3. 3. Monitor U0660 pin 1. 4. Increase slowly the DC supply starting from 4 V. 5. Check that U0660 pin 1 changes from 0V to 5 VDC when TP3 is approx. 4.3 V. If not replace U0660. 6. Connect J0650 pin 3 to TP3. Check that U0660 pin 1 goes low. If not replace Q0665. Continuous reset If the control head is continuously reset by the radio it may be due to a bus communication problem or the microprocessor not working. Microprocessor Clock 1. Check that the microprocessor oscillator is working (4 MHz square wave on TP2). If not check Y0650 and U0653. 2. Clean PCB area round Y0650. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 9-22 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-8B, Control Head Models II & III Serial Bus Communication A general serial bus communication problem in the radio, when the control head is connected, is typically indicated by an inactive radio on power up or the display showing “FAIL 01/90”. Make sure no accessory is connected to P0651 (MIC Connector). Check the following lines with an Oscilloscope while turning the radio on and off. SB9600 BUS+, J650 pin 15 1. This signal is normally 5 VDC with short pulses to 0V when data are sent on the bus. If it is constantly 0 V or 5 VDC check D0665 (most common error), Q0663 and Q0662. Check that U0653 pin 52 is 5 VDC with pulses to ground while sending data. 2. Then check U0659 (disconnect pins 1 and 12). If problem disappears and OPTION SW B+ circuit is OK (see 5.), replace U0659. 3. If the OPTION SW B+ circuit is defect, D0669 should also be checked. SB9600 BUS-, J650 pin 4 1. This signal is normally 0 V with short pulses to 5 VDC when data are sent on the bus. If it is constantly 5 VDC or 0 V, check D0664 (most common error), Q0661 and Q0662. Check that U0653 pin 52 is 5 VDC with pulses to ground while sending data. 2. Then check U0657 (disconnect pins 1 and 12). If problem disappears and OPTION BW B+ circuit is OK (see 5.), replace U0657. 3. If the OPTION SW B+ circuit is defect, D0667 should also be checked. SB9600 BUSY, J650 pin 14 1. This signal is normally 0 V with pulses to 5 VDC when data are sent on the bus. If it is constantly 5 VDC, check D0659 (most common error) and Q0653. Check that U0653 pin 43 is 5 VDC with pulses to ground while sending data. 2. Then check U0658 (disconnect pins 1 and 12). If problem disappears and OPTION BW B+ circuit is OK (see 5.), replace U0658. 3. If the OPTION SW B+ circuit is defect, D0668 should also be checked. SB9600 Data in Comparator 1. If the above voltages are correct, check U0656, Q0660 and Q0662. 2. Finally check U0653. Communication stops only with accessory on MIC Conn If bus communication stops only when an accessory is connected to the MIC Connector (P0651), check the OPTION SW B+ circuit (See 5.). The accessory is either defect or incompatible. OPTION SW B+/Multiplexing of MIC Connector Normal mode = No or simple microphone connected. SB9600 mode = Smart accessory with serial bus connected. SW B+ in Normal mode 1. Make sure no accessory is connected to the MIC Connector (P0651). 2. With power connected to the control head on J0650 pin 17 and 18, check that the DC voltage on P0651 pin 1 is approx. 12 VDC. If not check Q0664. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-8B, Control Head Models II & III 9-23 Multiplexer in Normal Position 1. Check that the voltage on U0657/U0658/U0659 pin 10 is 5 VDC. 2. If this fails check Q0664 and Q0665. PTT input 1. Check that the voltage on U0653 pin 9 changes from 5 VDC to approx. 1.7 VDC when P0651 pin 6 is connected to ground (equivalent to pressing PTT on a standard microphone). 2. If this fails, check U0657. Monitor input 1. Check that the voltage on U0653 pin 9 changes from 5 VDC to approx. 3.3 VDC when P0651 pin 3 is connected to ground. 2. If this fails check U0658. AUX input 1. Check that the voltage on U0653 pin 5 changes from 5 VDC to approx. 0 VDC when P0651 pin 7 is connected to ground. 2. If this fails check U0659. SW B+ in SB9600 mode 1. Connect a 5.6 kohm resistor from P0651 pin 1 to ground (a keypad microphone can be used instead). 2. Check that the DC voltage on P0651 pin 1 is still approx. 12 VDC. 3. If not check Q0664. SW B+ in SB9600 mode (high load) 1. Connect a 68 ohms resistor from P0651 pin 1 to ground. 2. Check that the DC voltage on P0651 pin 1 is still approx. 12 VDC. 3. If not check Q0664. Multiplexer in SB9600 position 1. Connect a 5.6 kohm resistor from P0651 pin 1 to ground (a keypad microphone can be used instead). 2. Check that the voltage on U0657/U0658/U0659 pin 10 is 0 VDC. 3. If this fails check Q0664 and Q0665. Volume Control 1. Turn R0696 fully counter clockwise and then fully clockwise and verify the voltage on U0653 pin 14 goes from 0 V to 5 VDC. 2. If not, check R0696. Keypad 1. Check that when pressing a key, both a column and a row input to U0653 pins 35-39 (rows) and 45-49 (columns) go low. The actual pins can be found on the schematic diagram. 2. Clean the carbon pads with alcohol. 3. Check carbon on rubber keypad. If defect, replace keypad. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 9-24 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-8B, Control Head Models II & III Keypad Backlight All LEDs off or always on 1. If all keypad LEDs are OFF (or ON but never turns off), check Q0650, Q0651 and Q0652. 2. The backlight flip-flop can be turned on by connecting the base of Q0651 through a 4k7 ohms resistor to 5 VDC and turned off by connecting the base of Q0652 through a 4k7 ohms resistor to 5 VDC. Light missing from some LEDS Check the LEDs. LED indicators 1. Check that the outputs from U0654 pin 6 (yellow), pin 9 (red) and pin 12 (green) change to 5 VDC when LED should go ON. 2. Check Q0657 (yellow), Q0658 (red) and Q0659 (green). 3. Check LEDs. LCD backlight All LEDs If backlight cannot be turned on or off. 1. Check that U0654 pins 16 and 19 are 5 VDC. 2. If not, check U0654. 3. Check that the voltage of base on Q0666 is 5 VDC. 4. Check that the DC voltage of U0656 pin 1 is approx. 4.3 V. 5. Check Q0667 and U0656. One/some LEDs 1. One LED is off. Check the LED. 2. One row of LEDs is off. Find the LED that makes the short circuit. LCD Defect Outside Segments of Display If the LCD has either light or dark areas outside the segment, the LCD glass is defect and must be replaced. Missing Segments Most likely caused by a bad connection between PCB and LCD. Disassemble and clean PCB and zebra connector with alcohol. LCD glass surfaces can be cleaned with distilled water with 3% ammonium chloride; never use alcohol on the LCD glass. If necessary replace the zebra connector or LCD. Weak Segments 1. Segment brightness depends on the text displayed. Most likely caused by a short between the lines from display controller/driver to LCD. Disassemble and clean PCB and zebra connector with alcohol. If necessary replace the zebra connector. 2. Check U0651. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-8B, Control Head Models II & III 9-25 3. Check U0652 (Model III only). NOTE: When monitoring the signal on the LCD controller/driver outputs, a complex signal pattern is seen that jumps in 6 discrete voltages from -3V to + 5V. Waveform depends on the contents of the display. Outputs are never steady. A signal can always be seen on a scope unless there is a short, or the LCD controller or driver is defect. LCD Bias Voltage If segments that should be on are weak, or segments that should be off are partly lit, the problem may be the bias voltage. 1. Measure the LCD bias voltage (DC) between TP3 (+) and TP1 (-). 2. The voltage should be approx. 8 VDC at ambient temperature. 3. Check that U0654 pin 15 is high. If not check U0654. 4. Check that U0655 pin 8 is approx. -5 VDC. If not check U0655. 5. Check that U0653 pin 3 is approx. 2.5 VDC at ambient temperature. If not check R0742. 6. Check that U0653 pin 20 is a square wave with a DC mean of approx. 3 VDC. 7. If the bias regulation seems to run but the bias is too high or low this may be due to one of the following: - Microprocessor has lost its factory adjustment parameters. - Microprocessor is defect. 8. Reprogramming of microprocessor or replacement of microprocessor requires a new factory adjustment currently not available in the RSS. Secure keyloading Secure keyloader sensing Connect P0651 pin 2 to ground. Check that DC voltage on U0653 pin 4 goes to 0 V. If not, check P0651, R0690, R0691 and C0667. Multiplexer in Keyload Position Check that U0654 pin 5 goes to 5 VDC. If not check U0654. Connections through multiplexer 1. Check that P0651 pins 6, 3 and 7 are connected to J0650 pins 10, 12 and 11 respectively. If not check U0657, U0658 and U0659. 2. Also check D0666, D0661, D0667, D0668, D0669, D0721 and D0722. Rotary Switch (Model II only) 1. Turn rotary while monitoring normal radio operation. 2. If rotary misses steps or jumps more than one step, replace R0697. Microprocessor U0653 Replacement of U0653 requires a special factory programming and alignment (currently not available in the RSS (Radio Service Software)/CPS (Customer Program Software). 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 9-26 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-9, Clock Distribution Troubleshooting Chart 1-9, Clock Distribution START 16.8MHz on U5801-14 No Check U5800, C5754, R5750 No Check U5801, R5759, C5768 Yes 2.1MHz on U0200-E1 Yes 3.68MHz, or 7MHz, or 14 MHz on U0200-D1 No Check U0200, R0204, L0200, C0208, R0200 Yes Frequency on U0200-D1 divided by 4 on U0103-34 No Check U0103 Yes Frequency on No U0200-D1 on U0104-A3 and Frequency on U0200-D1 divided by 4 on U0104-A4 Check U0103 Yes Check U0104 MAEPF-25954-O December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-10, SB9600 BUS RX 9-27 Troubleshooting Chart 1-10, SB9600 BUS RX START Perform the following while sending data. i.e. Control Head button press, Channel Change, Radio OFF/ON. Voltages on SB9600 Voltage Table correct? No Note: For SB 9600 operation the SCI RX, SCI TX, and Busy paths must all function.Ê Correct as required. Suggestion: Check for shorted zener diodes. Yes Data J0403-6, J0403-18? No Check VR0420, VR0419 No Check R0410, R0411, C0437 No Check R0130, U0401 Yes Data U0401-2 pin 6, U0401-2 pin 5? Yes Data U0105-13? Yes Data U0105-14? No U0105 OK? Yes Check Q0103, VR0428 No Yes Repair or replace U0105 Data U0103-63? No Check R0129 No Problem Fixed Yes Check U0103 Failure persists? Yes GOTO SB9600 Tx Chart 1-11 68P81083C20-D MAEPF-25955-O December 6, 2004 9-28 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-11, SB9600 BUS RX Troubleshooting Chart 1-11, SB9600 BUS RX START Perform the following while sending data. i.e. Control Head button press, Channel Change, Radio OFF/ON. Data U0103-64? Busy Voltage OK per SB9600 Voltage Table No Check U0104 Check U0103 Data J0403-6? No No Yes Yes Check Q0401, R0413, R0415, R0414, Q0402 Note: Verify Voltages per SB9600 Busy Simplified Schematic. Yes Check J0403 MAEPF-25956-O SB9600 Voltage Table for Charts & 1-11 SB96001-10 VOLTAGE TABLE NOMINAL VOLTAGE PIN VOLTAGE DURING MESSAGING FUNCTION 5V J0403-18 0 BUS 0V J0403-6 5 BUS + OPPOSITE POLARITY OF J0403-18 J0403-5 5 J0403-19 5 5 Not Used in Normal Operation U0401-2, PIN 8 5 5 OP Amp Vdd PIN 4 0 0 OP Amp GND PIN 6 0 PIN 5 5 BUSY BUS BUS + OPPOSITE POLARITY OF PIN 6 PIN 7 5 TRACKS STATE OF PIN 5 U0105-11 5 U0105-13 -14 5 U0103-63 5 5 BUS_SCI U0105 SCI_SELECT (Flash Prog/Normal Mode Select) SCI TRACKS STATE OF U0401-7 AND J0403-6 SCI_RX TRACKS STATE OF U0401-7, J0403-6 AND U0105-13 R0129 December 6, 2004 5 SCI_RX 68P81083C20-D Troubleshooting SB9600 BUSY, Simplified Schematic for Charts 1-10 & 1-11 9-29 SB9600 BUSY, Simplified Schematic for Charts 1-10 & 1-11 +5 SLIC BUSY_OUT U0104-G4 R0424 (5V) [0.06V] (5V) [4.25V] 4.7K Q0406 (0V) [4.9V] BUSY J0403-5 (0V) [4.9V] R0426 4.7K (5V) [0V] R0425 4.7K C0438 470pf VR0421 +5 (0V) [1.5V] Q0407 C0439 470pf R0427 2K ( V ) - Voltages when radio is in STEADY STATE BUSY_IN U0103-76 [ V ] - Voltages when radio is asserting busy in order to take control of SB9600 BUS SB9600, Simplified Schematic for Charts 1-10 & 1-11 VDD R0408 10K J0405 C/H CONN 4 15 R0113 0 VDD SCI_ECHO TP0002 TP0004 R0409 2.2K Q0400 18 CLOSED ONLY BUS - R0111 0 VR0419 10V VDD R0412 4.7K C0435 470pf R0410 100 VDD BUS + Q0402 VR0420 10V Q0401 C0436 470pf U0401-2 5 R0414 22K -- C0437 33pf R0411 100 R0407 4.7K 6 6 + 7 BUS SCI R0130 0 4 K4 SCI RX U0003 R0020 10K R0021 10K OPEN ONLY 13 X1 14 X 12 X0 R0129 0 63 U0105 SCI TX 11 TP0005 R0413 10K R0415 2.2K VDD 64 J0403 U0104 IN-4 C6 R0452 10K R0451 4.7K VDD K4 SCI TX U0003 BOOT_SCI Q0100 C0455 0.1µf I/O 4 Q0420 VR0429 14V R0106 10K C0453 470pf Q0103 U0103 SCI SELECT Z MICRO PROCESSOR 4.7K SCI_RX_DATA 5V NORMALLY VDD VDD 19 47K 0V NORMALLY R0421 VR0428 4.7K 10V R0402 10K C MOD B / O MOD A/B VR0427 14V SCI TX R0126 47K VDD R0449 4.7K 20 SCI RX 33 MOD A 32 MOD B 4.7K C0462 470pf K4 MOD B U0003 A 47K R0433 47K DATA B2 U0104 G4 J0405 C/H CONN BUSY_OUT SLICIVA U0104 Q0426 5 BUSY R0127 0 BUSY BUFFER 76 BUSY_ IN SEE "SCI DRIVER" SCHEMATIC = NOT PLACED MAEPF-25964-O 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 9-30 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-12, GPIO Troubleshooting Chart 1-12, GPIO START Note: Verify RSS programming for the GPIO function to be correct. Input Check cable used to interface to the radio No Are J0403-7,8,16, 20, 21 at the right voltage (0 or 5V)? Yes Repair or replace defective device No Are VR0424,VR0425, VR0426,VR0429, VR0430,VR0431 OK? Yes Repair or replace defective device No Are Q0414, Q0416, Q0418, Q0420, Q0422, Q0424 OK? Yes Repair or replace defective component No Are R0437, R0439, R0440, R0443, R0444, R0447, R0448, R0451, R0452, R0455, R0456, R0459, R0460, R0506 OK? Yes Check U0104 and for emergency check U0510 December 6, 2004 GPIO Function? Output Are J0403-7,8,16, 20, 21 at the right voltage (0 or 5V)? Yes Check cable used to interface to the radio No Repair or replace defective device No Repair or replace defective device No Repair or replace defective component No Are VR0425, VR0426, VR0429, VR0430, VR0431 OK? Yes Are Q0428, Q0429, Q0417, Q0419, Q0421, Q0423 OK? Yes Are R0446, R0450, R0454, R0458 OK? Yes Check U0104 MAEPF-25957-O 68P81083C20-D Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-13 (1 of 2), Power Control 9-31 Troubleshooting Chart 1-13 (1 of 2), Power Control START Using RSS, check personality for the channel of interest See Band Specific TX Troubleshooting Chart for proper setup Is it set to Low Power? Yes Set to High Power and retest No Using RSS, set current limit values to zero and program into radio (F8). Go into Transmitter Power Tuning Screen. Tuning values per Table 1? No Is k9.1_ENB ~5V? No k9.1 ~9V? Yes Yes Is PA_PWR_SET (U0551 pin 2) voltage per Table 2? Check Q0553, Q0552, R0586, R0585 or (R0528) No Check U0103 No SPI_CLK on pin 67 or U0103? Set to values within range specified in Table 1 and retest Yes During TX Check Port K1 (pin H9) of U0104 No No Yes SPI_CLK at U0551 pin 10 during tuning? Yes Yes Is PA_CNTL (TP0400) <1.0V? 1 To Sheet 2 Yes Q0551 OK? No Repair or replace Q0551 Yes Check R0567, R0569, and C0562 Yes Is U0550 pin 10 <4.0V? Check R0404 No No Check pin K7 of U0104 No DA_SEL (U0551 pin 6) goes low during tuning? Yes Check U0103 No SPI_DATA on pin 66 of U0103? Yes Check R0403 68P81083C20-D No SPI_DATA at U0551 pin 1 during tuning? Yes Check U0551 Is U0550 pin 9 >5.0V? Check U0550, R0570, C0568, CR0550, C0554, C0553, CR0551, C0555 No Yes Is V_FORWARD (U0550 pin 12) >max band specific values in Table 3? Yes GOTO Band Specific TX Troubleshooting Chart No Check U0550, R0571, C0569, CR0551, CR0550, C0553, C0554, R0570, R0554, R0564, R0573 December 6, 2004 9-32 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Chart 1-13 (2 of 2), Power Control Troubleshooting Chart 1-13 (2 of 2), Power Control 1 From Sheet 1 Is PA_CNTL (TP0400)4.0V? Is U0550 pin 3 near 4.65V? Yes No Is U0550 pin 7 >4.0V? Yes Check R0587, R0550, C0551, R0551, U0550, C0231, RT5610, CR0550, CR0551, C0555, C0553, C0554 No No Check R0576, R0582, C0551 and 9.3V Supply GOTO Band Specific TX Troubleshooting Chart Yes Is CUR_LIM_SET (U0551 pin 4) >7.0V? No Check U0550, R0546, R0547, R0548, R0549, R0557, R0558, R0559, R0560, R0580, R0583, R0589, R0598, and C0557 Yes SPI_CLK at U0551 pin 10 during tuning? No Yes SPI_CLK on pin 67 or U0103? No Check U0103 No Check U0103 Yes Check R0404 DA_SEL (U0551 pin 6) goes low during tuning? No Check pin K7 of U0104 Yes SPI_DATA at U0551 pin 1 during tuning? Yes Check U0551 No SPI_DATA on pin 66 of U0103? Yes Check R0403 MAEPF-25967-O December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Diagrams and Parts Lists: Notes on Sheet Port Connections, Circuit Block Port Connections and Physical Connectors Chapter 10 Diagrams and Parts Lists Notes on Sheet Port Connections, Circuit Block Port Connections and Physical Connectors On the schematic diagrams, there are three different signal connection markers as described below. Sheet Port Connection The Sheet connection appear as or . These markers indicate that a signal shown on one sheetcontinues to another sheet. Typically the arrow direction indicates whether it is an input of output. These markets are used because the complete circuit scheme cannot fit on one schematic diagram sheet. Circuit Block Port Connection Besides the need to show sheet to sheet connections, the schematic diagrams also indicate interblock connections. While the radio is fabricated on one or two Printed Circuit Boards, it is actually composed of several functional circuit blocks, which are interconnected. For example some signals from the receive front end block are connected to the Synthesizer circuit block. While there is no connector, and these two blocks are connected only by copper traces, the schematic diagram design system creates an imaginary point, at which runners for a given signal from the two blocks meet, and assigns a connection number. This number typically appears on the schematic as IF#### with a symbol shown. Physical Connector Actual connectors such as the Accessory connector are shown with reference designators Jxxx or Pxxx. These represent physical connectors. Schematic Diagram Hierarchy Many of the MCS 2000 schematic diagrams are created in a hierarchical fashion. This is similar to a computer directory/subdirectory format. Like in a computer where there can be a mix of files and subdirectories under a given directory, some schematic diagram sheets in the manual contain blocks or components, or both. Pages that follow contain the component level breakdown of the blocks. Components refer to discrete electrical elements like resistors and capacitors. Blocks refer to a logical grouping of schematic components which appear in detail on following schematic diagram sheets. This representation allows the reader to start with an overview of the schematic/circuit topology and navigate into more and more component level detail. Schematic blocks are represented by rectangular blocks shown by dashed outlines and contain the title of the schematic diagram sheet which they represent. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 10-2 Diagrams and Parts Lists: Schematic Diagram Hierarchy Control Head RF (Model I, Model II or Model III) See Volume: Page 10-11, 10-13, 10-15 2a: 800 MHz Low/Mid Power 2b: VHF High Power 2c: UHF High Power 2d: 900 MHz Low/Mid Power 2f: UHF Mid Power Main Controller 2g: VHF Low Power Page 10-22 2h: UHF Low Power 2j: VHF Mid Power Audio Microprocessor Page 10-23 Page 10-25 Hear Clear Page 10-26 ASFIC Page 10-27 Controller Page 10-21 Regulator and Audio Power Amplifier Page 10-33, 10-34 Interface Power Control Page 10-28 I/O and RSSI Buffer Page 10-29 Page 10-24 Emergency Ignition SCI Drivers I/O Buffers Page 10-30 Page 10-31 Page 10-32 Figure 10-1. Schematic Diagram Hierarchy December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Diagrams and Parts Lists: Schematic Diagram Hierarchy 10-3 CONTROLLER COMMON (LOGIC) SECTION (REFER TO VOLUME I) 9.3 INTERCON 4 GND GNDD A+ PA CNTL CURR SENSE + CURR SENSE PA TEMP K 9.1V V FORWARD V DRIVE AUDIO MOD SYN SEL LOCK DET ROSC SEL 9.3 CLK SPI TX DATA 2.1 MHz RF REG 5V LO INJ J9601 RECEIVER IF RECEIVER BACK END IF IN INTERCONNECT 5 RECEIVER FRONT END GND GND INT 8 SYNTHESIZER SECTION INTERCONNECT 1 GND AUD MOD SYN SEL LOCK DET ROSC SEL 9.3 CLK SPI TX DATA 2.1MHz RX CNTL SRC ZIF SEL DISC SQUELCH RSSI INTERCONNECT 2 6 5 RX IN Block Interconnect VSUM VFWD BUF SPK SPK + CL UNSW 5V UNSW 5V Vaud Vdd +5V PWR RST SWB+ A+ B+ ON/OFF CLEAR AUPA EN B+ IGNITION RX AUDIO GND GNDD A+ CNTL PA CNTL CURR SENSE + CURR SENSE PA TEMP K 9.1V V FORWARD V CNTL INTERCON 3 AUDIO AND POWER REGULATION SECTION (REFER TO VOLUME I) INTERCONNECT 7 MAIN BOARD 4 3 1 8 2 10 9 1112 77 TX INJ 2 1 2 1 J9500 Physical Connector J3500 6 5 4 3 1 8 2 10 9 11 12 7 J3501 + PA BOARD - BATTERY MAEPF-25516-A ANTENNA Figure 10-2. Example of Transceiver Board Block Connection Diagram (110 Watt Radio) 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 10-4 Diagrams and Parts Lists: Exploded View Parts List, Low Power Exploded View Parts List, Low Power 1 ITEM NO. MOTOROLA PART NO. 1 3205931V02 Gasket, Front Cover 2 1505908V02 Top Cover 3 3205934V01 Gasket, Top Cover 4 2605652W02 Pressure Plate 5 5584300B04 Handle, 800 MHz only 6 2604802K01 PA Shield, 800 MHz only 7 4205938V01 Clip Spring, 2 pcs. 4 8 0310907C69 Screw, M3X0.5X10,6 pcsa. 5 9 0905902V04 Power Connector 10 3205457Z02 Gasket, Power Connector 11 0905901V06 Antenna Connector 12 3205457Z01 Gasket, Antenna Connector 13 4105783W01 Spring Diodeb 14 2705920V07 Chassis, Low Power 15 4205940V01 Retainer, Accessory Connector Cable 16 HLN6412 17 5405942V01 Label 18 3205935V01 Gasket, 25 D Connector 10 19 2604555E01 Board Slot Shield, 800 MHz only 11 20 2805429W03 25 Position D Connector, Sealed 12 2 DESCRIPTION 3 6 8 7 8 Accessory Connector a Number of screws can vary depending on the model. b Parts are obsolete on newer kits. 9 13 19 18 14 15 17 16 December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Diagrams and Parts Lists: Exploded View Parts List, Mid Power 10-5 Exploded View Parts List, Mid Power ITEM NO. MOTOROLA PART NO. 1 3205931V02 2 1505764X01 3 3205082E97 4 5584300B04 5 or 2605625X03 2605625X04 6 4205938V01 7 0905902V04 8 3205457Z04 9 0905901V10 10 3205457Z03 11 2604693P01 12 4205727X02 13 4105783W01 14 4205627X01 15 HLN6412 16 3305873U04 17 2705816W06 18 3205935V01 19 4205496Y01 20 4185738B01 21 2805429W03 22 0310907A20 0310911A12 0386265A01 DESCRIPTION Gasket, Front Cover 1 Top Cover Assembly Gasket, Top Cover Handle 2 PA Shield, 800/900 MHz PA Shield, UHF R2 Clip Spring, 2 pcs. Power Connector 3 Gasket, Power Connector Antenna Connector 4 Gasket, Antenna Connector Board Slot Shield, 800 MHz only 5 Clip, Audio PA Spring Diodea Retainer, Accessory Connector Cable 6 Accessory Connector 22 Label, Rear Cover 7 Chassis, Mid Power 8 21 Gasket, 25 D Connector 9 Clip, PCB 20 Clip, PA Grounding UHF R2 Only, 2 pcs 25 Position D Connector, Sealed Screw M3X0.5X10, 12 pcs.b Screw M3x0.5x10, 6 pcs.b Screw M3x0.5x10, 2 pcs.b a Parts are obsolete on newer kits. b Number of screws can vary depending on the model. 10 11 19 12 18 13 17 16 14 15 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 10-6 Diagrams and Parts Lists: Exploded View Parts List, High Power Exploded View Parts List, High Power ITEM NO. MOTOROLA PART NO. 1 2705815W02 Chassis, High Power 2 3305179X01 Name Plate 3 4205938V01 Clip, Spring 4 0905902V04 Power Connector 4a 3205457Z04 Gasket, Power Connector 5 0905901V10 RF Connector 5a 3205457Z03 Gasket, RF Connector 6 HUD4021 DESCRIPTION 2 20 3 4 19 PA Board, VHF R1 or HUD4016 PA Board, VHF R2 or HUE4018 PA Board, UHF R1 or HUE4030 PA Board, UHF R1 or HUE4020 PA Board, UHF R2 7 0386265A01 Screw M3X0.5X10, 6 pcs. 7a 0310911A12 Screw M3X0.5X10, VHF 16 pcs./UHF 18 pcs. 8 2605387Z02 PA Shield with Handle 9 1505849X03 Bottom Cover 10 HLN6412 11 3305873U04 Label, Rear Cover 12 3205789W01 Gasket, Remote Cable 13 2605265Y02 RF Shield with Handle 14 3205935V01 Gasket, 25 D Connector 15 4205169Y01 Audio PA Clip 16 2805347X02 17 HUD4019 Transceiver Board, VHF or HUE4017 Transceiver Board, UHF 18 3205934V01 Gasket, Top Cover 19 4105783W01 Spring Diode 20 2805429W03 25 Position D Connector, Sealed December 6, 2004 1 Accessory Connector 18 5 17 6 16 15 7 14 8 9 13 Plug, High Spec. 12 11 10 68P81083C20-D Diagrams and Parts Lists: Exploded View Parts List, Control Head Model I 10-7 Exploded View Parts List, Control Head Model I 1 2 3 4 5 13 12 6 7 8 11 10 9 14 MEPC-95406-A/None ITEM NO. MOTOROLA PART NO. DESCRIPTION 1 0702103U01 2 0180758T08 Frame Lock Front End 3 7505240Z03 or 7505240Z01 Keypad, Elastomeric Keypad, for replaceable button 4 2802103U02 Connector, Elastomeric 5 0702103U02 Frame, LCD 6 9102100U01 Colour Sheet, LCD 7 1502102U07 Housing, Control Head Model I 8 3685804A02 Volume Knob 9 7202100U03 LCD Glass 10 3205932V01 Gasket, Speaker 11 5005156Z02 Speaker 12 7608133K01 Ferrite Platea 13 1580365K01 Shroud, white1 14 see Chapter 5 Replaceable Pushbutton a Parts have been obsoleted on newer kits. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 10-8 Diagrams and Parts Lists: Exploded View, Control Head Model II Exploded View, Control Head Model II 1 2 19 3 4 5 6 7 12 8 11 10 LCD: see detail below 20 9 13 LCD Detail 14 15 16 17 18 ITEM NO. MOTOROLA PART NO. DESCRIPTION 1 1502455Y05 Housing, Back 2 3202462Y03 Gasket, Housing 3 4602100U01 PCB Retainer 4 HCN4058 5 6102082U04 6 7505241Z04 or 7505241Z04 7 1502100U14 Housing, Control Head Model II 8 3685804A02 Volume Knob PCB Assemblya Light Guide Keypad, std. with text Keypad, without buttons for use w. Replaceable Pushbuttons, Ref. 20 9 3602100U01 Rotary Knob 10 7608133K01 Ferrite Plateb 11 1580365K01 Shroud, white2 12 0704779P01 Retention Frame 13 2802102U01 Connector, Elastomeric - Gray 14 2802101U01 Connector, Elastomeric - Pink 15 0702103U03 Frame, LCD 16 9102101U02 Reflector Sheet 17 7202076U04 Display Glass 18 1302100U01 Bezel 19 3280542K01 Adhesive Pad 20 see Chapter 5 21 FLN9057 Replaceable Pushbutton 18 pin Flexible Interconnect Cable a Radios with SDLN4192 may use HCN4058 as replacement b Parts have been eliminated December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Diagrams and Parts Lists: Exploded View Parts List, Control Head Model III 10-9 Exploded View Parts List, Control Head Model III 1 2 18 3 4 11 5 6 7 10 8 9 LCD: see detail below 19 13 LCD Detail 14 15 16 ITEM NO. MOTOROLA PART NO. DESCRIPTION 1 1502455Y05 Housing, Back 2 3202462Y03 Gasket, Housing 3 4602100U01 PCB Retainer 4 HCN4059 5 6102081U04 6 7505242Z04 or 7505242Z04 7 1502100U15 Housing, Control Head Model III 8 3685804A02 Volume Knob 9 7608133K01 Ferrite Plate2 10 1580365K01 Shroud, whiteb PCB Assemblya Light Guide Keypad, std. with text Keypad, without buttons for use with Replaceable Pushbuttons 17 18 11 0704779P01 Retention Frame 12 2802102U01 Connector, Elastomeric - Gray 13 2802101U01 Connector, Elastomeric - Pink 14 0702084U02 Frame, LCD 15 9102102U02 Reflector Sheet 16 7202076U03 Display Glass 17 1302085U01 Bezel 18 3280542K01 Adhesive Pad 19 see Chapter 5 Replaceable Pushbutton a Radios with SDLN4193 may use HCN4059 as replacement b Parts have been eliminated 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists 10-10 1 36 H0650 4 7 1 S0650 D0661 D0666 D0664 D0662 D0658 D0660 D0667 D0665 D0663 5 1 D0673 D0659 3 S0651 1 3 2 1 5 2 4 3 6 1 5 2 4 3 6 1 5 2 4 3 6 1 5 2 4 3 6 D0671 3 6 D0669 2 D0668 1 S0664 S0663 S0662 S0661 S0660 D0672 P0651 D0670 8 D0680 D0679 R0698 D0682 2 3 D0681 1 5 4 Figure 10-1. Control Head Model I Light Components Side 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 December 6, 2004 Y0650 C0652 R0666 1 8 Q0656 Q0655 4 5 D0674 R0653 Q0650 Q0651 3 2 16 1 1 9 U0656 8 3 Q0662 C0674 R0680 R0678 C0663 C0671 D0685 C0670 C0668 R0679 R0677 R0697 Q0659 Q0660 R0693 R0694 R0695 Q0661 R0705 1 2 C0669 C0672 D0676 R0696 C0690 C0655 U0654 C0675 R0706 R0707 D0683 1 3 2 R0708 C0662 C0659 C0658 C0657 C0660 25 24 Q0653 R0704 9 1 D0677 R0709 18 R0673 C0654 J0650 R0664 10 R0663 D0675 R0675 U0651 37 36 R0658 R0659 R0660 R0661 8405410Z Q0663 D0678 C0661 R0676 R0674 R0654 R0655 1 U0652 R0651 R0690 R0652 8 R0687 Q0658 R0688 R0685 R0691 R0650 R0713 TP1 C0651 U0655 Q0657 R0689 C0650 12 13 48 1 5 R0681 9 R0683 R0715 R0701 R0703 R0702 34 33 TP4 R0682 R0667 16 R0684 R0672 R0656 R0657 U0653 R0700 R0686 R0716 C0656 R0665 R0712 R0711 20 21 R0662 R0670 R0668 R0669 TP3 R0710 C0664 R0692 Q0652 C0653 R0671 47 46 4 1 1 C0665 7 U0657 C0667 8 Q0654 8 C0666 J0652 2 1 10-11 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists: R0699 D0684 D0730 C0673 TP2 Figure 10-2. Control Head Model I Heavy Components Side 68P81083C20-D 10-12 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists Control Head Model I Parts List Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Description CAPACITORS, Fixed: unless otherwise stated C0650 2311049J23 10uF C0651 2113743K15 0.1uF C0652 2113741F17 470pF C0653 2113741F49 .01uF C0654 2113743A23 0.22uF C0655 2311049J23 10uF C0656 2113741F17 470pF C0657 2113741F17 470pF C0658 2113741F17 470pF C0659 2113741F17 470pF C0660 2113741F17 470pF C0661 2113741F17 470pF C0662 2113741F17 470pF C0663 2311049J12 4.7uF C0664 2113740F39 33pF C0665 2113740F39 33pF C0666 2311049J23 10uF C0667 2113743K15 0.1uF C0668 2113741F17 470pF C0669 2113741F17 470pF C0670 2113741F17 470pF C0671 2113741F17 470pF C0672 2113741F17 470pF C0673 2113741F17 470pF C0674 2113741F17 470pF C0675 2113743A23 .220uF C0690a 2311049A95 10uF DIDODES: D0658 4805729G75 LED GREEN D0659 4805729G75 LED GREEN D0660 4805729G75 LED GREEN D0661 4805729G75 LED GREEN D0662 4805729G75 LED GREEN D0663 4805729G75 LED GREEN D0664 4805729G75 LED GREEN D0665 4805729G75 LED GREEN D0666 4805729G75 LED GREEN D0667 4805729G75 LED GREEN D0668 4805729G75 LED GREEN D0669 4805729G75 LED GREEN December 6, 2004 Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Description Reference Symbol D0670 4805729G75 LED GREEN R0654 D0671 4805729G75 LED GREEN R0655 D0672 4805729G75 LED GREEN R0656 MOTOROLA Part Number 0662057A73 Description Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number 0662057A73 Description 10K R0699 10K 0662057A61 3.3K R0700 0662057B16 560K 0662057A85 33K R0701 0662057A73 10K D0673 4805729G75 LED GREEN R0657 0662057A85 33K R0702 0662057A73 10K D0674 4813830A15 DIODE 5.6V R0658 0662057A73 10K R0703 0662057A73 10K D0675 4813830A15 DIODE 5.6V R0659 0662057A73 10K R0704 0662057A73 10K D0676 4813830A33 DIODE 20V R0660 0662057A73 10K R0705 0662057A41 470 D0677 4813830A15 DIODE 5.6V R0661 0662057A73 10K R0706 0662057A89 47K D0678 4813830A15 DIODE 5.6V R0662 0662057A73 10K R0707 0662057A81 22K D0679 4805729G73 LED YEL R0663 0662057A73 10K R0708 0662057A65 4.7K D0680 4805729G73 LED YEL R0664 0662057A73 10K R0709 0662057A65 4.7K D0681 4805729G74 LED RED R0665 0662057A89 47K R0710 0662057A65 4.7K D0682 4805729G75 LED GREEN R0666 0662057A81 22K R0711 0662057A65 4.7K D0683 4813830A15 DIODE 5.6V R0667 0662057A73 10K R0712 0662057A73 10K D0684 4813830A15 DIODE 5.6V R0668 0662057A73 10K R0713 0662057A53 1.5K D0685 4813830A15 DIODE 5.6V R0669 0662057A65 4.7K R0715 0662057A97 100K D07301 4805129M12 DIODE R0670 0662057A65 4.7K R0716 0662057A97 100K CONNECTORS: R0671 0662057A65 4.7K J0650 2805922V01 PLUG VERT R0672 0662057A56 2K INTEGRATED CIRCUITS: J0652 2809926G01 CONN SUR MT HDR R0673 0662057A01 10 U0651 5102109U01 LCD Segments driver P0651 2805924V01 CONNECTOR MIC R0674 0662057A01 10 U0652 5113818A03 High Performance R0676 0662057B47 0 U0653 5102110U03 IC UP OTP Prog. RCH C TRANSISTORS: R0677 0662057A89 47K U0654 5113816A07 Reg. 5V Pos.500MA MC78M05BD U0655 5113805A84 IC Mux/Demux Dual 4-ch analog U0656 5113805A84 IC Mux/Demux Dual 4-ch analog Y0650 4880065M01 Q0650 4813824A17 PNP R0678 0662057A97 100K Q0651 4813822A20 NPN R0679 0662057A65 4.7K Q0652 4813824A10 NPN R0680 0680194M18 51 Q0653 4813824A17 PNP R0681 0662057A57 2.2K Q0654 4813824A10 NPN R0682 0662057A73 10K Q0655 4813824A10 NPN R0683 0662057A65 4.7K Q0656 4813824A17 PNP R0684 0662057A73 10K Q0657 4813824A17 PNP R0685 0662057A73 10K Q0658 4813824A10 NPN R0686 0662057A57 2.2K Q0659 4813824A10 NPN R0687 0662057A73 10K Q0660 4813824A10 NPN R0688 0662057A73 10K Q0661 4813824A10 NPN R0689 0662057A73 10K Q0662 4813822A08 PNP R0690 0662057A97 100K Q0663 4813824A10 NPN R0691 0662057A73 10K R0692 0662057B22 1M RESISTORS, Fixed: ¾ unless otherwise stated R0693 0662057A39 390 R0694 0662057A41 470 R0650 0662057A59 2.7K R0695 0662057A39 390 R0651 0662057A77 15K R0696 0662057A37 330 R0652 0662057A73 10K R0697 0662057A37 330 R0653 0662057A09 220 R0698 1805911V01 Pot Vol FILTERS: 4.00 MHZ NON REFERENCED ITEMS 8405410Z01 or BOARD P.W. 8402112U01 a. Not used on 8402112U01 68P81083C20-D 10-13 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists: 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 OS1 OS2 OS3 OS4 OS5 OS6 OS7 OS8 OS9 OS10 OS11 OS12 OS13 OS14 OS15 OS16 OS17 OS18 OS19 OS20 OS21 OS22 OS23 OS24 OS25 OS26 25 OSC0 OS27 OS28 24 OSC1 OS29 OS30 OS31 OS32 OS33 OS34 OS35 OS36 OS37 OS38 23 VSS OS39 OS40 U0651 35 D 31 LOAD 32 CP 34 M VCC 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 LC7985 DB0 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 OC1 OC2 OC3 OC4 OC5 OC6 OC7 OC8 OC9 OC10 OC11 OC12 OC13 OC14 OC15 OC16 VDD 33 37 R_W* 38 E 36 RS V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 26 27 28 29 30 9 8 7 4 3 2 1 46 47 10 48 6 53 49 54 50 51 52 56 83 57 84 58 85 59 86 60 87 61 27 62 28 63 29 64 30 65 31 12 89 13 90 14 91 15 92 16 93 67 94 68 95 69 96 70 97 71 98 72 34 73 35 74 36 75 37 76 38 20 40 21 41 22 42 23 43 24 44 78 100 79 101 80 102 81 103 82 104 5 11 26 99 17 32 105 88 18 33 106 77 19 39 107 66 25 45 108 55 COM1 COM2 COM3 COM4 COM5 COM6 COM7 COM9_S7-S11 COM10 COM_S2-S6 COM11 COM_S1 COM_S12-S15 COM12 COM_S16-S20 COM13 COM14 COM15 SEG1A SEG1B SEG2A SEG2B SEG3A SEG3B SEG4A SEG4B SEG5A SEG5B SEG6A SEG6B SEG7A SEG7B SEG8A SEG8B SEG9A SEG9B SEG10A SEG10B SEG11A SEG11B SEG12A SEG12B SEG13A SEG13B SEG14A SEG14B SEG15A SEG15B SEG16A SEG16B SEG17A SEG17B SEG18A SEG18B SEG19A SEG19B SEG20A SEG20B SEG21A SEG21B SEG22A SEG22B SEG23A SEG23B SEG24A SEG24B SEG25A SEG25B SEG26A SEG26B SEG27A SEG27B SEG28A SEG28B SEG29A SEG29B SEG30A SEG30B SEG31A SEG31B SEG32A SEG32B SEG33A SEG33B SEG34A SEG34B SEG35A SEG35B SEG36_S1 SEG36_S2 SEG36_S7 SEG36_S16 SEG373_ SEG37_S8 SEG37_S12 SEG37_S17 SEG38_S4 SEG38_S9 SEG38_13 SEG38_S18 SEG39_S5 SEG39_S10 SEG39_S14 SEG39_S19 SEG40_S6 SEG40_S11 SEG40_S15 SEG40_S20 H0650 LCD 1_LINE_DISP A+ R0685 C0669 0.1uF 100K 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DATABUS(7:0) R0740 10K TP3 10K D0725 Y-GR R0672 R0743 6.8K 10K R0653 1.5K R0747 1K R0748 1K S0660 R0673 10K S0665 S0667 S0668 R0658 Q0651 R0674 10K R0659 10K S0670 S0671 S0672 S0673 S0674 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 PB0 PB1 PB2 PB3 PB4 PB5 PB6 PB7 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 PC0 PC1 PC2 PC3 PC4 PC5 PC6 PC7 2 1 6 15 TCMP1 TCMP2 NC1 NC2 PD0 PD1 PD2 PD3 PD4 PD5 PD6 PD7 14 13 12 11 9 5 4 3 PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 PA5 PA6 PA7 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 C0665 33pF VCC VCC R0752 100K VCC R0753 100K R0741 100K R0693 4.7K R0692 4.7K R0694 4.7K 10K R0751 R0662 10K 8 7 6 5 3 2 C0687 4.7uF R0742 NTC M10 5 6 7 8 10K R0717 VCC 9 10 R0698 560K 6 5 U0656-2 MC33072 TAB3 TAB2 TAB1 TAB 10K 4 D0705 D0704 D0703 D0702 R0739 10 R0716 4 75K 100K R0746 2 3 R0738 10 R0736 10K R0720 10K 100K 10K 200K 1 C0681 0.1uF R0735 R0718 4 R0695 10K 10K 2 75K TAB1 5 R0696 U0653 R0750 R0737 3 4 VCC TAB R0661 1 SW_B+ VCC VCC VCC C0688 .01uF MC33072 C0673 4.7uF 8 Y0650 C0664 33pF 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 U0656-1 R0711 6.8K VCC 10K Q0652 Q0666 1MEG MC68HC05B6 R0675 R0714 75K D0701 D0700 D0699 D0698 R0710 6.8K OSC FREQ R0686 D0697 D0696 D0695 D0694 IRQ 19 TD0 VRH OSC1 16 VRL OSC2 17 22 PLMA TCAP1 23 PLMB TCAP2 50 VPP1 RDI 41 C0652 .01uF 10K SCLK RESET 18 D0693 D0692 D0691 D0690 51 52 8 7 20 21 40 S0655 R0734 330 15K 3 C0670 10uF R0671 1 D0724 Y-GR D0652 Y-GR R0652 1.5K R0713 TP2 C0672 4.7uF 7 VIN R0709 6.8K 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 D0689 D0688 D0687 D0686 0.1uF VCC CAP1P 13 OSC1 CAP1M 12 OSC2 CAP2P 10 RV CAP2M TC1 9 VREG TC2 11 POFF VOUT D0685 D0684 D0683 D0682 R0670 10K S0653 R0715 560K 2 R0669 10K S0652 R0712 15K C0683 0.1uF 4 7 8 R0719 Q0660 10K SW_B+ R0697 R0668 10K VDD R0700 10K R0667 10K S0650 10 D0651 Y-GR Q0650 3906 R0666 10K D0723 Y-GR U0655 SCI7661M14 1 D0650 Y-GR R0660 10K C0668 VSS C0689 .01uF 4.7uF D0681 D0680 D0679 D0678 10K D0720 Y-GR LCD BIAS R0708 6.8K D0677 D0676 D0675 D0674 R0745 C0671 D0673 D0672 D0671 D0670 VCC Q0667 MJD210 TP1 14 VCC VCC VDD R0707 6.8K A+ VCC R0699 560K 11 12 13 14 15 16 MAEPF-28090-O Figure 10-3. Control Head Model I Schematic Diagram December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D 2 D0652 68P81083C20-D D0725 D0724 D0723 8 D0651 7 D0689 D0693 D0705 D0685 D0701 D0697 D0703 D0704 D0691 D0692 D0699 D0687 D0688 D0700 D0683 D0684 D0695 D0679 D0680 D0696 D0675 D0671 D0676 D0672 D0650 D0681 D0677 D0673 D0702 D0698 D0694 D0690 D0686 D0682 D0678 D0674 D0670 D0720 D0718 D0663 D0726 D0662 D0719 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists 10-14 1 P0651 MAEPF-28092-O Figure 10-4. Control Head Model II Light Components Side December 6, 2004 R0735 December 6, 2004 Q0651 R0670 16 R0692 8 R0694 1 U0657 8 C0662 2 R0745 Q0657 C0679 R0706 U0654 1 TP4 Q0654 11 20 3 1 D0668 9 D0730 D0669 33 34 C0680 R0695 R0732 U0653 C0675 1 U0650 Q0664 R0731 R0741 R0689 R0690 D0661 R0691 5 4 U0660 47 C0674 R0651 10 C0667 46 C0676 TP2 C0690 R0672 C0668 R0704 20 C0651 21 R0744 Y0650 R0686 C0665 R0683 8 R0728 Q0658 R0746 C0687 C0664 Q0655 C0663 R0682 R0681 1 C0666 R0680 R0705 R0703 C0685 D0660 7 R0729 16 R0664 C0660 8 1 84D05411Z C0684 U0658 C0654 1 R0666 R0751 Q0659 SPEAK R0678 9 C0661 C0657 C0656 C0655 C0658 41 40 R0711 R0710 R0709 R0708 R0707 C0670 Q0665 1 18 R0684 U0659 C0659 J0650 Q0653 R0750 R0679 HAND R0677 1 16 R0663 9 D0659 C0653 3 R0665 C0669 U0651 65 64 R0753 R0752 R0668 TP1 C0677 9 R0685 24 25 80 1 10 R0676 8 D0722 R0661 C0688 Q0652 R0700 R0652 R0662 C0689 R0653 R0747 R0748 2 D0666 R0659 Q0650 R0743 1 D0721 R0675 R0667 Q0662 R0698 R0671 TP3 R0660 R0658 R0674 C0652 R0669 1 R0724 Q0660 R0699 Q0667 R0727 Q0663 C0683 14 R0726 R0722 R0725 R0721 R0740 R0715 R0712 R0713 U0655 D0665 4 D0664 U0656 Q0661 5 R0723 R0673 R0720 C0673 C0672 R0739 8 R0716 R0718 R0719 R0714 8 R0717 R0734 C0671 7 R0738 1 R0737 Q0666 C0681 R0736 R0733 10-15 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists: C0678 D0667 C0650 2 3 R0730 R0693 MAEPF-28093-O Figure 10-5. Control Head Model II Heavy Components Side Note: Only one of these are placed: R0664 only mounted in Speaker Microphone Configurations. R0665 only mounted in Handset Configurations. 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists 10-16 Control Head Model II Parts List Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number C0650 2113743A23 .220uF C0651 2311049J23 10uF C0652 2113741F49 .01uF C0653 2113741F17 470pF C0654 2113741F17 470pF C0655 2113741F17 470pF C0656 2113741F17 470pF C0657 2113741F17 470pF C0658 2113741F17 470pF C0659 2113741F17 470pF C0660 2113741F17 470pF C0661 2113741F17 470pF C0662 2113741F17 470pF C0663 2113741F17 470pF C0664 2113740F37 27pF C0665 2113740F37 27pF C0666 2113743K15 .1uF C0667 2311049J12 4.7uF C0668 2113743K15 .1uF C0669 2113743K15 .1uF C0670 2311049J23 10uF C0671 2311049J12 4.7uF C0672 2311049J12 4.7uF C0673 2311049J12 4.7uF C0674 2113741F17 470pF C0675 2113741F17 470pF C0676 2113741F17 470pF C0677 2113741F17 470pF C0678 2113741F17 470pF C0679 2113741F17 470pF C0680 2113741F17 470pF C0681 2113743K15 .1uF C0683 2113743K15 .1uF C0684 2113740F15 3.3pF C0685 2113741F49 0.01uF C0686 2113741F25 1nF C0687 2311049J12 4.7uF C0688 2113741F49 0.01uF C0689 2113741F49 0.01uF C0699 2113743F08 .22uF 231149A95 68P81083C20-D MOTOROLA Part Number Description CAPACITORS, Fixed: unless otherwise stated C0690 Reference Symbol 10uF Description Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Q0667 4813822A08 Description PNP DIODES: Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number R0697 1802100U01 POTM 5K R0698 0662057B16 560K Description D0659 4813830A15 5.6V RESISTORS: R0699 0662057B16 560K D0660 4813830A15 5.6V R0650 0662057A01 10 R0700 0662057A73 10K D0661 4813830A33 20V R0651 0662057A01 10 R0703 0662057A37 330 D0664 4813830A15 5.6V R0652 0662057A53 1.5K R0704 0662057A41 470 D0665 4813830A15 5.6V R0653 0662057A53 1.5K R0705 0662057A41 470 D0666 4813830A15 5.6V R0658 0662057A73 10K R0706 0662057A41 470 D0667 4813830A15 5.6V R0659 0662057A73 10K R0707 0662057A69 6.8K D0668 4813830A15 5.6V R0660 0662057A73 10K R0708 0662057A69 6.8K D0669 4813830A15 5.6V R0661 0662057A73 10K R0709 0662057A69 6.8K D0721 4813830A15 5.6V R0662 0662057A73 10K R0710 0662057A69 6.8K D0722 4813830A15 5.6V R0663 0662057A01 10 R0711 0662057A69 6.8K D0730 4805129M12 Diode R0665 0662057B47 0 R0712 0662057A77 15K H0650 7202076U04 R0666 0662057A73 10K R0713 0662057A77 15K DISPLAY: R0667 0662057A73 10K R0714 0662057G07 75K DSTN-LCD GLAS R0669 0662057A73 10K R0715 0662057B16 560K R0670 0662057A73 10K R0716 0662057A73 10K CONNECTORS: R0671 0662057A73 10K R0717 0662057A73 10K J0650 2805922V01 PLUG VERT R0672 0662057A73 10K R0718 0662057A97 100K P0651 2805924V01 CONNECTOR MIC R0673 0662057A73 10K R0719 0662057A73 10K R0674 0662057A73 10K R0720 0662057A73 10K INDUCTORS: R0675 0662057A73 10K R0721 0662057A57 2.2K L0650 2462587T30 1000nH R0676 0662057A65 4.7K R0722 0662057A73 10K L0651 2462587K26 33000 nH R0677 0662057A56 2K R0723 0662057A65 4.7K R0678 0662057A73 10K R0724 0662057A73 10K TRANSISTORS: R0679 0662057A65 4.7K R0725 0662057A65 4.7K Q0650 4813824A17 PNP R0680 0662057A73 10K R0726 0662057A73 10K Q0651 4813824A10 NPN R0681 0662057A81 22K R0727 0662057A57 2.2K Q0652 4813824A10 NPN R0682 0662057A73 10K R0728 0662057A89 47K Q0653 4813824A17 PNP R0683 0662057A89 47K R0729 0662057A41 470 Q0654 4813824A10 NPN R0684 0662057A65 4.7K R0730 0662057A73 10K Q0655 4813824A10 NPN R0685 0662057A97 100K R0731 0662057A73 10K Q0656 4813824A07 NPN R0687 0662057A57 2.2K R0732 0680194M18 51 Q0657 4813824A10 NPN R0688 0662057A73 10K R0733 0662057A65 4.7K Q0658 4813824A10 NPN R0688 0662057A73 10K R0734 0662057A37 330 Q0659 4813824A10 NPN R0689 0662057A65 4.7K R0735 0662057G07 75K Q0660 4813824A10 NPN R0690 0662057A97 100K R0736 0662057R60 10K .1W 1% Q0661 4813824A17 PNP R0691 0662057A89 47K R0737 0662057A73 10K Q0662 4813824A17 PNP R0692 0662057A65 4.7K R0738 0662057R02 10 .1W 1% Q0663 4813824A10 NPN R0693 0662057A65 4.7K R0739 0662057R02 10 .1W 1% Q0664 4813822A08 PNP R0694 0662057A65 4.7K R0740 0662057A73 10K Q0665 4813824A10 NPN R0695 0662057A73 10K R0741 0662057G13 100K Q0666 4813824A10 NPN R0696 1805911V01 POT VOL R0742 0680149M02 100K THERMISTOR December 6, 2004 10-17 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number R0743 0662057A69 6.8K R0744 0662057A61 3.3K Description R0745 0662057A73 10K R0746 0662057R60 10K .1W 1% R0747 0662057A49 1K R0748 0662057A49 1K R0750 0662057B05 200K R0751 0662057A97 100K R0752 0662057G13 100K 1% R0753 0662057G13 100K 1% INTEGRATED CIRCUITS: U0650 5113816A07 Reg,5V Pos 500Ma MC78M05BD U0651 5102101U01 LCD Controller U0653 5102100U03 Microcontroller U0654 5113805A60 OCT D W/COM CLKRS HC273 U0655 5105461G54 DC/DC Converter 14PIN SOP U0656 5113818A03 Hi Perform. Sng.SPLY U0657 5113805A84 Mux/Demux Dual 4-ch analog U0658 5113805A84 Mux/Demux Dual 4-ch analog U0659 5113805A84 Mux/Demux Dual 4-ch analog U0660 5113815A02 Undervoltage Sens. Ckt. Y0650 4802100U01 X-tal SMD 4.000 MHz FILTERS: NON REFERENCED ITEMS: 1302100U01 Bezel 2802102U01 Connector elastormeric 2802101U01 Connector elastormeric 3280542K01 Adhesive Pads (see exploded view) Board P.W. Z01 December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists 10-18 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 OS1 OS2 OS3 OS4 OS5 OS6 OS7 OS8 OS9 OS10 OS11 OS12 OS13 OS14 OS15 OS16 OS17 OS18 OS19 OS20 OS21 OS22 OS23 OS24 OS25 OS26 25 OSC0 OS27 OS28 24 OSC1 OS29 OS30 OS31 OS32 OS33 OS34 OS35 OS36 OS37 OS38 23 VSS OS39 OS40 U0651 35 D 31 LOAD 32 CP 34 M VCC 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 LC7985 DB0 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 OC1 OC2 OC3 OC4 OC5 OC6 OC7 OC8 OC9 OC10 OC11 OC12 OC13 OC14 OC15 OC16 VDD 33 37 R_W* 38 E 36 RS V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 26 27 28 29 30 9 8 7 4 3 2 1 46 47 10 48 6 53 49 54 50 51 52 56 83 57 84 58 85 59 86 60 87 61 27 62 28 63 29 64 30 65 31 12 89 13 90 14 91 15 92 16 93 67 94 68 95 69 96 70 97 71 98 72 34 73 35 74 36 75 37 76 38 20 40 21 41 22 42 23 43 24 44 78 100 79 101 80 102 81 103 82 104 5 11 26 99 17 32 105 88 18 33 106 77 19 39 107 66 25 45 108 55 COM1 COM2 COM3 COM4 COM5 COM6 COM7 COM9_S7-S11 COM10 COM_S2-S6 COM11 COM_S1 COM_S12-S15 COM12 COM_S16-S20 COM13 COM14 COM15 SEG1A SEG1B SEG2A SEG2B SEG3A SEG3B SEG4A SEG4B SEG5A SEG5B SEG6A SEG6B SEG7A SEG7B SEG8A SEG8B SEG9A SEG9B SEG10A SEG10B SEG11A SEG11B SEG12A SEG12B SEG13A SEG13B SEG14A SEG14B SEG15A SEG15B SEG16A SEG16B SEG17A SEG17B SEG18A SEG18B SEG19A SEG19B SEG20A SEG20B SEG21A SEG21B SEG22A SEG22B SEG23A SEG23B SEG24A SEG24B SEG25A SEG25B SEG26A SEG26B SEG27A SEG27B SEG28A SEG28B SEG29A SEG29B SEG30A SEG30B SEG31A SEG31B SEG32A SEG32B SEG33A SEG33B SEG34A SEG34B SEG35A SEG35B SEG36_S1 SEG36_S2 SEG36_S7 SEG36_S16 SEG373_ SEG37_S8 SEG37_S12 SEG37_S17 SEG38_S4 SEG38_S9 SEG38_13 SEG38_S18 SEG39_S5 SEG39_S10 SEG39_S14 SEG39_S19 SEG40_S6 SEG40_S11 SEG40_S15 SEG40_S20 H0650 LCD 1_LINE_DISP A+ R0685 C0669 0.1uF 100K 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DATABUS(7:0) R0740 10K TP3 S0655 R0672 R0743 6.8K 10K R0653 1.5K R0747 1K R0748 1K S0660 R0673 10K S0665 S0667 S0668 R0658 Q0651 R0674 10K 10K R0659 10K S0670 S0671 S0672 S0673 S0674 TCMP1 TCMP2 NC1 NC2 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C0665 33pF VCC VCC R0752 100K VCC R0741 100K R0693 4.7K R0692 4.7K R0694 4.7K TAB U0653 10K R0751 75K 100K R0662 10K C0687 4.7uF R0742 NTC M10 5 6 3 2 10K 4 7 8 9 R0738 10 R0739 10 10 R0698 560K R0736 10K R0720 10K 100K 10K R0717 VCC 8 TAB3 7 TAB2 6 TAB1 5 TAB R0746 2 3 C0681 0.1uF 75K 10K 200K 1 10K 2 R0716 4 R0750 10K R0737 3 4 R0735 R0718 4 R0695 R0661 1 SW_B+ VCC VCC VCC C0688 .01uF MC33072 TAB1 5 R0696 10K Q0652 U0656-1 C0673 4.7uF VCC MC68HC05B6 R0675 R0753 100K D0705 D0704 D0703 D0702 2 1 6 15 PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 PA5 PA6 PA7 Q0666 R0711 6.8K 8 Y0650 C0664 33pF D0701 D0700 D0699 D0698 PC0 PC1 PC2 PC3 PC4 PC5 PC6 PC7 14 13 12 11 9 5 4 3 D0697 D0696 D0695 D0694 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 PD0 PD1 PD2 PD3 PD4 PD5 PD6 PD7 R0714 75K 1MEG VCC D0693 D0692 D0691 D0690 PB0 PB1 PB2 PB3 PB4 PB5 PB6 PB7 OSC FREQ R0686 D0689 D0688 D0687 D0686 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 IRQ 19 TD0 VRH OSC1 16 VRL OSC2 17 22 PLMA TCAP1 23 PLMB TCAP2 50 VPP1 RDI R0734 330 D0685 D0684 D0683 D0682 SCLK RESET 18 41 C0652 .01uF 51 52 8 7 20 21 40 C0672 4.7uF 15K R0710 6.8K 3 10K D0725 Y-GR R0652 1.5K R0713 TP2 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 7 VIN R0709 6.8K C0670 10uF R0671 13 12 10 9 11 0.1uF VCC 1 D0724 Y-GR D0652 Y-GR R0715 560K D0681 D0680 D0679 D0678 R0670 10K S0653 R0712 15K C0683 0.1uF 2 R0669 10K S0652 SCI7661M14 CAP1P OSC1 CAP1M OSC2 CAP2P CAP2M RV TC1 VREG TC2 POFF VOUT 6 5 U0656-2 MC33072 4 7 8 R0719 Q0660 10K SW_B+ R0697 R0668 10K VDD R0700 10K R0667 10K S0650 10 D0651 Y-GR Q0650 3906 R0666 10K D0723 Y-GR 4.7uF 1 D0650 Y-GR R0660 10K C0668 VSS C0689 .01uF D0720 Y-GR LCD BIAS R0708 6.8K 10K U0655 D0677 D0676 D0675 D0674 R0745 C0671 D0673 D0672 D0671 D0670 VCC Q0667 MJD210 TP1 14 VCC VCC VCC VDD R0707 6.8K A+ R0699 560K 11 12 13 14 15 16 MAEPF-28090-O Figure 10-6. Control Head Model II SChematic Diagram - 1 of 2 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 10-19 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 SW_B+ 16 R0729 470 VCC 1 Q0664 R0728 10K VCC D0662 YELLOW VCC 10 C0690 10uF C0650 .220uF D0719 YELLOW 4.7K R0680 10K 4.7K D0659 5.6V Q0657 R0704 390 1 20 DIGITAL_GND 22K D0660 5.6V R0663 10 13 R0682 10K C0663 470pF C0685 .01uF D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 VCC 16 VEE 7 D0668 5.6V MONITOR/BUSY/KID C0679 470pF VCC U0654 Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 74HC273 2 5 6 9 12 15 16 19 TP4 R0744 3.3K 6 EN 10 A 9 B U0659 74HC4052 12 X0 13 14 X1 X 15 X2 11 X3 R0733 4.7K 1 Y0 5 Y1 2 Y2 4 Y3 Y 3 7 D0669 470pF 5.6V AUX/BUS+/KEY_FAIL C0680 470pF 3 P0651-7 8 RESET R0681 18 Q0655 3 4 7 8 13 14 17 18 CLK RESET 3 Y 3 GND ANALOG_GND SW_B+ 7 1 5 Y0 Y1 2 Y2 4 Y3 R0727 2.2K VCC 16 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 R0683 47K A+ SW_B + 10K 0.1uF VCC VCC J0650-17 17 R0726 C0666 NC 7 8 NC 11 1 A+ R0706 390 VCC 10 GND 3 NC 5 NC 6 NC 4 GND RESET R0705 470 GND 6 10 EN A 9 B U0658 12 74HC4052 14 X0 X 13 X1 15 X2 11 X3 Q0659 Q0663 PTT/BUS-/WE C0678 470pF VCC R0725 4.7K D0665 5.6V U0660 MC33064 INPUT Q0658 R0703 330 C0662 470pF R0677 2K VCC 2 D0726 RED Q0654 R0676 Q0662 3906 D0667 5.6V 4 R0684 Q0653 3906 C0651 10uF 2 GND VCC 6 3 7 1 D0718 GREEN C0677 2.2uF R0731 22K VEE R0651 D0663 RED R0679 4.7K R0724 10K Y VCC 16 3 1 INPUT OUTPUT 3 GND 2 R0678 10K VCC U0650 D0730 R0723 4.7K 8 GND SW_B+ A+ 1 Y0 5 Y1 2 Y2 4 Y3 C0684 .220uF VEE 7 VCC A+ 6 10 EN 9 A U0657 B 74HC4052 12 X0 13 14 X1 X 15 X2 11 X3 10K OPTION_SW_B+ Q0665 8 GND A+ D0664 5.6V R0721 2.2K R0722 Q0661 3906 R0730 47K VCC VCC VCC MJD210 SB9600_BUS + SB9600_BUS WE SB9600_BUSY KID KEY/FAIL MIC/ON_OFF 15 4 10 14 12 11 5 9 2 R0732 SPKR - 2 SPKR + 1 R0664 0 8 R0665 0 HANDSET_AUDIO NC NC NC 5 C0653 470pF C0654 470pF C0655 470pF C0656 470pF C0657 470pF C0658 470pF C0659 470pF C0660 470pF C0661 470pF 6 16 8 51 / 1W NOTE: R0664 ONLY MOUNTED IN SPEAKER MICROPHONE CONFIGURATION. R0665 ONLY MOUNTED IN HANDSET CONFGURATION (SDLN4192A) ONLY ONE OF R0664 AND R0665 MUST BE MOUNTED. D0666 5.6V VCC R0689 R0690 4.7K 100K D0661 20V R0691 47 K C0667 4.7uF D0721 5.6V D0722 5.6V C0674 470pF C0675 470pF MIC/ON_OFF SPEAKER-/KEYLOAD SPEAKER+/HANDSET_AUDIO C0676 470pF MAEPF-28091-O Figure 10-7. Control Head Model II SChematic Diagram - 2 of 2 December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D 8 68P81083C20-D 7 2 55 P0651 D0652 D0655 D0654 D0724 108 D0725 1 D0656 D0684 D0688 D0692 D0696 D0700 D0704 D0708 D0712 D0716 D0685 D0689 D0693 D0697 D0701 D0705 D0709 D0713 D0717 D0723 D0657 D0680 D0681 D0678 D0682 D0686 D0690 D0679 D0683 D0687 D0691 R0742 D0715 D0711 D0707 D0703 D0699 D0720 D0658 D0714 D0710 D0706 D0702 D0698 D0694 D0674 D0675 D0695 D0670 4 D0671 D0718 1 D0653 D0676 5 D0677 3 D0672 1 D0673 D0650 R0696 D0651 2 D0663 D0726 D0662 D0719 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists 10-20 54 H0650 MAEPF-28096-O Figure 10-8. Control Head Model III Board - Light Components Side December 6, 2004 December 6, 2004 Q0651 R0670 R0692 8 R0694 1 8 R0677 2 11 20 3 1 D0730 33 U0654 C0675 1 U0650 Q0664 R0741 R0689 U0653 C0674 R0651 R0695 R0690 D0661 R0691 C0667 R0682 R0683 C0663 5 4 46 D0667 R0686 Y0650 C0664 TP1 D0669 C0676 C0685 C0665 Q0655 R0681 R0711 R0710 R0709 R0708 R0707 U0660 47 C0684 Q0654 D0668 C0679 C0690 C0660 C0657 C0656 C0655 C0658 C0669 41 40 65 64 36 35 55 54 C0682 R0753 C0668 R0704 21 C0651 C0687 R0746 30 U0651 29 20 R0728 1 R0744 R0705 R0703 Q0658 10 C0666 R0680 R0751 Q0659 R0706 1 Q0665 U0657 7 R0729 9 R0678 R0685 R0679 SPEAK R0664 1 R0666 16 C0662 C0654 3 8 R0730 1 18 R0684 U0658 C0661 J0650 Q0653 U0659 9 C0659 60 U0652 1 R0752 8 1 8405412Z R0731 16 16 HAND R0663 5 9 D0659 1 C0653 R0750 D0660 C0670 C0677 9 10 R0676 Q0660 R0665 24 25 80 1 23 24 6 1 D0722 8 D0666 Q0652 R0652 R0653 R0655 R0654 2 D0721 C0688 R0662 R0700 C0689 Q0650 R0661 R0658 R0743 R0675 Q0662 R0657 R0668 R0671 TP3 R0667 R0674 R0659 R0673 R0656 Q0667 R0724 R0672 R0669 14 R0660 C0652 R0740 U0655 R0727 Q0663 R0725 R0721 Q0661 1 R0726 4 R0722 D0665 5 D0664 U0656 R0717 R0716 R0718 R0723 8 C0683 7 R0739 1 R0715 R0712 R0713 R0714 C0673 8 R0737 R0719 R0720 C0671 C0672 R0738 Q0666 C0681 R0747 R0734 R0748 R0736 R0735 R0733 10-21 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists: 34 Q0657 C0680 C0678 C0650 3 2 R0693 MAEPF-28097-O Figure 10-9. Control Head Model III Board - Heavy Components Side Note: Only one of these are placed: R0664 only mounted in Speaker Microphone Configurations. R0665 only mounted in Handset Configurations. 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists 10-22 Control Head Model III Parts List Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Description CAPACITOR, Fixed: unless otherwise stated C0650 2113743A23 0.22uF C0651 2311049J23 10uF C0652 2113741F49 .01uF C0653 2113741F17 470pF C0654 2113741F17 470pF C0655 2113741F17 470pF C0656 2113741F17 470pF C0657 2113741F17 470pF C0658 2113741F17 470pF C0659 2113741F17 470pF C0660 2113741F17 470pF C0661 2113741F17 470pF C0662 2113741F17 470pF C0663 2113741F17 470pF C0664 2113740F37 27pF C0665 2113740F37 27pF C0666 2113743K15 0.1uF C0667 2311049J12 4.7uF C0668 2113743K15 0.1uF C0669 2113743K15 0.1uF C0670 2311049J23 10uF C0671 2311049J12 4.7uF C0672 2311049J12 4.7uF C0673 2311049J12 4.7uF C0674 2113741F17 470pF C0675 2113741F17 470pF C0676 2113741F17 470pF C0677 2113741F17 470pF C0678 2113741F17 470pF C0679 2113741F17 470pF C0680 2113741F17 470pF C0681 2113743K15 0.1uF C0682 2113743K15 0.1uF C0683 2113743K15 0.1uF C0685 2113741F49 .01uF C0687 2311049J12 4.7uF C0688 2113741F49 .01uF C0689 2113741F49 .01uF C0690 2311049A95 10uF DIODES: 68P81083C20-D Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Description Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Description Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number 4813830A15 DIODE 5.6V R0650 0662057A01 10 R0695 D0660 4813830A15 DIODE 5.6V R0651 0662057A01 10 R0696 1805911V01 POT VOL D0661 4813830A33 DIODE 20V R0652 0662057A53 1.5K R0700 0662057A73 10K D0664 4813830A15 DIODE 5.6V R0653 0662057A53 1.5K R0703 0662057A37 330 D0665 4813830A15 DIODE 5.6V R0654 0662057A53 1.5K R0704 0662057A41 470 D0666 4813830A15 DIODE 5.6V R0655 0662057A53 1.5K R0705 0662057A41 470 D0667 4813830A15 DIODE 5.6V R0656 0662057A53 1.5K R0706 0662057A41 470 D0668 4813830A15 DIODE 5.6V R0657 0662057A53 1.5K R0707 0662057A69 6.8K D0669 4813830A15 DIODE 5.6V R0658 0662057A73 10K R0708 0662057A69 6.8K D0721 4813830A15 DIODE 5.6V R0659 0662057A73 10K R0709 0662057A69 6.8K D0722 4813830A15 DIODE 5.6V R0660 0662057A73 10K R0710 0662057A69 6.8K D0730 4805129M12 H0650 7202076U01 0662057A73 Description D0659 10K DIODE R0661 0662057A73 10K R0711 0662057A69 6.8K DISPLAY: R0662 0662057A73 10K R0712 0662057A77 15K DSTN LCD GLASS R0663 0662057A01 10 R0713 0662057A77 15K R0665 0662057B47 0 R0714 0662057G07 75K CONNECTORS: R0666 0662057A73 10K R0715 0662057B16 560K J0650 2805922V01 PLUG VERT R0667 0662057A73 10K R0716 0662057A73 10K P0651 2805924V01 CONNECTOR MIC R0668 0662057A73 10K R0717 0662057A73 10K R0669 0662057A73 10K R0718 0662057A97 100K INDUCTORS: R0670 0662057A73 10K R0719 0662057A73 10K L0650 2462587T30 1000nH R0671 0662057A73 10K R0720 0662057A73 10K L0651 2462587K26 33000nH R0672 0662057A73 10K R0721 0662057A57 2.2K R0673 0662057A73 10K R0722 0662057A73 10K TRANSISTORS: R0674 0662057A73 10K R0723 0662057A65 4.7K Q0650 4813824A17 PNP R0675 0662057A73 10K R0724 0662057A73 10K Q0651 4813824A10 NPN R0676 0662057A65 4.7K R0725 0662057A65 4.7K Q0652 4813824A10 NPN R0677 0662057A56 2K R0726 0662057A73 10K Q0653 4813824A17 PNP R0678 0662057A73 10K R0727 0662057A57 2.2K Q0654 4813824A10 NPN R0679 0662057A65 4.7K R0728 0662057A73 10K Q0655 4813824A10 NPN R0680 0662057A73 10K R0729 0662057A41 470 Q0656 4813824A07 NPN R0681 0662057A81 22K R0730 0662057A73 10K Q0657 4813824A10 NPN R0682 0662057A73 10K R0731 0662057A73 10K Q0658 4813824A10 NPN R0683 0662057A89 47K R0732 0680194M18 51 Q0659 4813824A10 NPN R0684 0662057A65 4.7K R0733 0662057A65 4.7K Q0660 4813824A10 NPN R0685 0662057A97 100K R0734 0662057A37 330 Q0661 4813824A17 PNP R0686 0662057B05 200K R0735 0662057R92 47.5K Q0662 4813824A17 PNP R0687 0662057A57 2.2K R0736 0662057R55 7.5K .1W 1% Q0663 4813824A10 NPN R0688 0662057A73 10K R0737 0662057A69 6.8K Q0664 4813822A08 PNP R0689 0662057A65 4.7K R0738 0662057R02 10 .1W 1% Q0665 4813824A10 NPN R0690 0662057A97 100K R0739 0662057R02 10 .1W 1% Q0666 4813824A10 NPN R0691 0662057A89 47K R0740 0662057A73 10K Q0667 4813822A08 PNP R0692 0662057A65 4.7K R0741 0662057G13 100K R0693 0662057A65 4.7K R0742 0680149M02 100K R0694 0662057A65 4.7K R0743 0662057A69 6.8K RESISTORS: December 6, 2004 10-23 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists Reference Symbol R0744 MOTOROLA Part Number 0662057A61 Description 3.3K R0746 0662057R60 10K .1W 1% R0747 0662057A49 1K R0748 0662057A49 1K R0749 0662057B05 200K R0750 0662057B05 200K R0751 0662057A97 100K R0752 0662057G13 100K R0753 0662057G13 100K INTERGRATED CIRCUITS: U0650 5113816A07 REG 5V POS 500MA U0651 5102101U01 LCD Controller U0652 5102102U01 LCD Driver U0653 5102100U03 Microcontroller U0654 5113805A60 OCT D W/COM CLKRS HC273 U0655 5105461G54 DC/DC Converter 14Pin SOP U0656 5113818A03 High Performance Singl. SPLY U0657 5113805A84 MUX/DEMUX Dual 4-ch analog U0658 5113805A84 MUX/DEMUX Dual 4-ch analog U0659 5113805A84 MUX/DEMUX Dual 4-ch analog U0660 5113815A02 Undervoltage Sensing Ckt. Y0650 4802100U01 4.000 MHz FILTERS: NON REFERENCED ITEMS 0702084U01 Frame 1302085U01 Bezel LCD 2802102U01 Connector elastomeric 8405412Z01 Board P.W. For optimum performance, order replacement diodes, transistors and circuit modules by Motorola part number only. • When ordering crystals, specify carrier frequency, crystal frequency, crystal type number and Motorola part number. • Part value notations: p=10-12, n=10-9, µ=10-6, m=10-3, k=103, M=106 December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D 10-24 4 5 6 7 8 9 27 SEG41 28 SEG42 29 30 SEG43 31 SEG44 89 SEG45 90 SEG46 SEG47 91 SEG48 92 SEG49 93 SEG50 94 SEG51 95 SEG52 96 SEG53 97 SEG54 98 34 SEG55 SEG56 35 SEG57 36 SEG58 37 38 SEG59 SEG60 40 SEG61 41 SEG62 42 SEG63 43 SEG64 44 100 SEG65 101 SEG66 102 SEG67 SEG68 103 SEG69 104 SEG70 5 11 SEG71_S1 SEG71_S2 26 SEG71_S7 99 SEG71_S16 17 SEG72_S3 32 SEG72_S8 105 SEG72_S12 88 18 SEG72_S17 33 SEG73_S4 106 SEG73_S9 77 SEG73_S13 19 SEG73_S18 39 SEG74_S5 SEG74_S10 107 SEG74_S14 66 25 SEG74_S19 45 SEG75_S6 108 SEG75_S11 SEG75_S15 55 SEG75_S20 SEG1 SEG2 SEG3 SEG4 SEG5 SEG6 SEG7 SEG8 SEG9 SEG10 SEG11 SEG12 SEG13 SEG14 SEG15 SEG16 SEG17 SEG18 SEG19 SEG20 SEG21 SEG22 SEG23 SEG24 SEG25 SEG26 SEG27 SEG28 SEG29 SEG30 SEG31 SEG32 SEG33 SEG34 SEG35 SEG36 SEG37 SEG38 SEG39 SEG40 3 H0650 LCD_2_LINE 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 12 13 14 15 16 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 20 21 22 23 24 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 2 46 47 10 48 6 53 49 54 50 51 52 9 8 7 4 3 2 1 1 COM1_S7-S11 COM2 COM_S2-S6 COM3 COM_S1 COM_S12-15 COM4 COM_S16-20 COM5 COM6 COM7 COM9 COM10 COM11 COM12 COM13 COM14 COM15 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists 13 10 11 12 14 SW_B+ VCC R0718 R0729 100K 470 R0720 10K SW_B+ VCC 1 Q0664 Q0660 SB9600_BUSY KID KEY/FAIL C0652 .01uF MIC/ON_OFF SPKR SPKR + R0658 10K HANDSET_AUDIO NC NC NC R0657 1.5K R0747 1K 10K D0660 S06565.6V S0655 10K 15 S0661 S0660 C0663 S0658 470pF S0659 S0662 51 52 8 7 20 21 40 C0670 10uF S0664 S0663 S0665 S0666 S0667 S0668 S0669 14 12 R0674 Q0651 11 9 10K S0670 R0659 10K 2 0 1 R0664 Q0652 8 R0665 0 5 S0671 S0673 S0672 R0732 10K 51 R0661 C0653 C0688 470pF .01uF C0655 C0654 R0662 470pF 470pF 10K 10K C0656 470pF C0657 470pF S0674 R0675 C0658 470pF C0659 470pF C0660 470pF 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 PB0 PB1 PB2 PB3 PB4 PB5 PB6 PB7 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 PC0 PC1 PC2 PC3 PC4 PC5 PC6 PC7 PD0 PD1 PD2 PD3 PD4 PD5 PD6 PD7 14 13 12 11 9 5 4 3 PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 PA5 PA6 PA7 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 1 2 3 16 VCC 29 VEE 36 49 50 51 52 53 54 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 R0752 100K R0753 100K 7 U0656 MC33072 3 4 2 VCC 3 D0714 NEG NEG NEG NEG D0711 D0715 NEG D0716 NEG D0706 D0710 NEG D0707 NEG D0708 D0712 NEG NEG NEG D0717 AUX/BUS+/KEY_FAIL D0709 7 D0713 NEG NEG NEG NEG C0680 470pF NEG D0702 D0703 D0704 NEG D0698 D0699 D0700 NEG D0701 NEG NEG NEG D0705 NEG D0694 NEG NEG D0690 NEG D0691 D0697 NEG D0696 D0693 NEG D0686 NEG D0687 D0688 NEG NEG D0689 NEG NEG NEG NEG NEG NEG D0669 470pF 5.6V P0651 6.8K Y MONITOR/BUSY/KID MJD210 C0679 470pF D0692 D0682 D0683 NEG D0678 D0679 D0684 D0685 NEG D0680 D0681 NEG D0675 6 EN 10 A 9 B U0659 74HC4052 12 X0 13 14 X1 X R0737 15 X2 11 X3 1 Y0 5 C0681 Y1 2 0.1uF Y2 4 Y3 3 Q0667 D0668 5.6V 3 NEG VCC 16 Q0666 NEG D0670 NEG D0671 NEG C0673 4.7uF VCC NEG 35 34 33 32 31 30 28 27 24 25 26 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 1 2 3 4 5 60 59 58 57 56 55 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 48 CH2BP Y7 Y8 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 46 LR1 Y13 47 LR2 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y18 Y19 Y20 41 RDATA1 Y21 43 RDATA2 Y22 Y23 Y24 Y25 Y26 Y27 Y28 Y29 Y30 Y31 42 LDATA2 Y32 Y33 Y34 Y35 Y36 Y37 Y38 44 NC Y39 Y40 39 GND R0734 330 1 R0751 R0735 R0738 10 R0739 10 47.5K R0750 R0736 7500 200K 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C0687 4.7uF TAB1 5 R0696 TAB 4 5 2 R0695 U0653 MC68HC05B6 8 10K R0742 100K R0689 R0690 4.7K 100K D0661 20V R0714 75K C0672 4.7uF 3.3K 75K 100K C0674 470pF D0666 5.6V VCC NOTE: R0664 ONLY MOUNTED IN SPEAKER MICROPHONE CONFIGURATION. R0665 ONLY MOUNTED IN HANDSET CONFGURATION (SDLN4193A) ONLY ONE OF R0664 AND R0665 MUST BE MOUNTED. TP3 VCC 4.7K 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 SW_B+ 8 VCC C0661 470pF R0744 R0746 10K 13 12 10 9 11 15K R0694 R0733 4.7K 18 SCLK RESET IRQ 19 TD0 16 VRH OSC1 17 VRL OSC2 22 PLMA TCAP1 PLMB TCAP2 23 50 VPP1 RDI 2 1 TCMP1 6 TCMP2 15 NC1 NC2 6 16 VCC U0655 SCI7661M14 CAP1P OSC1 CAP1M OSC2 CAP2P CAP2M RV TC1 VREG TC2 POFF VOUT R0740 10K NEG C0685 .01uF R0673 10K 560K R0713 4 10 VCC VCC R0682 S0657 10K R0712 15K R0715 Q0655 R0672 3 C0683 0.1uF R0711 6.8K D0677 D0676 VCC 16 S0654 4.7uF R0710 6.8K R0693 4.7K 0.1uF 22K R0671 R0692 4.7K R0741 100K C0668 VCC A+ Y NEG S0653 S0652 R0681 R0748 1K R0683 47K R0670 10K VCC D0672 NEG 4 GND 3 NC 5 NC 6 NC NEG NEG R0656 1.5K S0651 R0669 10K VCC 1 Y0 5 Y1 2 Y2 4 Y3 GND 8 GND R0655 1.5K S0650 Y-GR R0668 10K R0727 2.2K R0709 6.8K 1 WE R0663 R0653 10 1.5K R0654 1.5K D0725 R0667 10K 41 VSS SB9600_BUS - D0658 18 7 ANALOG_GND R0700 R0652 1.5K 10K 13 DIGITAL_GND RESET R0743 6.8K SB9600_BUS + D0655 D0724 R0666 10K R0726 10K R0706 390 R0705 470 D0667 5.6V 6 EN 10 A 9 B U0658 74HC4052 12 X0 14 X1 13 X 15 X2 11 X3 C0671 VCC VCC Q0663 D0665 5.6V C0665 33pF 10 D0652 + SW_B Y-GR Y-GR 33pF R0704 390 TP2 OSC FREQ VCC D0723 NEG 17 Y-GR D0657 C0669 0.1uF 2 1 Y-GR INPUT RESET 7 VCC NC 8 D0720 NC NEG SW_B + NEG A+ D0654 Y-GR Y-GR D0656 Y-GR NEG D0651 A+ NEG NEG Q0650 3906 D0653 Y-GR NEG Y-GR J0650 Y-GR Y-GR NEG NEG Y-GR D0650 NEG R0660 10K D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 C0664 D7 TP4 7 VIN U0660 MC33064 4 2 7 3 8 4 13 5 14 6 17 7 18 C0682 0.1uF R0708 6.8K U0654 74HC273 Q0 2 Q1 5 Q2 6 Q3 9R0686 Q4 12 Q5 15 1MEG Q6 16 19 Q7 Y0650 PTT/BUS-/WE C0678 470pF 4 R0725 5.7K D0719R0707 D0726 6.8K Q0658 Q0659 6 Y 3 VCC NEG VCC LCD BIAS0 3 D0 1 R0703 330 Q0662 3906 D0673 11 CLK 1 RESET TP1 VCC NEG 20 C0662 470pF R0677 2K A+ Q0657 RED 0.1uF VCC D0659 5.6V C0666 YELLOW U0652 LC7930 D0718 Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 R0724 10K 14 VCC D0662 VCC R0723 4.7K VDD Q0654 R0676 100K M D0663 NEG DB0 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 R0680 10K 4.7K C0689 .01uF OS1 22 OS2 21 20 OS3 19 OS4 18 OS5 OS6 17 OS7 16 OS8 15 OS9 14 OS10 13 OS11 12 OS12 11 OS13 10 OS14 9 OS15 8 OS16 76 OS17 OS18 54 OS19 3 OS20 2 OS21 OS22 1 OS23 80 OS24 79 OS25 78 OS26 77 OS27 76 25 OSC0 OS28 75 24 OSC1 OS29 74 OS30 73 OS31 72 OS32 71 OS33 70 OS34 69 OS35 68 OS36 67 OS37 66 OS38 65 23 VSS OS39 64 OS40 63 OC1 47 OC2 48 OC3 49 OC4 50 51 OC5 52 OC6 53 OC7 54 OC8 OC9 55 OC10 56 OC11 57 OC12 58 59 OC13 60 OC14 61 OC15 OC16 62 VDD 33 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 4.7K D0664 5.6V A+ 40 37 LDATA1 38 CLKLA RED 45 CLKSR 1 5 2 4 C0677 2.2uF 3 C0651 10uF 2 GND R0685 DATABUS(7:0) 10K R0731 22K 8 GND R0722 2 C0650 .220uF U0651 LC7985 R0684 Q0653 3906 A+ A+ D 35 31 LOAD 32 CP 34 YELLOW M VDD C0690 10uF R0679 4.7K 10 GND 1 R0678 10K INPUT OUTPUT 3 10 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 26 27 28 29 30 3 R0651 1 VCC VCC U0650 D0730 GND 2 RS SW_B+ 37 R_W* 38 E 36 VCC VCC Q0665 6 EN 10 A 9 B U0657 74HC4052 12 X0 14 X1 X 13 15 X2 11 X3 R0721 2.2K Q0661 3906 VEE 7 VCC VCC VCC OPTION_SW_B+ C0684 .220uF R0730 47K 10K D0695 7 U0656 4 MC33072 VEE 5 10K VCC 8 GND D0674 6 R0717 R0719 8 VEE 7 10K MJD210 R0728 10K R0716 D0721 5.6V C0675 470pF MIC/ON_OFF SPEAKER-/KEYLOAD SPEAKER+/HANDSET_AUDIO C0676 470pF D0722 5.6V MAEPF-28095-O C0667 4.7uF R0691 47 K 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 MAEPF-28094-O Figure 10-10. Control Head Model III Schematic Diagram - 1 of 2 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 10-25 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 13 10 11 12 14 SW_B+ VCC R0718 R0729 100K 470 R0720 10K SW_B+ VCC 1 Q0664 R0728 10K R0716 7 U0656 4 MC33072 Q0660 R0730 47K 10K 16 5 10K VCC VCC VCC VCC R0722 2 GND Q0653 3906 C0651 10uF DATABUS(7:0) 4.7K R0680 10K Q0654 R0676 20 C0662 470pF R0677 2K 0 3 1 4 2 7 3 8 4 13 5 14 6 17 7 18 U0660 MC33064 INPUT RESET 1 4 GND 3 NC 5 NC 6 NC NC 7 8 NC D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 YELLOW RED Q0657 VCC D0718 Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 74HC273 2 5 6 9 12 15 16 19 D0665 5.6V TP4 R0704 390 R0705 470 Q0662 3906 VCC Q0659 U0654 R0706 390 D0667 5.6V Q0663 PTT/BUS-/WE C0678 470pF R0724 10K R0725 5.7K D0726 Q0658 6 Y 3 4 R0703 330 0.1uF 11 CLK 1 RESET VCC 2 C0666 VCC D0659 5.6V D0663 D0719 VCC 4.7K RED D0662 C0677 2.2uF 6 EN 10 A 9 B U0658 74HC4052 12 X0 14 X1 13 X 15 X2 11 X3 R0726 10K R0727 2.2K 1 5 2 4 Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 GND 7 C0650 .220uF R0684 YELLOW R0731 22K VEE C0690 10uF R0679 4.7K R0723 4.7K VCC 16 10 R0678 10K INPUT OUTPUT 3 D0664 5.6V 1 Y0 5 Y1 2 Y2 4 Y3 C0684 .220uF Y 3 D0668 5.6V 3 MONITOR/BUSY/KID C0679 470pF 8 GND 1 1 A+ NEG 3 R0651 VCC VCC U0650 D0730 GND 2 10 GND SW_B+ A+ A+ VCC VCC 10K OPTION_SW_B+ Q0665 6 EN 10 A 9 B U0657 74HC4052 12 X0 14 X1 X 13 15 X2 11 X3 R0721 2.2K Q0661 3906 VEE 7 6 R0717 R0719 8 8 GND 10K MJD210 VCC J0650 R0683 47K VCC ANALOG_GND DIGITAL_GND RESET SB9600_BUS + SB9600_BUS WE SB9600_BUSY KID KEY/FAIL MIC/ON_OFF SPKR SPKR + HANDSET_AUDIO NC NC NC SW_B + R0681 18 Q0655 22K R0663 7 D0660 5.6V 10 13 R0682 10K C0663 470pF C0685 .01uF 7 6 EN 10 A 9 B U0659 74HC4052 12 X0 13 14 X1 X 15 X2 11 X3 R0733 R0744 VEE 7 17 4.7K 3.3K 3 1 Y0 5 Y1 2 Y2 4 Y3 15 4 Y D0669 470pF 5.6V AUX/BUS+/KEY_FAIL C0680 470pF P0651 3 8 GND A+ SW_B + VCC 16 A+ 10 14 12 11 5 9 2 R0732 2 1 R0664 0 8 R0665 0 C0674 470pF C0653 470pF 5 C0654 470pF C0655 470pF C0656 470pF C0657 470pF C0658 470pF C0659 470pF C0660 470pF C0661 470pF 6 16 8 51 NOTE: R0664 ONLY MOUNTED IN SPEAKER MICROPHONE CONFIGURATION. R0665 ONLY MOUNTED IN HANDSET CONFGURATION (SDLN4193A) ONLY ONE OF R0664 AND R0665 MUST BE MOUNTED. D0666 5.6V VCC R0689 R0690 4.7K 100K D0661 20V R0691 47 K D0721 5.6V C0675 470pF MIC/ON_OFF SPEAKER-/KEYLOAD SPEAKER+/HANDSET_AUDIO C0676 470pF D0722 5.6V MAEPF-28095-O C0667 4.7uF Figure 10-11. Control Head Model III Schematic Diagram - 2 of 2 December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists 10-26 R0521 VR0511 Q0516 Q0516 R0526 Q0517 Q0517 Q0515 1 4 1 C0237 8 Q0515 4 Q0511 Q0511 5 Q0514 Q0518 R0406 R0514 R0406 R0522 R0514 R0522 VR0511 R0519 R0521 C0237 8 5 Q0513 R0526 R0236 R0202 Q0200 R0239 R0554 C0240 Q0519 Q0513 R0525 Q0519 R0236 Q0200 R0202 VR0001 R0525 R0239 C0241 R0554 C0241 C0027 R0529 R0234 CR0001 C0026 C0999 R0432 C0503 C0502 C0503 C0244 R0432 C0999 R0235 R0234 C0027 C0242 R0235 C0240 CR0500 R0004 C0242 C0502 C0504 R0501 C0506 C0506 C0507 R0503 C0507 C0565 High Power C0556 C0575 R0502 R0502 C0565 C0561 C0508 Q0500 Q0500 C0558 C0505 C0558 C0508 C0509 C0408 R0501 C0408 C0509 C0505 C0501 C0244 C0501 C0564 C0504 Low and Mid Power Figure 10-12. Audio Power Amplifier and Voltage Regulators - Light Components Side 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 10-27 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists: 1 SCREW4 Q0514 R0519 Q0518 U0203 RT0200 CR0001 TDA1519A U0203 VR0001 9 C0026 1 R0004 R0529 R0022 R0022 5 4 3 U0500 LM2941 U0500 CR0600 2 1 C0500 C0500 CR0500 R0500 4 3 U0501 R0500 C0556 2 C0575 C0564 C0550 R0504 R0503 1 C0550 R0504 CR0600 U0501 LM2941 5 C0561 High Power Low and Mid Power Figure 10-13. Audio Power Amplifier and Voltage Regulators - Heavy Components Side December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D 10-28 C0510 C0427 C0425 TP0406 C0557 R0558 R0583 R0557 R0548 C0518 Q0510 R0552 CR0510 TP0403 CR0550 R0469 C0554 R0553 R0577 R0581 R0579 R0580 R0470 R0505 CR0551 R0556 R0546 R0528 R0565 R0551 R0547 R0589 VR0414 R0002 C0443 C0420 TP0400 TP0413 C0422 Q0552 Q0553 R0585 R0586 R0575 R0560 C0444 C0456 C0459 C0436 C0438 C0440C0433 C0445 R0598 C0432 VR0416 C0423 C0453 C0462 C0435 C0447 VR0425 C0426 C0421 C0106 C0450 C0468 R0229 VR0419 27 25 R0223 VR0427 1 R0222 R0213 24 J0408 C0262 R0215 R0523 C0553 C0551 Q0555 VR0429 C0452 26 R0046 R0240 VR0426 R0447 2 R0047 8 C0406 Q0418 R0448 TP0412 Q0424 C0416 32 R0459 C0461 R0010 C0464 U0106 C0108 C0405 5 R0472 C0409 C0415 C0414 21 17 R0433 R0430 C0441 40 40 R0460 R0567 R0030 VR0417 C0223 U0502 C0555 C0465 R0527 R0506 Q0414 C0225 R0576 VR0422 1 4 R0439 R0437 R0593 R0531 R0582 Q0202 R0237 R0244 R0549 R0584 R0594 R0214 R0597 C0010 Q0556 Q0551 R0595 R0568 VR0100 PLACE THIS R0259 C0221 R0450 VR0412 U0102 R0006 U0107 C0454 C0228 C0238 VR0424 R0258 C0446 VR0406 C0203 C0229 R0238 R0452 C0455 VR0409 TP0405 R0120 R0124 C0220 R0573 VR0421 R0210 TP0409 21 R0451 R0127 C0472 R0449 R0113 TP0407 Q0420 Q0419 R0440 Q0100 C0235 R0428 R0008 R0569 R0563 61 41 C0442 C0234 VR0418 R0005R0533 R0126 R0007 VR0420 C0250 R0409 C0559 C0254 C0257 Q0554 VR0431 C0258 C0253 R0422 C0424 C0009 R0128 C0469 R0532 R0566 C0434 R0122 VR0430 R0252 Q0402 C0467 R0111 VR0402 R0125 R0408 Q0400 C0255 R0518 C0256 VR0413 C0008 R0414 C0252 R0134 C0404 C0251 VR0415 R0436 R0574 R0572 C0230 R0416 R0444 R0443 R0441 R0413 R0415 C0274 R0107 R0108 C0457 R0454 R0412 R0009 TP0005 TP0003 TP0004 TP0001 TP0002 R0112 R0254 VR0410 11 R0003 R0424 VR0405 R0257 VR0411 16 U0103 C0104 C0002 Q0406 C0265 R0253 C0429 C0430 C0431 R0534 C0572 VR0407 1 INTEL R0027 Q0408 20 20 R0471 R0456 C0413 R0455 R0110 TP0408 TP0404 R0453 R0129 Q0103 R0114 C0102 VR0428 21 Q0416 R0106 R0033 R0417 R0402 C0449 R0591 Q0401 R0561 C0417 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists R0559 TP0402 Figure 10-14. Main Controller VHF and UHF, All Power Levels - Light Components Side 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 C0458 C0109 C0107 R0119 C0012 R0115 R0032 U0005 C0105 C0110 R0464 R0048 R0400 R0476 C0401 R0426 R0427 C0439 C0402 R0116 C0205 R0425 R0475 R0020 R0021 TP0411 B9 A8 1 7 22 14 R0102 1 R0467 R0104 C0100 R0429 J1 R0446 C0451 R0421 R0101 Q0417 Q0430 R0031 R0401 R0212 Q0426 R0442 27 25 8 15 J0401 1 Q0431 R0423 24 R0217 2 26 Q0423 R0218 21 B1 28 R0028 C0003 A2 K2 C0418 R0001 C0001 C0011 C0460 R0458 R0457 C0202 R0245 C0236 61 U0101 U0108 R0201 C0201 R0200 R0404 R0405 R0403 C0410 25 C0403 13 CR0600 Q0421 R0431 Q0409 U0104 41 C0219 R0225 14 C0473 C0264 R0251 C0209 C0207 R0226 R0300 C0243 14 8 R0227 R0468 R0105 TP0410 R0100 8 7 1 U0202 R0232 R0233 1 R0034 Q0425 CR0105 Q0422 R0121 R0131 21 H8 C0218 9 14 C0552 R0590 R0216 C0216 E0400 8 J7 B8 C0204 1 C0550 A7 J0403 2 Q0429 9 R0023 K8 C0407 3 R0465 R0026 U0105 1 R0024 U0003 R0220 C0412 R0500 U0501 R0535 R0466 R0025 16 R0130 R0221 5 4 R0474 Q0428 J9 R0224 R0599 R0473 R0118 U0200 C0210 C0419 C0212 J2 C0411 C0500 C0463 Q0407 H1 B1 C0206 C0569 8 8 9 7 R0596 1 C0211 C0217 7 2 R0230 CR0553 C0222 R0592 U0400 R0571 E1 A2 C0214 R0231 R0228 U0551 3 R0219 A2 B1 C0215 R0209 1 16 1 4 8 8 7 8 7 9 5 U0500 C0568 R0570 R0578 R0211 R0207 R0206 R0208 C0570 R0022 U0201 U0002 U0550 U0510 C0213 C0562 U0250 C0208 R0204 R0132 Q0432 C0260 C0261 5 R0133 C0006 C0566 A5 R0250 8 1 U0401 C0428 14 16 1 R0564 R0255 B6 F2 L0200 R0434 C0263 F5 R0435 1 R0555 9 C0470 14 R0550 14 1 C0512 C0514 R0513 1 R0562 U0203 1 R0588 C0513 4 R0587 R0512 R0530 J0405 R0256 E6 C0266 R0410 R0511 C0231 C0511 R0407 10 C0471 C0267 C0224 18 R0411 C0519 C0200 M0101 CR0511 C0437 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists: 1 10-29 R0445 R0504 MAEPF-28111-O Figure 10-15. Main Controller VHF and UHF, All Power Levels - Heavy Components Side - Side 1 of 2 December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists 10-30 C0461 C0504 C0425 C0422 C0444 C0456 C0459 C0436 R0585 C0438 C0440 C0433 C0445 R0586 R0004 C0509 C0508 R0575 R0559 R0598 Q0500 TP0402 R0502 C0507 R0503 VR0416 C0447 C0468 C0432 VR0425 C0435 VR0419 C0462 VR0427 C0453 VR0429 C0450 VR0426 C0106 VR0100 C0421 VR0412 VR0410 VR0407 C0406 C0416 C0464 C0426 C0423 C0501 C0244 Q0553 C0505 C0427 C0026 C0503 R0501 R0229 C0414 R0213 C0415 25 CR0500 R0505 R0560 27 J0408 C0465 R0510 C0518 C0417 Q0552 Q0551 24 C0409 R0448 Q0418 C0452 R0470 CR0001 R0235 R0597 R0568 R0223 R0010 1 R0580 C0027 C0999 R0432 C0262 C0510 TP0412 R0240 R0546 C0242 C0561 R0047 C0405 R0554 R0553 C0240 R0577 R0234 R0581 R0579 C0556 R0472 VR0001 R0525 R0239 C0408 Q0424 Q0519 Q0200 C0241 CR0551 R0556 Q0513 C0506 C0558 C0108 C0010 R0214 R0595 R0222 R0459 R0433 Q0556 R0215 C0223 8 5 R0046 40 21 R0460 1 Q0414 R0549 R0594 VR0406 4 R0584 C0238 VR0409 R0006 R0259 U0502 R0430 C0441 R0237 R0244 C0221 R0450 Q0202 R0593 R0583 C0554 C0237 8 R0202 TP0403 R0589 Q0555 C0228 Q0510 Q0515 1 C0575 C0203 C0557 R0567 C0229 VR0431 C0454 R0548 R0569 C0225 R0437 C0446 R0565 Q0517 R0236 R0558 R0557 VR0430 R0120 C0553 CR0550 C0559 R0439 5 C0551 R0547 TP0407 R0440 Q0419 C0455 TP0409 R0447 R0113 R0238 VR0411 U0106 TP0405 R0210 R0258 TP0406 R0563 VR0420 R0452 2 R0127 R0451 R0449 C0235 R0428 R0551 Q0511 R0552 R0573 R0125 Q0100 CR0510 C0555 R0008 C0472 R0107 R0108 26 R0533 R0005 R0126 R0007 C0234 Q0420 C0457 R0454 Q0554 R0122 Q0514 C0564 C0442 C0254 C0257 61 41 VR0418 4 R0529 C0250 R0532 R0526 C0502 TP0002 TP0413 R0469 TP0001 R0252 R0514 R0523 R0528 TP0004 C0258 C0253 R0566 VR0417 TP0003 R0409 R0128 Q0518 R0406 R0527 R0506 TP0005 Q0402 R0582 R0522 Q0516 VR0511 R0576 C0469 C0434 R0531 VR0422 C0251 C0255 VR0402 R0519 R0521 C0220 C0420 C0256 TP0400 R0002 C0424 R0422 C0252 R0134 Q0400 R0408 R0518 R0415 VR0414 C0009 C0008 VR0424 Q0408 1 20 C0002 C0104 R0412 R0436 R0572 C0230 R0416 R0003 R0444 R0009 VR0415 VR0413 R0413 R0124 C0467 R0111 R0254 VR0405 R0453 C0265 R0257 C0274 C0404 R0456 TP0408 TP0404 R0253 U0103 R0027 R0455 C0431 Q0401 R0414 R0110 C0449 R0574 R0471 Q0406 R0443 C0413 R0114 Q0416 R0441 C0102 R0417 R0424 R0402 R0112 VR0428 21 Q0103 R0033 R0129 R0106 C0430 R0534 C0443 C0429 C0572 VR0421 R0591 R0561 C0565 MAEPF-28112-O Figure 10-16. Main Controller VHF and UHF, All Power Levels - Heavy Components Side - Side 2 of 2 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 R0525 R0235 C0503 R0004 C0026 CR0500 Q0552 Q0553 C0504 C0501 R0502 C0507 C0565 C0556 Q0500 R0503 R0559 R0598 VR0416 VR0425 VR0419 C0435 C0447 C0468 C0432 C0508 C0506 C0558 C0561 C0505 C0575 C0408 C0509 C0564 R0528 R0586 VR0417 VR0422 VR0421 R0501 R0575 C0438 C0440 C0433 C0445 VR0427 VR0429 C0453 C0462 VR0426 VR0410 VR0407 VR0412 C0406 C0416 C0464 R0553 R0546 CR0001 C0027 + C0423 C0106 C0450 VR0001 C0502 R0597 R0239 C0241 R0554 C0242 R0560 C0426 C0421 Q0513 Q0519 R0529 C0240 R0581 R0234 R0579 R0580 R0432 C0999 R0505 TP0402 C0452 R0522 R0527 R0549 R0577 R0569 C0557 CR0551 R0469 R0556 R0229 R0213 C0237 Q0200 R0202 CR0510 TP0403 R0470 C0443 C0518 C0417 TP0400 C0420 C0424 C0444 C0456 C0459 C0436 C0427 C0425 C0422 Q0515 R0568 VR0420 R0222 R0236 R0506 VR0431 VR0406 VR0424 VR0430 C0510 C0414 R0448 Q0418 R0223 C0262 R0595 Q0511 C0553 CR0550 R0547 Q0551 Q0514 R0406 R0526 TP0406 C0551 Q0518 Q0517 Q0510 R0552 R0551 Q0516 + J0408 C0555 R0214 Q0556 VR0100 R0459 C0461 R0046 R0047 R0215 VR0409 C0405 Q0424 R0010 C0223 VR0411 C0226 R0006 Q0414 R0514 + C0108 R0576 R0557 R0519 + R0450 U0502 R0433 C0559 R0521 VR0511 C0465 R0030 R0523 R0563 R0583 R0558 R0536 R0548 C0554 R0589 R0439 C0225 R0567 R0437 R0258 C0228 C0229 Q0555 C0446 C0238 R0244 R0593 Q0202 C0221 R0594 R0237 C0010 R0259 R0584 C0454 R0460 Q0419 R0531 R0582 C0245 + TP0409 R0447 Q0420 R0113 R0440 + C0220 R0238 R0452 C0455 C0203 U0102 TP0412 R0449 R0210 C0457 R0454 40 R0430 C0441 TP0407 C0472 C0235 TP0405 21 R0451 R0127 Q0100 R0125 61 TP0413 R0518 C0234 C0254 R0422 C0250 R0124 C0467 VR0413 VR0415 VR0414 VR0402 C0008 C0009 R0128 C0469 R0566 R0532 C0434 R0408 Q0400 R0122 Q0402 R0252 Q0554 R0409 R0533 VR0418 R0005 R0008 C0442 R0573 C0257 R0126 R0007 R0415 R0413 R0436 C0258 R0412 R0414 C0251 R0002 C0244 + C0255 Q0432 R0428 41 R0254 + C0256 + R0443 R0441 R0574 C0449 R0003 R0424 R0474 C0473 R0475 C0104 1 C0252 C0253 C0431 R0111 + 20 Q0408 R0453 C0404 C0274 C0430 C0265 Q0401 R0257 R0253 C0429 R0534 + TP0408 R0110 Q0406 U0103 R0456 R0112 R0455 Q0416 C0572 + TP0404 C0002 VR0428 21 R0591 R0561 + Q0103 R0402 R0106 R0033 R0114 R0417 C0102 C0413 VR0405 R0027 R0444 R0416 C0230 R0572 R0009 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists: R0129 10-31 Figure 10-17. Main Controller 800MHz and 900MHz, all Power Levels, Light Components Side December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists 10-32 R0255 R0032 R0119 R0109 U0105 C0109 R0115 R0130 C0105 R0116 R0121 R0105 R0104 R0431 R0468 Q0421 C0100 Q0409 C0107 R0467 C0110 C0463 R0426 C0439 R0425 C0402 R0476 R0020 R0251 R0250 CR0105 Q0422 R0034 Q0425 C0458 C0550 R0504 R0201 U0104 U0101 J0401 Q0423 R0401 Q0430 R0101 Q0417 Q0426 R0421 C0451 Q0431 R0446 R0423 R0442 R0217 R0212 C0418 R0031 R0218 C0011 R0001 C0001 R0117 R0028 C0003 R0457 C0202 R0458 U0108 C0460 C0412 C0410 2 R0245 C0219 C0415 C0409 R0225 C0210 R0226 R0500 R0227 C0224 C0243 R0216 C0216 R0200 R0404 C0236 R0300 C0201 C0204 C0403 R0232 R0233 U0003 + 3 C0401 R0400 C0266 C0207 U0201 + + R0599 J0403 5 4 U0501 C0419 R0464 R0023 R0131 R0102 R0221 R0220 R0224 C0569 C0500 R0465 Q0429 U0004 R0024 U0200 R0403 CR0553 R0596 + R0100 C0411 C0407 2 C0222 R0535 R0466 R0429 C0218 R0571 R0211 C0206 U0551 3 + U0500 R0132 R0021 C0211 C0212 C0208 R0204 + 4 R0133 C0217 U0202 5 + Q0428 C0012 R0025 C0215 R0208 C0214 R0209 R0231 U0400 R0578 R0570 R0219 R0592 R0228 C0570 U0250 R0427 R0118 + 9 R0206 C0568 C0213 R0230 R0590 C0552 C0562 C0006 U0002 U0550 U0510 C0566 C0428 C0209 L0200 R0434 C0470 R0564 R0022 C0261 R0555 R0435 R0207 C0514 R0513 R0562 C0512 C0513 R0550 + R0530 C0260 Q0407 + U0203 R0512 J0405 + + C0511 C0471 C0231 R0587 R0588 + + R0511 R0410 C0437 R0473 C0264 C0205 Q0001 R0026 R0048 C0200 C0267 R0256 C0263 R0407 R0411 + CR0511 R0445 Figure 10-18. Main Controller 800MHz and 900MHz, all Power Levels, Heavy Components Side 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 10-33 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists: IF0100 PA_TEMP PA_TEMP PA_CNTRL POWER_CONTROL_BLOCK IF0101 VSUM IF0102 PA_CNTRL CURRENT_SENSE- IF0103 CURRENT_SENSECURRENT_SENSE+ PA_CNTL_LIM PA_CNTL TEMP CURRENT_SENSECURRENT_SENSE+ TEMP_GND V_FORWARD VDRIVE IF0104 CURRENT_SENSE+ IF0105 VFORWARD IF0106 VDRIVE VFORWARD VDRIVE K9.1V K9.1V IF0108 VFWD_BUF VSUM VSUM TEMP_GND PA_DIS PWR_RANGE IF0107 SPI_TX_DATA CLK DA_SEL VFWD_BUF IF0109 TEMP_GND VFWD_BUF PA_TEMP K9.1_ENB * SEE NOTE R0470 RX_CNTL1 SPK- RX_CNTL 0 SPK+ RX_AUDIO Vaud APA_TEMP AUDPA_EN B+_ON_OFF PWR_RST IGNITION_CLEAR A+_CONT IF0111 IF0112 SPK+ IF0113 RX_AUDIO IF0150 B+_ON_OFF IF0116 B+_IGNITION A+_CONT IF0118 A+_7_3_16 IF0121 SW_B+ SW_B+_29 IF0122 SW_B+_27 IF0123 B+_IGNITION IF0125 9.3V_30 IF0127 Vdd UNSW_5V CL_UNSW_5V IF0119 A+_7_2_24 IF0120 +5V Vdd A+ A+_CONT 9.3V_26 9.3V_30 RSSI DISC CLK 2.1MHz SPI_TX_DATA ASFIC_SEL PWR_RST AUX_TX_IN1 AUX_TX_IN2 AUX_TX_IN3 AUX_RX_IN1 AUX_RX_IN2 AUX_RX_IN3 SQUELCH_IN MIC_IN MIC_VOLTAGE EXT_MIC_IN PL_TX TX_DATA LG_DTMF RSSI_3 IGNITION_CLEAR SW_B+_29 SW_B+_27 AUDIO_BLOCK IF0117 PWR_RST A+_7_2_24 A+_7_3_16 IF0129 IF0124 IF0126 +5V IF0128 UNSW_5V GND_7_1_17 CTRL_HD2:KEY_FAIL ASFIC_MIC_AUDIO_OUT RX_HI&FIL_AUD_OUT RX_HI 1200 UP_CLK PL_RX RX_DATA RX_AUDIO ASFIC_PRE-AMP_OUT CH_ACT SQ_DET VOX UNIV_IO AUDIO_MOD SEE_SCHEMATIC_FOR_DETAIL SPKSPK+ O:JABBA_SEL__C:DTMF_SEL O:JABBA_INT_C:DTMF_DATA_READY DISC RSSI RSSI_OUT ASN_SEL__OPT_CTSS ASN_INT__OPT_TX CTRL_HD1:WE CTRL_HD2:KEY_FAIL AUX VOLUME ASFIC_MIC_AUDIO_OUT UNIV_IO ASFIC_PREAMP_OUT RX_HI:FIL_AUDIO RX_HI EMER_OUT MON PTT MIC_VOLTAGE EXTERNAL_MIC_IN MIC_IN AUX_TX_IN1 AUX_TX_IN2 AUX_TX_IN3 AUX_RX_IN1 AUX_RX_IN2 AUX_RX_IN3 SEE_SCHEMATIC_FOR_DETAIL IF0134 150 CLK OUT2 OUT3 OUT4 OUT5 OUT6 IO_3 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 SCI_RX SCI_TX SCI_ECHO BUSY_OUT BUSY_IN RX_DATA_IN RTSB_OUT SPI_TX_DATA SPI_RX_DATA CLK DA_SEL ASFIC_SEL ROSC_SEL ZIF_SEL SYN_SEL DUPLEX_SYN_SEL ASN_SEL BUF_SPI_DATA:SECURE_SELECT JABBA:DTMF_SEL IGNITION_SENSE IGNITION_CLEAR CH_EN C0409 470pF C0411 470pF VOX RSSI LBAT TEMP IF0139 IF0140 2.1MHZ IF0141 DUPLEX_LOCK_DET IF0142 CH_ACT SQ_DET LOCK_DET AUPA_EN VPP_PROGRAM IN_2 IN_3 IN_4 IN_5 IN_6 9.3V_1 C0403 470pF OUT_2 OUT_3 OUT_4 OUT_5 OUT_6 CLK 9.3V A+_SENSE SW_B+_SENSE B+_CNTL EMER_IN MON PTT SPI_TX_DATA C0412 470pF C0414 470pF JABBA_INT:DTMF_DATA_READY RSSI_OUT ASN_INT APA_TEMP CTRL_HD1 CTRL_HD2 AUX VOLUME RX_CNTL DUPLEX_SYN_SEL DUPLEX_SYN_SEL IF0136 SYN_SEL SYN_SEL IF0137 ZIF_SEL ZIF_SEL IF0138 ROSC_SEL ROSC_SEL PA_DIS PWR_RANGE K9.1_ENB RESET* RESET_OUT RESET_IN CLOSED_RESET PWR_RESET MOD_A_B PA_CNTL_LIM IF0135 C0406 33pF PL_RX PL_TX TX_DATA RX_DATA LG_DTMF 1200 UP_CLK C0464 470pF 9.3V_1 2.1MHZ DUPLEX_LOCK_DET LOCK_DET C0410 470pF IF0143 LOCK_DET DUPLEX_LOCK_DET GND_1_3_7 IF0144 GND_1_3_9 IF0145 SEE_SCHEMATIC_FOR_DETAIL 9.3V 9.3V_26 CL_UNSW_5V IF0130 GND_7_1_17 RESET* RESET_OUT RESET_IN CLOSED_RESET LBAT B+_CTRL MOD_A_B 9.3V B+_IGNITION SW_5V:RX_DATA_IN A+_7_3_16 BUF_CH_EN:RTSB_OUT SW_B+_SENSE B+_ON_OFF BUF_SPI_DATA:SECURE_SELECT IGNITION_SENSE A+_SENSE AUDPA_EN IF0115 R0404 CONTROLLER_DIGITAL_BLOCK SCI_RX SCI_TX SCI_ECHO BUSY_OUT BUSY_IN SPI_RX_DATA SPI_TX_DATA CLK CH_EN APA_TEMP IF0114 SPI_TX_DATA 150 INTERFACE_BLOCK Vaud IF0133 R0403 2.1MHZ SPK- MISO PA_CNTL_LIM IF0132 SEE_SCHEMATIC_FOR_DETAIL Vaud MISO * SEE NOTE R0469 0 IF0110 IF0151 150 IF0131 K9.1V * NOTE: VHF - R0469 PLACED, R0470 NOT PLACE UHF - R0469 NOT PLACED, R0470 PLACED R0405 GND_1_2_14 +5V IF0146 RSSI_3 Vdd R0300 0 UNSW_5V RSSI RSSI IF0147 SQUELCH IF0148 AUDIO_MOD IF0149 CL_UNSW_5V DISC C0416 470pF C0405 33pF C0407 470pF SQUELCH AUDIO_MOD DISC C0415 470pF MAEPF-28108-O Figure 10-19. Main Controller Blocks Diagram December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists PA_TEMP_2 PA_CNTL_2 CURRENT_SENSE_-_2 CURRENT_SENSE_+_2 A+_CONT_2_3 A+_CONT_2_2 V_FORWARD_2 VDRIVE_2 K9.1V_2 10-34 CURRENT_SENSE_+_2 GND_2 ANA_GND REGULATOR AND AUDIO PA ANALOG_ AND_ DIGITAL_ CONTROL PA_TEMP_7 PA_CNTL_7 CURRENT_SENSE_-_7 CURRENT_SENSE_+_7 A+_CONT_7 V_FORWARD_7 VDRIVE_7 K9.1V_7 VFWD_BUF VSUM TEMP_GND PA_TEMP_2 SPKRPA_CNTL_2 SPKR+ CURRENT_SENSE_-_2 RX_AUDIO Vaud A+_CONT_2_3 APA_TEMP A+_CONT_2_2 V_FORWARD_2 AUPA_EN VDRIVE_2 B+_ON_OFF K9.1V_2 PWR_RST IGNITION_CLEAR GND_2 A+_7_4_16 ANA_GND A+_7_4_24 SW_B+_29 SW_B+_27 B+_IGNITION 9.3_7_2_26 9.3_7_2_30 +5v Vdd UNSW_5V CL_UNSW_5V GND_7 PA_TEMP PA_CNTRL CURRENT_SENSECURRENT_SENSE+ A+_CONT VFORWARD VDRIVE K9.1V VFWD_BUF PA_CNTL_LIM RX_CNTL VSUM SPI_TX_DATA TEMP_GND SPKCLK SPK+ DUPLEX_SYN_SEL RX_AUDIO SYN_SEL ZIF_SEL VAUD ROSC_SEL AUDPA_EN RSSI B+_ON_OFF 2.1MHZ DUPLEX_LOCK_DET PWR_RST IGNITION_CLEAR LOCK_DET AUDIO_MOD SQUELCH A+_7_3_16 DISC A+_7_2_24 SW_B+_29 SW_B+_27 9.3V_1 B+_IGNITION 9.3V_26 9.3V_30 +5V Vdd UNSW_5V CL_UNSW_5V GND_7_1_17 PA_CNTL_LIM_1 RX_CNTL_1 SPI_TX_DATA_1 CLK_1 DUPLEX_SYN_SEL_1 SYN_SEL_1 ZIF_SEL_1 ROSC_SEL_1 RSSI_1 2.1MHZ_1 DUPLEX_LOCK_DET_1 LOCK_DET_1 AUDIO_MOD_1 SQUELCH_1 DISC_1 9.3V_1 DEPC-97190-O/None VHF Controller Hierarchy Diagram Figure 10-20. VHF Controller Hierarchy Diagram 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 10-35 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists: REGULATOR AND AUDIO PA PA_TEMP_7 PA_CNTL_7 CURRENT_SENSE_-_7 CURRENT_SENSE_+_7 A+_CONT_7 V_FORWARD_7 VDRIVE_7 K9.1V_7 VFWD_BUF VSUM PA_TEMP_2 PA_CNTL_2 CURRENT_SENSE_-_2 CURRENT_SENSE_+_2 A+_CONT_2_3 A+_CONT_2_2 V_FORWARD_2 VDRIVE_2 K9.1V_2 GND_2 ANA_GND PA_TEMP_2 SPKRPA_CNTL_2 SPKR+ CURRENT_SENSE_-_2 CURRENT_SENSE_+_2 RX_AUDIO Vaud A+_CONT_2_3 *APA_TEMP A+_CONT_2_2 AUPA_EN V_FORWARD_2 VDRIVE_2 B+_ON_OFF PWR_RST K9.1V_2 IGNITION_CLEAR GND_2 ANA_GND A+_7_4_16 TEMP_GND A+_7_4_24 SW_B+_29 SW_B+_27 B+_IGNITION 9.3_7_2_26 9.3_7_2_30 +5v Vdd UNSW_5V CL_UNSW_5V GND_7 MAIN CONTROLLER PA_TEMP PA_CNTRL CURRENT_SENSECURRENT_SENSE+ A+_CONT VFORWARD VDRIVE K9.1V *MISO VFWD_BUF PA_CNTL_LIM RX_CNTL VSUM SPI_TX_DATA TEMP_GND SPKCLK DUPLEX_SYN_SEL SPK+ RX_AUDIO SYN_SEL ZIF_SEL VAUD APA_TEMP ROSC_SEL AUDPA_EN RSSI 2.1MHZ B+_ON_OFF DUPLEX_LOCK_DET PWR_RST IGNITION_CLEAR LOCK_DET AUDIO_MOD SQUELCH A+_7_3_16 DISC A+_7_2_24 SW_B+_29 9.3V_1 SW_B+_27 B+_IGNITION 9.3V_26 9.3V_30 +5V Vdd UNSW_5V CL_UNSW_5V GND_7_1_17 MISO PA_CNTL_LIM_1 RX_CNTL_1 SPI_TX_DATA_1 CLK_1 DUPLEX_SYN_SEL_1 SYN_SEL_1 ZIF_SEL_1 ROSC_SEL_1 RSSI_1 2.1MHZ_1 DUPLEX_LOCK_DET_1 LOCK_DET_1 AUDIO_MOD_1 SQUELCH_1 DISC_1 9.3V_1 DEPC-97055-O/None *Not used in VHF Figure 10-21. UHF Controller Hierarchy Diagram December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists 10-36 CONTROL(8:0) ADDRESS(21:0) Vdd C0110 DATA(7:0) PL_TX TX_DATA LG_DTMF 1200 BUSY_IN .01uF R0119 2K RX_DATA Vdd Vdd Vdd TP0412 28 24 14 VCC A0 0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A13 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 1 TP0404 1 16 C0107 1uF Vdd R0105 100K A16 R0110 100K TP0409 MEMRWB 19 A19 7 8 6 R0116 10K 18 EN_CE EN_RP EN_OE 39 EN_RY_BY NC 40 EN_WE NC 24 0 AO 23 1 A1 2 22 A2 21 3 A3 20 4 A4 19 5 A5 18 6 A6 7 17 A7 16 8 A8 15 9 A9 10 14 A10 13 11 A11 12 8 A12 7 13 A13 20 A14_OUT 6 A14 21 A15_OUT 5 A15 4 16 A16 3 17 A17 18 2 A18 1 19 A19 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 25 26 27 28 32 33 34 35 5 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 UV_CS OE 26 0 A0 25 1 A1 2 24 A2 23 3 A3 18 4 A4 17 5 A5 16 6 A6 7 15 A7 5 8 A8 4 9 A9 10 37 A10 3 11 A11 12 14 A12 6 13 A13 20 A14_OUT 7 A14 21 A15_OUT 13 A15 12 16 A16 8 17 A17 11 A18 R0120 0 18 Vdd U0107 AT29C040 36 EN_CE 38 EN_OE 9 EN_WE D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC 27 28 29 31 32 33 34 35 1 2 19 20 21 22 39 40 5 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 UV_CS OE 9 1 A18 9 12 37 36 38 30 EN_CE 32 EN_OE 7 EN_WE 20 0 A0 19 1 A1 18 2 A2 17 3 A3 4 16 A4 15 5 A5 14 6 A6 7 13 A7 3 8 A8 9 2 A9 31 10 A10 1 11 A11 12 12 A12 4 13 A13 20 A14_OUT 5 A14 21 A15_OUT 11 A15 10 16 A16 17 6 A17 U0102 29V30 VPP OE 8 UV_CS 3 VCC 5 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 VSS TP0405 18 C0102 0.1uF U0106 28F008SA-100 A17 VCC TP0408 17 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 VPP_PROGRAM Vdd 1 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 78 R0104 CR0105 22K Note: Only 1 ROM device (U0102, U0106, U0107) is placed 21 A15_OUT TP0411 1 PA0_IC3 PA1_IC2 PA2_IC1 PA3_OC5_IC4_OC1 PA4_OC4_OC1 PA5_OC3_OC1 PA6_OC2_OC1 PA7_PA1_OC1 PD0_RXD PD1_TXD PD2_MISO PD3_MOSI PD4_SCK PD5_SS* Vdd A18 PL_RX DUPLEX_SYN_SEL BUF_SPI_DATA:SECURE_SELECT IGNITION_CLEAR ZIF_SEL OUT_6 BUSY_OUT B+_CNTL R0100 0 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 1 24 R0115 10K R0102 22K 20 NC 30 NC1 GND R0114 10K Vdd 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Note: Only 1 EEPROM device (U0100, U0108) is placed R0108 0 R0118 10K 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 TP0410 20 A14_OUT R0107 0 RX_DATA_IN RTSB_OUT D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 30 SCI_RX SCI_TX SPI_RX_DATA SPI_TX_DATA CLK PA_DIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 63 64 65 66 67 68 MICROPROCESSOR A0_PF0 A1_PF1 A2_PF2 A3_PF3 A4_PF4 A5_PF5 A6_PF6 A7_PF7 A8_PB0 A9_PB1 A10_PB2 A11_PB3 A12_PB4 A13_PB5 A14_PB6 A15_PB7 40 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 1 VOX *U0103* MC68HC11F1 NC NC1 NC3 NC4 NC5 NC6 NC7 NC8 NC9 NC10 NC11 NC12 TEMP PE0_AN0 PE1_AN1 PE2_AN2 PE3_AN3 PE4_AN4 PE5_AN5 PE6_AN6 PE7_AN7 CSPROG CSGEN CS101 SW_B+_SENSE EMER_IN OUT_4 OUT_5 ASN_INT IN_4 IN_3 LOCK_DET A14_OUT A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 2 RWBIN 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 13 D0_PC0 D1_PC1 D2_PC2 D3_PC3 D4_PC4 D5_PC5 D6_PC6 D7_PC7 1 2 20 21 22 38 41 42 80 79 61 60 0 PG0 PG1 PG2 PG3 PG4_CSIO2 PG5_CSIO1 PG6_CSGEN PG7_CSPROG B8 D9 J8 J2 J1 B2 18 23 25 27 19 24 26 28 LBAT APA_TEMP 37 XTAL 36 EXTAL 52 IRQ 51 XIRQ 69 VDD 30 VRH 29 VRL 31 VSS E8 H9 G8 F6 F7 J7 G6 K7 F3 F4 F2 H1 G3 H2 H3 K2 DECIN SCNEN RTSBIN BOOTRX RTSBOUT RXDIN 0 R0133 RSSI_OUT 33 MODA_LIR* 32 MODB_VSTBY 62 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A14IN A15IN A14OUT A15OUT C3 B1 C2 D4 C1 D2 D3 D1 2 RWBIN R0132 RSSI 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 D7 C7 C8 D8 E6 H8 H7 H4 K3 C4 E2 A2 K5 F5 J4 K4 34 CLK_E 39 CLK_4XE 35 R_W* 50 RESET PL0 PL1 PL2 PL3 PL4 PL5 PL6 PL7 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A14 A15 A14_OUT A15_OUT D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 *U0104* SLIC5_V_P1 SLIC E9 H5 F1 C5 B4 D5 A5 B6 A6 C6 A7 D6 21 20 15 14 4 3 2 1 0 PWR_RST RESET* RESET_OUT RESET_IN UV_CS 5 E7 J9 G7 F8 G9 K8 G4 J3 C0109 .01uF EN_CE AV SCNSLB R_W* BOOTSTRAP OVERRIDE POR HC11RST LHRST0 LHRST1 EN_OUT IRQ MEMR_W* ROM1CS ROM2CS EE1CS EE2CS VSS1 VSS2 VSS3 VSS4 PJ0 PJ1 PJ2 PJ3 PJ4 PJ5 PJ6 PJ7 G1 E3 G2 B3 E5 B9 C9 E4 B7 A8 PK0 PK1 PK2 PK3 PK4_A10 PK5_CS1B* PK6_CS2B* PK7_CS2B* PH0 PH1 PH2 PH3 PH4 PH5 PH6 PH7 A4 CLK_E A3 CLK_4X K6 PM0_BK2* G5 PM1_BK3* J6 PM2_BK4* H6 PM3_BK5* F9 VDD1 J5 VDD2 E1 VDD3 B5 VDD4 C0108 0.1uF 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 4 3 32 2 11 5 10 21 A19 A18 A17 A16 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 26 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 20 10 VCC 31 VCC 11 VPP 19 18 17 16 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 1 Vdd OE MEMWRB UV_CS EE_CS RWBIN CSPROG CS101 C0104 0.1uF 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 4 3 28 2 9 5 8 *U0101* MB84256-120 20 EN_CS 22 EN_OE 27 EN_WE GND 3 1 5 4 2 7 0 OUT_2 OUT_3 K9.1_ENB ASN_SEL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 20 A14_OUT R0112 10K 8 CSGEN 14 VCC 4.7K C0105 3.3uF GND R0535 DA_SEL PWR_RANGE JABBA_SEL AUPA_EN 31 4 EE_CS EN_CE 3 OE 1 EN_OE 1 MEMRWB 6 EN_WE 9 RDY_BSY 7 RESET *U0108* AT28C256E-20 4 EE_CS 27 EN_CE 1 3 OE EN_OE 1 MEMRWB 6 EN_WE VSS 7 R0402 22K Vdd C0100 0.1uF R0101 22K U0100 HN58C257T-20 VCC 8 A+_SENSE UP_CLK MOD_A_B 29 GND 30 GND IN_2 CH_ACT IN_5 SQ_DET JABBA_INT IN_6 IGNITION_SENSE DUPLEX_LOCK_DET SYN_SEL ROSC_SEL ASFIC_SEL MAEPF-28101-O Figure 10-22. Controller, Microprocessor Schematic Diagram 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 10-37 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists: PA_CNTL_LIM R0555 VDRIVE 100K NOT PLACED R0562 100K R0554 connects VFWD_BUF and VSUM TP0403 CR0551 C0555 100pF NOT PLACED POWER CONTROL AMPLIFIER 1 R0554 IS LOCATED IN THE AUDIO/REGULATOR SCHEMATIC POWER RANGE CONTROL *R0563* VFWD_BUF R0564 0.1uF POWER CONTROL SUMMING NODE R0570 VSUM 8.2K 47K R0565 0 N/P 47K 9.3V C0553 100pF SW_B+ *R0573* 8.2K C0568 SW_B+ CR0550 13 Q0554 C0566 100pF 12 U0550-3 4 MC3403 8 9 C0562 100pF R0567 47.5K 10 R0571 PA_CNTL 100 11 C0569 1uF 4.65V 11 FORWARD POWER V_FORWARD TP0400 1K 1 C0554 100pF *R0553* 100K U0550-4 4 MC3403 14 1 DETECT BUFFER TP0402 *R0577* 100K R0559 R0598 10K 0 TP0407 1 PWR_RANGE 30K C0557 100pF R0560 47.5K R0589 R0549 237K 237K R0592 R0569 47.5K 3.3K R0556 1K R0596 0 SW_B+ 9.3V 9.3V CLK DA_SEL SPI_TX_DATA 10 6 1 CLK VDD 16 C0570 EN U0551 MC144111 2 Q1 4 Q2 11 Q3 13 Q4 D_IN 3 R1 5 R2 12 R3 14 R4 8 NC 9 NC1 5 PA_PWR_SET CUR_LIM_SET RX_CNTL1 PA_CNTL_LIM *R0546* *R0547* *R0583* 4.7K 22K 237K POWER CONTROL D/A R0579 4.7K R0581 4.7K R0580 4.7K 0 N/P DOMESTIC 11 10K 9.3V CR0553 C0559 43pF R0593 CURRENT LIMIT R0548 *R0557* R0578 4.7K R0597 Q0555 U0202-1 MC3403 4 1 22K R0599 100K 2 3 11 R0594 3.3K 0 C0572 0.1uF R0558 47.5K 15 R0591 4.7K C0552 7 GND D_OUT 6 0.1uF U0550-2 4 MC3403 7 R0584 R0590 47K 22K 0.1uF TEMP_GND CURRENT_SENSE+ R0595 4.7K Q0556 CURRENT_SENSETP0406 9.3V Connected to ground by NTC thermistor 0680149M02, 100k@25C, 9.7k@85C SW_B+ PA_DIS - EUROPEAN VERSION R0551 1 PA_TEMP 47.5K C0231 *R0587* 6.8K R0588 100K N/P 0.1uF R0550 PA_DIS 47K 9.3V 2 C0551 100pF 9.3V R0576 Q0553 R0586 1K R0585 1K K9.1_ENB 3 U0550-1 4 MC3403 1 11 *R0552* 27K R0574 PARTS USED FOR EUROPEAN TRANSMITTER RISE/FALL TIME REQUIREMENTS PARTS NOT PLACED FOR DOMESTIC MODELS +5V R0566 10K R0568 4.7K Q0551 R0561 47.5K *R0582* 47.5K TEMPERATURE PROTECTION 10K N/P DOMESTIC R0572 10K N/P DOMESTIC 15K N/P DOMESTIC C0230 0.1uF N/P DOMESTIC R0528 47K PA_DIS - US VERSION 47K Q0552 TEMP 270 N/P RX_CNTL1 K9.1V MAEPF-28109-O Figure 10-23. Controller, Power Control Schematic Diagram December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists 10-38 ASFIC_BLOCK CLK 2.1MHz SPI_TX_DATA ASFIC_SEL PWR_RST CLK 2.1MHZ SPI_TX_DATA ASFIC_SEL PWR_RST AUX_TX_IN1 AUX_TX_IN2 AUX_TX_IN3 AUX_TX_IN1 AUX_TX_IN2 AUX_TX_IN3 AUX_RX_IN1 AUX_RX_IN2 AUX_RX_IN3 AUX_RX_IN1 AUX_RX_IN2 AUX_RX_IN3 SQUELCH_IN CTRL_HD2:KEY_FAIL MIC_IN MIC_VOLTAGE EXT_MIC_IN PL_TX TX_DATA LG_DTMF SQUELCH_IN CTRL_HD2:KEY_FAIL MIC_IN MIC_VOLTAGE EXT_MIC_IN PL_TX TX_DATA LG_DTMF RX_HI&FIL_AUD_OUT RX_HI 1200 RSSI DISC 1200 UP_CLK PL_RX RX_DATA RX_AUDIO UP_CLK PL_RX RX_DATA RX_AUDIO ASFIC_PRE-EMP_OUT CH_ACT SQ_DET VOX ASFIC_PRE-AMP_OUT CH_ACT SQ_DET VOX UNIV_IO AUDIO_MOD UNIV_IO AUDIO_MOD HEAR_CLEAR_BLOCK COMP_EN EXP_FILTERED_AUD EXP_AUDIO RX_IN TX_IN RX_HI&FIL_AUD_OUT RX_HI FF_EN HI_CLMP_EN HCI_DIS LC_DIS FILTERED_AUDIO ASFIC_MIC_AUD_OUT SEE SCHEMATIC FOR DETAIL COMP_EN FF_EN HI_CLMP_EN HCI_DIS LC_DIS RSSI_3 RSSI_3 FILTERED_AUDIO EXP_FILTERED_AUDIO ASFIC_MIC_AUD_OUT EXP_AUDIO RX_IN RSSI DISC TX_IN SEE SCHEMATIC FOR DETAIL ASFIC_MIC_AUDIO_OUT RSSI DISC MAEPF-28099-O Figure 10-24. Controller, Audio Blocks Diagram 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 10-39 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists: C0238 R0258 EXP_FILTERED_AUDIO 0 0.1uF R0259 0 not placed *C0260* EXP_AUDIO *C0264* *R0255* 9.3V 1K *R0257* 100K *C0274* 0.1uF 3300pF *C0263* 3300pF .01uF C4 ICENAB D1 CPNENAB E3 FFENAB C2 HIENAB FF_EN HI_CLMP_EN C1 D3 *C0262* F5 RSSI E4 0.1uF RSSI_3 B5 *C0200* 0.22uF B1 B4 E5 D6 DISC EXPIN LODSAB CBUFIN EXPBYP RSSIIN FFIN *U0250* 62U60 COMPCAP VAG FFCNTL NFILIN CFBBYP NC CLIPREF NC1 NOISHLD NC2 COMPBYP NC3 HCIDSAB NC4 EXPADJ *C0266* RX_IN 0.1uF *C0261* TX_IN 0.1uF A5 *C0253* C3 E1 *C0255* 0.33uF A4 D4 3.3uF E2 C5 D5 D2 B6 B2 A3 E6 NFILOUT C6 F4 FFOUT A2 EXPOUT F2 CBUFOUT F3 COMPOUT GND COMP_EN VCC B3 *R0254* 100K *C0267* 3300pF *C0258* 0.33uF *C0265* 0.1uF *R0256* 10K *R0253* 1.5K *R0252* 47.5K HCI_DIS LC_DIS C0250 *C0254* *C0257* 100K .01uF .01uF *C0256* 3.3uF *C0252* 470pF *R0251* *R0250* 22K FILTERED_AUDIO 0.1uF *C0251* 470pF ASFIC_MIC_AUD_OUT MAEPF-28100-O Figure 10-25. Controller, Hear Clear Schematic Diagram December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists 10-40 EXP_FILTERED_AUD R0212 R0216 C0216 6.8K 6.8K 0.1uF 10K R0213 R0215 9.3V 6.8K U0202-3 4 MC3403 8 9 1K VAG 10 14 6.8K AUX_RX_IN2 11 8 VDD VSS CNTL 6 9.3V 14 C0225 0.1uF 2 C0214 0.1uF 5 R0233 0 11 C0422 470pF VR0406 14V R0238 U0400-2 HEF4016BT VDD 4 3 150K C0229 R0228 VSS CNTL 5 7 13 Q0202 VAG 9.3V VSS CNTL 47K 9 U0201-2 4 MC3403 7 6 Vaud 6.8K 33uH 9.3V C0209 0.1uF C0207 R0217 R0220 200K 1K 13 R0218 VAG AUX_TX_IN1 200K 12 R0219 R0221 200K 200K C0208 .01uF R0204 C0228 R0237 0.1uF 10K 47K U0202-4 4 MC3403 14 C0217 11 0.22uF TP0413 9.3V 47.5K 1uF AUX_TX_IN3 33pF *R0200* L0200 1 U0400-1 HEF4016BT VDD 1 47K R0208 10 7 14 12 VDD VSS CNTL 7 11 R0244 4.7K 9.3V U0400-3 HEF4016BT 10K U0400-4 HEF4016BT 14 9.3V 9.3V 9.3V AUX_RX_IN1 R0214 R0209 7 AUX_RX_IN3 6 5 VAG R0232 RX_HI&FIL_AUD_OUT U0202-2 4 MC3403 7 0 RX_HI 11 C0434 470pF VR0418 14V R0226 AUX_TX_IN2 UNIV_IO R0225 0 SQ_DET CH_ACT C0201 0 R0201 is only placed on Israel duplex controller SQUELCH_IN 0.1uF C0219 C0202 R0245 MIC_VOLTAGE 100 10uF 10K R0231 470 C0427 470pF 100 C0218 R0224 VR0411 14V 9.3V C0236 330pF R0223 1K MIC_IN 0.22uF C0202 is only placed on standard (half-duplex) controller 0.1uF R0227 4.7K C0224 .022uF C0222 C0421 470pF H1 SQDET H2 CHACT J2 RESET PL_RX RX_DATA ASFIC_MIC_AUD_OUT ASFIC_PRE-EMP_OUT AUDIO_MOD FF_EN HCI_DIS LC_DIS COMP_EN HI_CLMP_EN C0206 1uF C0221 C0203 .033uF 0.1uF R0240 4.7K C0212 .01uF C0211 0.1uF C0223 .022uF C0243 DISC EXT_MIC_IN TX_IN RSSI PWR_RST A4 G4 J4 H5 A6 C6 F7 G7 C8 D8 H8 B5 A3 B4 B3 A2 C4 C0204 4.7uF 10uF R0230 1K R0229 470 VR0412 14V C1 B2 H3 J3 A5 C5 B6 D6 E7 F8 D2 D3 F3 G3 D4 E4 F4 D5 E5 F5 G5 E6 F6 G6 R0222 U0200 65B33 PLLIM RXLIMOUT RXAUDOUT UNATRXOUT MICAMPOUT VOXO DACO REFATN PREMP VAGOUT VCOATN GCB0 GCB1 GCB2 GCB3 GCB4 GCB5 GNDA R0201 CTRL_HD2:KEY_FAIL 1200 RX_AUDIO FILTERED_AUDIO UP_CLK VOX B1 MDCREF D1 UPCLK E2 XTALOUT B7 EXP_AUDIO RX_IN XTALIN TRKCLKIN DTMFCLK PGMENAB DATA EXTVOLIN EXPAUDIO RXIN AUXRXIN EXTMICIN TXIN AUXTXIN SQIN PLIN MICIN LIMIN RSSI LOOPCAP UNIVIO TIMINGCAP RXLIMCAP LCAP LOWSPCAP DCAP BUFFDISC VAGCAP BIASRES E1 G1 G2 F2 E3 H4 J5 H6 J6 A7 C7 D7 H7 J7 B8 E8 G8 2.1MHZ TX_DATA LG_DTMF ASFIC_SEL SPI_TX_DATA CLK PLCLK GNDD GND1 GND2 GND3 GND4 GND5 GND6 GND7 GND8 GND9 GND10 GND11 GND12 GND13 F1 C3 CLK PL_TX VDD C2 0 R0225 and R0226 used in Israel M.O.D. only C0205 2.2uF C0210 0.1uF .01uF MAEPF-28098-O Figure 10-26. Controller, ASFIC Schematic Diagram 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 10-41 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists: RX_HI:FIL_AUDIO OPTION CONNECTOR 1 J0401-1 A+_CONT Vdd DISC OPTION CONNECTOR 2 J0408-1 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 ACCESSORY CONNECTOR J0403-1 A+_CONT 1 SPK+ C0432 1000pF 2 VR0416 27V 3 C0445 1000pF ASFIC_MIC_AUDIO_OUT 7 7 8 8 9 AUX_RX_IN1 9 10 10 C0433 VR0417 1000pF 14V 5 11 11 12 12 6 7 8 AUX_RX_IN3 IO_RSSI_BUFFERS RESET* CTRL_HD2:KEY_FAIL CLK SPI_TX_DATA SPI_RX_DATA O:JABBA_INT_C:DTMF_DATA_READY O:JABBA_SEL__C:DTMF_SEL ASN_INT__OPT_TX ASN_SEL__OPT_CTSS RSSI 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 9 UNIV_IO UNIV_IO_OUT UNIV_IO RSSI_OUT 12 SEE SCHEMATIC FOR DETAIL VR0409 14V GND:RX_DATA_KID C0425 470pF 19 19 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 25 25 26 26 27 27 SPK- OUT 1 NC1 4 NC2 5 C0510 0.1uF EMERGENCY_IGNITION_BLOCK MIC_VOLTAGE SW_B+_SENSE MIC_IN B+_ON_OFF EMERGENCY EMER_OUT B+_CTRL 6 7 8 IGNITION IGNITION_SENSE B+_IGNITION 9 10 A+_SENSE 11 BUSY BUS+ IO_6 IO_5 SEE SCHEMATIC FOR DETAIL EMERGENCY 12 13 RX_HI:FIL_AUDIO SW_B+ AUX_RX_IN2 13 MIC_IN 14 15 IGNITION CLK:RTS__DVP_WE 16 17 18 20 IN 10 11 RSSI U0502 MC78L08A 4 9.3V ASFIC_PREAMP_OUT INT_SPK+ 8 2 GND1 3 GND2 6 GND3 7 GND4 SPKSPK+ 2.1MHZ 1 00 2 3 4 5 C0419 1000pF 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 VR0410 14V C0426 470pF IO_2 RESET BUSSCI_RX_DATA R0575 0 C0468 1000pF IO_4 IO_3 RSSI_OUT EXTERNAL_MIC_IN AUX_TX_IN2 BUFFERED_DISCRIMINATOR RSSI_OUT 14 15 16 00 17 00 18 B+_CTRL RX_HI BUSY_OUT RESET_OUT 19 00 20 00 21 22 SCI_TX A+_7_3_16 23 24 25 26 27 BUF_SPI_DATA:SECURE_SELECT BUF_CH_EN:RTSB_OUT AUX_TX_IN1 AUX_TX_IN2 AUX_TX_IN3 AUX_RX_IN1 AUX_RX_IN2 AUX_RX_IN3 SW_B+ R0471 R0417 4.32K 68K LBAT 28 R0472 1.21K C0413 0.1uF 29 R0416 VR0405 5.6V 22K 30 31 32 MAEPF-28102-O Figure 10-27. Controller, Interface Blocks Diagram (1 of 2) December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists 10-42 1 2 00 3 4 5 MIC_IN EXTERNAL_MIC_IN MIC_VOLTAGE SW_B+_SENSE B+_ON_OFF EMER_OUT IGNITION_SENSE B+_IGNITION A+_SENSE Vdd CH_EN SW_5V 7 SC0100 SIGNAL_CONVERT 1 2 I1 I2 1 2 U0004-1 MC74AC08 R0024 3 R0023 0 4 0 R0034 R0033 SPI_TX_DATA Vdd 12 13 12 0 R0025 0 +5V 5 9 U0004-3 MC74AC08 10 3 Z1 16 6 C0006 0.1uF 14 X 11 A C0443 1000pF C0420 1000pF R0026 * SEE NOTE 4 Z 9 C R0113 R0111 R0433 47K 0 R0127 C0462 470pF BUF_SPI_CLK:GND 6 BUF_SPI_DATA:SECURE_SELECT 8 RX_HI 470pF 9 MIC_IN C0472 24pF +5V R0130 R0121 0 0 16 14 X 11 A SCI_TX BUS_SCI 15 Y 10 B BUSY_OUT BUSY_IN 4 Z 9 C RESET_OUT R0125 0 R0008 4.7K C0429 VR0413 5.6V 17 A+ 470pF A+ SW_B+ Z1 R0131 VR0414 5.6V SW_5V 18 SW_B+ R0128 0 C0424 1000pF C0417 1000pF C0471 1000pF 0 3 15 AUX:BUS+ 16 SW_5V +5V 12 1 Y1 5 Z0 7 BUSY X0 C0467 24pF 14 OPT_SW_B+:BUSY C0220 0.1uF VR0402 5.6V R0124 0 R0002 1K 13 X1 2 Y0 VEE 14 15 16 00 17 00 18 0 6 EN VCC SCI_ECHO U0105 MC14053B GND SCI_RX BUS+ R0122 13 VOLUME:GND VOLUME C0431 470pF AUX MON PTT 8 BUS- R0129 12 CH_EN:KID C0430 470pF VR0415 5.6V Vdd Q0103 0 22 PTT:BUS- 5 11 CTRL_HD2:KEY_FAIL U0004 and U0105 are used on the closed and open architecture radios, respectively. Only one IC will be placed, but since the two ICs use the same physical pads, the net names must be the same. The signal convention for the net names associated with these pads is the closed arch. signal name : the open arch signal name. For example, Pin 8 of U0004 and Pin 10 of U0105 share the same physical pad which has a net name of BUF_SPI_DATA : SECURE_SELECT. The resistors around the two ICs are placed according to which signal (closed or open) is needed for the radio architecture. Vdd SCI_DRIVERS_BLOCK 19 00 20 00 21 MON_BUSY:RESET 4 10 CTRL_HD1:WE R0106 10K VR0428 10V SPK- 3 7 0 VR0427 14V INT_SPK+ C0470 24pF C0428 Q0426 47K 47K 1 2 0 0 R0421 4.7K CONTROL HEAD CONNECTOR J0405-1 C0469 24pF R0005 10K 15 Y 10 B 1 Y1 5 Z0 R0007 4.7K 8 X0 +5V EN 13 X1 2 Y0 6 0 11 U0004-2 MC74AC08 VCC 0 OPEN:BS +5V U0002 MC14053B R0027 11 13 0 GND * NOTE: C0469 is not placed for Open Architecture. VEE 9 10 R0031 U0004-4 MC74AC08 7 U0004-5 PWR_GND VCC 12 GND 0.1uF 100K 8 R0032 14 6 7 8 C0012 RESET_IN LH_RESET CLOSED_RESET CTRL_HD1:WE SW_5V:RX_DATA_IN SCI_RX SCI_ECHO BUSY_IN RESET_IN CLOSED_RESET SEE SCHEMATIC FOR DETAIL 23 24 25 26 27 MOD_A_B R0134 10K IO_3 IO_BUFFERS_BLOCK OUT2 IN2 OUT3 IN3 OUT4 IN4 OUT5 IN5 OUT6 IN6_:_RTSBIN 28 BOOT_SCI IO2 29 IO3 30 IO4 31 IO5 32 IO6 SEE SCHEMATIC FOR DETAIL OUT2 IN2 OUT3 IN3 OUT4 IN4 OUT5 IN5 OUT6 IN6 MAEPF-28103-O Figure 10-28. Controller, Interface Blocks Diagram (2 of 2) 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 10-43 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists: R0210 10K 9.3V C0215 R0211 9 10K 10 UNIV_IO 10uF U0201-3 4 MC3403 8 11 UNIV_IO_OUT C0423 470pF VR0407 14V 9.3V C0234 0.1uF VAG R0206 10K 2 3 U0201-1 4 MC3403 1 11 C0235 1uF C0213 10uF R0207 10K Vdd *R0436* 10K *R0422* 6.8K *R0435* 10K *R0434* 30K 9.3V 13 RSSI 12 4 U0201-4 MC3403 14 RSSI_OUT 11 C0106 470pF VR0100 14V MAEPF-28106-O Figure 10-29. Controller, IO RSSI Buffers Schematic Diagram December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists 10-44 MIC_VOLTAGE MIC_IN Ignition sense changes Remove R0510 to disable UNSW_5V C0519 33uF R0505 SW_B+_SENSE 47K C0518 1uF Q0414 14 R0512 200K 11 10 13 12 8 GND C0444 VR0424 470pF 14V CONT RESET 5 OUT DISCH THRESH TRIG C0512 0.1uF 4.7K U0510-2 SA556 CONT RESET 9 OUT DISCH THRESH TRIG CR0511 R0513 200K C0511 1uF C0514 0.1uF R0523 B+_ON_OFF 10K 47K Q0510 CR0510 GND 47K 3 4 1 2 6 U0510-1 SA556 VCC R0518 4.7K 10K C0446 .01uF VCC 14 EMERGENCY_IN 7 R0440 EMERGENCY R0511 560 R0439 47K 7 R0437 4.7K R0510 0 R0527 10K 47K C0513 1uF C0465 1uF R0506 EMER_OUT 4.7K B+_CTRL Vdd SW_B+ +5V +5V C0442 R0423 47K IGNITION_SENSE R0532 47.5K R0530 47.5K 2 C0418 470pF 47K R0401 3 .01uF U0401-1 8 MC33072 1 4 R0534 A+_SENSE 0 47K IGNITION Q0430 47K Q0431 R0533 47.5K R0531 7.5K R0442 4.7K B+_IGNITION MAEPF-28104-O Figure 10-30. Controller, Emergency Ignition Schematic Diagram 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 10-45 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists: +5V R0409 2.2K R0408 Q0400 10K R0410 R0020 SCI_RX BUS100 C0435 470pF VR0419 10V 10K +5V R0412 470 R0021 +5V 6 C0437 33pF C0436 470pF 10V VR0420 5 U0401-2 8 MC33072 7 SCI_ECHO 10K 4 R0407 470 BUS_SCI R0411 BUS+ 100 R0414 SCI_TX Q0402 22K R0413 Q0401 10K R0415 2.2K Vdd R0424 BUSY_OUT Q0406 4.7K Vdd R0426 4.7K BUSY Vdd VR0421 10V C0438 470pF R0425 470 BUSY_IN R0428 RESET_OUT Q0407 Q0408 47K R0427 200 Vdd C0439 470pF R0468 4.7K RESET_IN R0431 4.7K LH_RESET VR0422 10V C0440 470pF 47K R0429 22K 47K Q0425 Q0409 R0430 10K C0441 470pF CLOSED_RESET MAEPF-28107-O Figure 10-31. Controller, SCI Drivers Schematic Diagram December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists 10-46 +5V R0409 2.2K R0408 Q0400 10K R0020 R0410 BUS- SCI_RX 100 C0435 470pF VR0419 10V 10K +5V R0412 470 R0021 +5V 6 C0437 33pF C0436 470pF 10V VR0420 5 U0401-2 8 MC33072 7 SCI_ECHO 10K 4 R0407 470 BUS_SCI R0411 BUS+ 100 R0414 SCI_TX Q0402 22K R0413 Q0401 10K R0415 2.2K Vdd R0424 BUSY_OUT Q0406 4.7K Vdd R0426 4.7K BUSY Vdd VR0421 10V C0438 470pF R0425 470 BUSY_IN R0428 RESET_OUT Q0407 Q0408 47K R0427 200 Vdd C0439 470pF R0468 4.7K RESET_IN R0431 4.7K LH_RESET VR0422 10V C0440 470pF 47K R0429 22K 47K Q0425 Q0409 R0430 10K C0441 470pF CLOSED_RESET MAEPF-28107-O Figure 10-32. Controller, IO Buffers Schematic Diagram 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 10-47 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists: PA_TEMP_7 UNSW_5V PA_TEMP_7 UNSW_5V IF0201 C0550 100pF PA_CNTL_7 C0026 470pF 7 GND2 C0237 3.3uF 10K IF0221 CURRENT_SENSE_+_7 *R0234* C0240 R0529 IF0224 4.7K .033uF 0 A+ 22K SPKRAudio_Supply APA_TEMP APA_TEMP SC0200 SIGNAL_CONVERT 1 2 I1 I2 IF0242 C0242 3300pF R0235 1K IF0210 *U0500* LM2925 CR0500 A+_7_4_24 R0432 0 1 A+_CONT_7 A+_CONT_2_2 A+_CONT_2_2 IF0225 A+_CONT_7 IF0211 A+ RESET DELAY Vaud +5v 2 +5v IF0234 4 C0503 47uF C0504 0.1uF C0502 .01uF R0526 10K V_FORWARD_7 IF0214 C0561 100pF R0022 4.7K PWR_RST R0521 22K R0522 22K IF0235 4.7K Q0519 GND_2 GND_7 IF0236 IF0237 GND_2 47K Q0517 A+ 47K 47K 47K 47K 47K Q0518 IGNITION_CLEAR IGNITION_CLEAR IF0228 47K Q0514 VDRIVE_7 VDRIVE_2 PWR_RST R0519 22K R0525 47K Q0513 GND_7 ANA_GND ANA_GND IF0238 VDRIVE_7 IF0215 IF0216 C0565 100pF R0406 10K 47K B+_IGNITION IF0227 47K Q0516 K9.1V_2 *R0554* VSUM IF0239 22K IF0240 VSUM 47K 47K Q0515 K9.1V_7 K9.1V_7 IF0218 IF0217 VFWD_BUF VFWD_BUF B+_IGNITION K9.1V_2 OUT 3 +5V VR0511 14V V_FORWARD_7 VDRIVE_2 C0501 10uF IN Vaud IF0233 IF0212 V_FORWARD_2 IF0213 IF0226 150K C0408 470pF V_FORWARD_2 C0500 0.1uF B+_ON_OFF R0514 Q0511 SW_B+_29 5 B+_ON_OFF A+_CONT SW_B+_29 A+_CONT Vdd SC0201 SIGNAL_CONVERT 1 2 I1 I2 +5V SW_B+ SW_B+ Vdd IF0232 A+_7_4_24 A+_CONT_2_3 R0504 1.2K SC0203 SIGNAL_CONVERT 1 2 I1 I2 A+_7_4_16 IF0209 C0509 0.1uF C0508 33uF Q0500 C0507 100pF R0502 6.8K IF0208 A+_CONT_2_3 R0503 7.5K C0244 A+_7_4_16 Audio_Supply 9.3_7_2_26 IF0231 1 0.1uF RX_AUDIO C0999 3300pF R0501 IF0229 SPKRIF0223 9.3_7_2_26 5 IF0222 IF0207 C0556 100pF RX_AUDIO SW_B+_27 SW_B+_27 SPKR+ C0241 0.1uF CURRENT_SENSE_+_7 CURRENT_SENSE_+_2 Q0200 GND1 R0239 SPKR+ 5 AUPA_EN AUPA_EN 2 R0202 10K IF0205 C0558 100pF 4 9 OUT1 1 INV NINV 3 6 8 RR M_SS OUT2 R0236 22K CURRENT_SENSE_-_7 IF0206 VOUT ON_OFF ADJ SW_B+ U0203 TDA1519C VCC CURRENT_SENSE_-_7 CURRENT_SENSE_-_2 CURRENT_SENSE_+_2 VIN 2 IF0230 GND SW_B+ IF0204 4 R0500 10K Audio_Supply +5V CURRENT_SENSE_-_2 C0506 10uF C0505 0.1uF C0027 47uF IF0203 C0564 100pF 9.3_7_2_30 *U0501* LM2941T CL_UNSW_5V IF0220 VR0001 5.1V PA_CNTL_7 PA_CNTL_2 9.3_7_2_30 CL_UNSW_5V 2.2K IF0202 9.3 CR0001 R0004 PA_CNTL_2 A+_CONT IF0219 A+_CONT 3 IF0200 GND PA_TEMP_2 PA_TEMP_2 TEMP_GND CR0600 TEMP_GND IF0241 C0575 100pF MAEPF-28110-O Figure 10-33. Controller, Audio Power Amplifier and Voltage Regulators, VHF/UHF Low and Mid Power Schematic Diagram December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists PA_TEMP_7 PA_TEMP_2 UNSW_5V PA_TEMP_7 UNSW_5V IF0201 C0550 100pF CR0001 R0004 NP PA_CNTL_2 PA_CNTL_7 C0026 470pF NP IF0203 C0564 100pF C0027 47uF NP SW_B+ 7 Q0200 C0237 3.3uF GND2 IF0221 10K GND1 R0239 SPKR+ CURRENT_SENSE_+_7 SW_B+_27 R0501 IF0229 22K SW_B+_27 SPKR+ C0240 R0529 IF0224 4.7K .033uF 0 C0999 3300pF NP Q0500 SPKRAudio_Supply R0235 1K SC0200 SIGNAL_CONVERT 1 2 I1 I2 APA_TEMP IF0242 NOTE: R0529 is used to create a lowpass filter. *U0500* LM2925 CR0500 A+_7_4_24 1 IF0209 SW_B+ SW_B+_29 A+_CONT A+_CONT_7 A+_CONT_2_2 A+_CONT_2_2 IF0225 A+_CONT_7 IF0211 IF0226 150K A+ RESET DELAY Vaud +5v 2 +5v IF0234 4 C0503 47uF C0504 0.1uF C0502 .01uF R0526 10K V_FORWARD_7 IF0214 C0561 100pF R0022 4.7K PWR_RST R0521 22K R0522 22K IF0235 4.7K Q0519 GND_2 GND_7 IF0236 IF0237 GND_2 47K Q0517 A+ 47K 47K 47K 47K 47K Q0518 IGNITION_CLEAR IGNITION_CLEAR IF0228 47K Q0514 VDRIVE_7 VDRIVE_2 PWR_RST R0519 22K R0525 47K Q0513 GND_7 ANA_GND ANA_GND IF0238 VDRIVE_7 IF0215 IF0216 C0565 100pF R0406 10K 47K B+_IGNITION IF0227 47K Q0516 K9.1V_2 K9.1V_7 K9.1V_7 IF0218 IF0217 VFWD_BUF *R0554* VSUM IF0239 22K IF0240 VFWD_BUF B+_IGNITION K9.1V_2 OUT 3 +5V VR0511 14V V_FORWARD_7 V_FORWARD_2 VDRIVE_2 C0501 10uF IN Vaud IF0233 IF0212 C0408 470pF IF0213 C0500 0.1uF B+_ON_OFF R0514 Q0511 SW_B+_29 5 B+_ON_OFF A+_CONT Vdd SC0201 SIGNAL_CONVERT 1 2 I1 I2 +5V SW_B+ IF0208 Vdd IF0232 APA_TEMP A+_7_4_24 V_FORWARD_2 R0504 1.2K RT0200 100K C0242 3300pF A+_7_4_16 R0432 0 C0508 33uF C0244 A+_7_4_16 IF0210 R0503 7.5K C0509 0.1uF +5V R0234 A+ A+_CONT_2_3 9.3_7_2_26 IF0231 1 0.1uF RX_AUDIO RX_AUDIO A+_CONT_2_3 ON_OFF ADJ 9.3_7_2_26 5 C0507 100pF R0502 6.8K SPKRIF0223 IF0207 C0556 100pF Audio_Supply 2 VOUT IF0222 C0241 0.1uF CURRENT_SENSE_+_7 CURRENT_SENSE_+_2 IF0206 VIN SW_B+ 5 AUPA_EN AUPA_EN 2 R0202 10K IF0205 C0558 100pF 4 9 OUT1 1 INV NINV 3 6 8 RR M_SS OUT2 R0236 22K CURRENT_SENSE_-_7 CURRENT_SENSE_+_2 4 R0500 10K U0203 TDA1519C VCC CURRENT_SENSE_-_7 CURRENT_SENSE_-_2 IF0204 C0506 10uF C0505 0.1uF Audio_Supply +5V CURRENT_SENSE_-_2 9.3_7_2_30 IF0230 GND IF0202 9.3_7_2_30 *U0501* LM2941T CL_UNSW_5V IF0220 VR0001 5.1V PA_CNTL_7 9.3 CL_UNSW_5V 2.2K PA_CNTL_2 A+_CONT IF0219 A+_CONT 3 IF0200 GND PA_TEMP_2 10-48 VSUM 47K 47K Q0515 TEMP_GND CR0600 TEMP_GND IF0241 C0575 100pF MAEPF-28113-O Figure 10-34. Controller, Audio Power Amplifier and Voltage Regulators, VHF/UHF High Power Levels and 800/900 MHz All Power Levels, Schematic Diagram 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 10-49 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists Controller Parts List for 800 MHz / 900 MHz Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Description 800 15/35W Specific (A) 900 12/30W Specific (B) Capacitor, Fixed: unless otherwise stated C0100 2113743K15 0.10uF C0102 2113743K15 0.10uF C0104 2113743K15 0.10uF C0105 2311049A42 3.3uF C0106 2113930F67 470pF C0107 2311049A07 1.0uF C0108 2113743K15 0.10uF C0109 2113741F49 0.010uF C0110 2113741F49 0.010uF C0200 2113743A23 0.22uF C0201 2113743K15 0.10uF C0202 2113743F08 0.22uF C0203 2113741A57 0.033uF C0204 2311049J11 4.7uF C0205 2311049A09 2.2uF C0206 2311049A07 1.0uF C0207 2311049A07 1.0uF C0208 2113741F49 0.010uF C0209 2311049A01 0.10uF C0210 2113743K15 0.10uF C0211 2113743K15 0.10uF C0212 2113741F49 0.010uF C0213 2311049J23 10uF C0214 2113743A19 0.10uF C0215 2311049J23 10uF C0216 2113743K15 0.10uF C0217 2113743F08 0.22uF C0218 2113743A19 0.10uF C0219 2311049J26 10uF C0221 2113743A19 0.10uF C0222 2311049J26 10uF C0223 2113741A53 22nF C0224 2113741A53 22nF C0225 2113743K15 0.10uF C0226 2113741F17 470pF C0228 2113743K15 0.10uF C0229 2113740F39 33pF C0230 2113743K15 0.10uF December 6, 2004 Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number C0231 2113743K15 C0234 C0235 Description Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Description Reference Symbol 0.10uF C0417 2113741F25 1000pF C0463 2113743K15 0.10uF C0418 2113930F67 470pF 2311049A07 1.0uF C0419 2113741F25 1000pF C0236 2113741F13 330pF C0420 2113741F25 C0237 2311049A42 3.3uF C0421 2113930F67 C0240 2113741A57 0.033uF C0422 C0241 2109720D14 0.1uF C0423 C0242 2113741A33 3300pF C0243 2113741F49 0.010uF MOTOROLA Part Number Description 2113741F49 0.010uF C0464 2113930F67 470pF C0465 2311049A07 1.0uF 1000pF C0467 2113741F17 470pF 470pF C0468 2113741F25 1000pF 2113930F67 470pF C0469 2113740F36 24pF 2113930F67 470pF C0470 2113930F36 24pF C0424 2113741F25 1000pF C0471 2113741F25 1000pF C0425 2113930F67 470pF C0472 2113930F36 24pF C0245 2109720D14 0.1uF C0426 2113930F67 470pF C0473 2113931F49 0.010uF C0250 2113743A19 0.10uF (B) C0427 2113930F67 470pF C0500 2109720D14 0.1uF C0251 2113741F17 470pF (B) C0428 2113930F67 470pF C0501 2380090M24 10uF C0252 2113741F17 470pF (B) C0429 2113930F67 470pF C0502 2113741A45 0.010uF C0253 2311049A04 0.33uF (B) C0430 2113930F67 470pF C0503 2311049J44 47uF C0254 2113741F49 0.010uF C0431 2113930F67 470pF C0504 2109720D14 0.1uF C0255 2311049A42 3.3uF (B) C0432 2113741F25 1000pF C0505 2109720D14 0.1uF C0256 2311049A42 3.3uF (B) C0433 2113741F25 1000pF C0506 2380090M24 10uF (B) C0257 2113741F49 0.010uF C0434 2113930F67 470pF C0507 2113740F51 100pF C0258 2311049A04 0.33uF (B) (B) C0435 2113930F67 470pF C0508 2311049A97 33uF C0260 2113743K15 0.10uF (B) C0436 2113930F67 470pF C0509 2109720D14 0.1uF C0261 2113743K15 0.10uF (B) C0437 2113740F39 33pF C0510 2113743K15 0.10uF C0262 2113743A19 0.10uF (B) C0438 2113930F67 470pF C0511 2311049A07 1.0uF C0263 2113741A33 3300pF (B) C0439 2113930F67 470pF C0512 2113743K15 0.10uF C0264 2113741A33 3300pF (B) C0440 2113930F67 470pF C0513 2311049A07 1.0uF C0265 2113743K15 0.10uF (B) C0441 2113930F67 470pF C0514 2113743K15 0.10uF C0266 2113743K15 0.10uF (B) C0442 2113741F49 0.010uF C0518 2311049A07 1.0uF C0267 2113741A33 3300pF (B) C0443 2113741F25 1000pF C0550 2113740F41 39pF C0274 2113741F49 0.010uF (B) C0444 2113930F67 470pF C0551 2113740F41 39pF C0401 2113740F36 24pF C0445 2113741F25 1000pF C0552 2113740A55 100pF C0402 2113740F36 24pF C0446 2113741F49 0.010uF C0553 2113740F41 39pF C0403 2113930F67 470pF C0447 2113930F67 470pF C0554 2113740F41 39pF C0404 2113740F36 24pF C0449 2113741F49 0.010uF C0555 2113740F41 39pF C0405 2113740F39 33pF C0450 2113930F67 470pF C0556 2113740F41 39pF C0406 2113740F39 33pF C0451 2113741F49 0.010uF C0557 2113740F41 39pF C0407 2113930F67 470pF C0452 2113741F49 0.010uF C0558 2113740F41 39pF C0408 2113930F67 470pF C0453 2113930F67 470pF C0559 2113740F42 43pF C0409 2113930F67 470pF C0454 2113741F49 0.010uF C0561 2113740F41 39pF C0410 2113930F67 470pF C0456 2113930F67 470pF C0562 2113740F41 39pF C0411 2113930F67 470pF C0457 2113741F49 0.010uF C0564 2113740F41 39pF C0412 2113930F67 470pF C0458 2113741F49 0.010uF C0565 2113740F41 39pF C0413 2113743K15 0.10uF C0459 2113930F67 470pF C0566 2113740F41 39pF C0414 2113930F67 470pF C0460 2113741F49 0.010uF C0568 2113743A19 0.10uF C0415 2113930F67 470pF C0461 2113741F49 0.010uF C0569 2311049A01 0.10uF C0416 2113930F67 470pF C0462 2113930F67 470pF C0570 2113743K15 0.10uF 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number 10-50 Reference Symbol Description MOTOROLA Part Number Description Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Description Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Description C0572 2113743K15 0.10uF Q0428 4805128M12 NPN R0125 0662057B47 0 R0252 0662057R92 47K (B) C0575 2113740F41 39pF Q0429 4805128M27 BSR33 R0126 0662057A89 47K R0253 0662057A53 1.5K (B) C0999 2113741F37 Q0430 4880141L02 NPN R0127 0662057B47 0 R0254 0662057G13 100K (B) Q0431 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0129 0662057B47 0 R0255 0662057R30 1.0K (B) Diodes: (See Note 1) Q0432 4805128M12 NPN R0130 0662057B47 0 R0256 0662057R60 10K (B) CR0105 4813833C02 Dual Q0500 4813824A10 NPN R0131 0662057B47 0 R0257 0662057A97 100K CR0500 4813833C02 Dual Q0510 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0132 0662057B47 0 R0300 0662057B47 0 CR0510 4813833C02 Dual Q0511 4805718V02 Pwr FET Audio P_CHAN R0200 0662057R92 47K R0400 0662057A73 10K CR0511 4813833C02 Dual Q0513 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0202 0662057A73 10K R0401 0662057A89 47K CR0550 4813833C02 Dual Q0514 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0204 0662057A89 47K R0402 0662057A81 22K CR0551 4813833C02 Dual Q0515 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0206 0662057A73 10K R0403 0662057A29 150 Q0516 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0207 0662057A73 10K R0404 0662057A29 150 Connectors, receptacle: Q0517 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0208 0662057A73 10K R0406 0662057A73 10K J0401 0913915A18 25 LOPRO Female Q0518 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0209 0662057A73 10K R0407 0662057A41 470 J0403 2805429W03 25 PINS, sealed Q0519 4813824A10 NPN R0210 0662057A73 10K R0408 0662057A73 10K J0405 0905904V03 18 PINS, female Q0551 4813824A10 NPN R0211 0662057A73 10K R0409 0662057A57 2.2K Q0552 4882033T01 NPN 10K/47K R0212 0662057A69 6.8K R0410 0662057A25 100 Coils: RF Q0553 4805128M27 BSR33 R0213 0662057A69 6.8K R0411 0662057A25 100 33uH CHIP 10% Q0554 4802081B50 NPN DIG 47K/47K R0214 0662057A69 6.8K R0412 0662057A41 470 Q0555 4813824A10 NPN R0215 0662057A49 1.0K R0413 0662057A73 10K Q0556 4813824A10 NPN R0216 0662057A69 6.8K R0414 0662057A81 22K L0200 2462587K26 (A) Transistors: (See Note 1) Q0100 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K Q0103 4805921T09 FMG8 R0217 0662057B05 200K R0415 0662057A57 2.2K Resistors, Fixed: ¾ unless otherwise stated: R0218 0662057B05 200K R0416 0662057A84 30K Q0200 4813824A10 NPN R0219 0662057B05 200K R0417 0662057A97 100K Q0202 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0004 0662057A57 2.2K R0220 0662057A49 1.0K R0421 0662057A65 4.7K 0662057A73 10K Q0400 4813824A17 PNP R0046 R0221 0662057B05 200K R0422 0662057A63 3.9K Q0401 4813824A10 NPN R0100 0662057B47 0 R0222 0662057A25 100 R0423 0662057A89 47K 0662057A81 22K Q0402 4813824A17 PNP R0101 R0223 0662057A49 1.0K R0424 0662057A65 4.7K Q0406 4813824A17 PNP R0104 0662057A81 22K R0224 0662057A41 470 R0425 0662057A41 470 0662057A97 100K Q0407 4813824A10 NPN R0105 R0228 0662057A69 6.8K R0426 0662057A65 4.7K Q0408 4813824A17 PNP R0106 0662057A73 10K R0229 0662057A41 470 R0427 0662057A32 200 0662057A97 100K Q0409 4813824A10 NPN R0110 R0230 0662057A49 1.0K R0428 0662057A89 47K Q0414 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0111 0662057B47 0 R0231 0662057A25 100 R0429 0662057A81 22K 0662057A73 10K Q0416 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0112 R0233 0662057B47 0 R0430 0662057A73 10K Q0417 4880141L02 NPN R0113 0662057B47 0 R0234 0662057A65 4.7K R0431 0662057A65 4.7K 0662057A73 10K Q0418 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0114 R0235 0662057A49 1.0K R0432 0662057C01 0 Q0419 4880141L02 NPN R0115 0662057A73 10K R0236 0662057A81 22K R0433 0662057A89 47K 0662057A73 10K Q0420 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0116 R0237 0662057A73 10K R0434 0662057A87 39K Q0421 4880141L02 NPN R0117 0662057A97 100K R0238 0662057B02 150K R0435 0662057A73 10K 0662057A73 10K Q0422 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0118 R0239 0662057A73 10K R0436 0662057A73 10K Q0423 4880141L02 NPN R0119 0662057A56 2.0K R0244 0662057A65 4.7K R0437 0662057A65 4.7K 0662057B47 0 Q0424 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0121 R0245 0662057A73 10K R0439 0662057A89 47K Q0425 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0122 0662057B47 0 R0250 0662057G13 100K (B) R0440 0662057A73 10K NPN 47K/47K R0124 0662057B47 0 R0251 0662057A81 22K (B) R0442 0662057A65 4.7K Q0426 4880048M01 68P81083C20-D (B) December 6, 2004 10-51 Reference Symbol Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists MOTOROLA Part Number Description Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Description Reference Symbol R0443 0662057A89 47K R0525 0662057A65 4.7K R0584 R0444 0662057A73 10K R0526 0662057A73 10K R0445 0662057A65 4.7K R0527 0662057A73 10K R0446 0662057A73 10K R0528 0611072A35 270 R0447 0662057A89 47K R0529 0662057B47 0 R0448 0662057A73 10K R0530 0662057R92 R0449 0662057A65 4.7K R0531 0662057R54 R0450 0662057A73 10K R0532 R0451 0662057A65 4.7K R0533 R0452 0662057A73 10K R0453 0662057A65 4.7K R0454 0662057A73 R0455 0662057A89 R0456 R0457 MOTOROLA Part Number Description Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Description 0662057A89 47K VR0407 4813830A27 14V R0586 0662057A49 1.0K VR0409 4813830A27 14V R0587 0662057A75 12k VR0410 4813830A27 14V R0588 0662057A89 47K VR0413 4813830A15 5.6V R0589 0662057G33 237K VR0414 4813830A15 5.6V 47K R0590 0662057A81 22K VR0415 4813830A15 5.6V 6.81K R0591 0662057A65 4.7K VR0416 4813830A33 20V 0662057R92 47K R0592 0662057A61 3.3K VR0417 4813830A27 14V 0662057R92 47K R0593 0662057A81 22K VR0418 4813830A27 14V R0534 0662057B47 0 R0594 0662057A61 3.3K VR0419 4813830A23 10V R0535 0662057A65 4.7K R0595 0662057A65 4.7K VR0420 4813830A23 10V 10K R0536 0662057B47 0 R0596 0662057B47 0 VR0421 4813830A23 10V 47K R0546 0662057B47 0 R0598 0662057R60 10K VR0422 4813830A23 10V 0662057A73 10K R0547 0662057G13 100K R0599 0662057A97 100K VR0424 4813830A27 14V 0662057A65 4.7K R0548 0662057R60 10K R0800 0662057B47 0 (A) VR0425 4813830A40 33V R0458 0662057A73 10K R0549 0662057G33 237K R0900 0662057B47 0 (B) VR0426 4813830A27 14V R0459 0662057A89 47K R0550 0662057A97 100K VR0427 4813830A27 14V R0460 0662057A73 10K R0551 0662057R92 47k 4813830A23 10V 0662057A73 10K R0552 0662057A80 20k Integrated Circuits: (See Note 1) VR0428 R0464 VR0429 4813830A27 14V R0465 0662057A53 1.5K R0553 0662057A81 22K U0101 5185748L01 32k x 8 sram VR0430 4813830A27 14V R0466 0662057A59 2.7K R0554 0662057A81 22K U0103 5113802A75 Microprocessor VR0431 4813830A15 5.6V 5185765B30 Support Logic IC VR0511 4813830A27 14V SH0001 0705892W01 R0467 0662057A65 4.7K R0556 0662057A25 100k U0104 R0468 0662057A65 4.7K R0557 0662057R30 1.0K U0105 5113806A20 Mux/demux Triple 2-ch R0469 0662057C01 0 R0558 0660076E83 27K U0106 5105625U22 Flash 1mx8 R0473 0662057A73 10k R0559 0662057R55 7.5K U0108 5105109Z72 32k x 8 EEPROM ‘TSOP’ 5185765B33 ASFIC Non-referenced Items: R0474 0662057A73 10k R0560 0660076E83 27K U0200 R0475 0662057A66 5.1k R0564 0662057A59 2.7K U0201 5113819A04 Quad Op Amp R0476 0662057A49 1.0k R0566 0662057A73 10K U0202 5113819A04 Quad Op Amp R0500 0662057A73 10K R0567 0662057R92 47K U0203 5109699X01 Audio Pwr Amp 5105835U50 Hear Clear R0501 0662057A81 22K R0568 0662057A65 4.7K U0250 R0502 0662057A69 6.8K R0569 0662057R92 47K U0400 5184704M61 Analog Switch 140016b 5113818A03 Op Amp R0503 0662057R55 7.5K R0570 0662057B47 0 U0401 R0504 0662057R31 0 R0571 0662057A42 510 U0500 5105625U96 5v Reg 5105625U97 9.3v Reg (B) R0505 0662057A65 4.7K R0572 0662057A97 100K U0501 R0506 0662057A65 4.7K R0573 0662057A46 750 U0502 5113816A04 78l08 Soic 8v Reg 5105625U26 Dual 555 Timer R0511 0662057A43 560 R0574 0662057A73 10K U0510 R0512 0662057B05 200K R0576 0662057R92 47K U0550 5113819A04 Quad Op Amp U0551 5113811G02 D To A Mc144111dw R0513 0662057B05 200K R0577 0662057B47 0 R0514 0662057B02 150K R0578 0662057A65 4.7K R0518 0662057A65 4.7K R0579 0662057A65 4.7K R0519 0662057A81 22K R0580 0662057A65 4.7K VR0001 4813830A14 5.1V 4813830A27 14V R0521 0662057A81 22K R0581 0662057A61 3.3K R0522 0662057A81 22K R0582 0662057R92 47K VR0405 4813830A15 5.6V 100K VR0406 4813830A27 14V 0662057A73 December 6, 2004 10K R0583 0662057G13 Notes: 1. For optimum performance, diodes, transistors and integrated circuits must be ordered by MOTOROLA part numbers. 2. When ordering quartz crystal units or ceramic resonators, specify carrier frequency, crystal (or resonator) frequency, and crystal (or resonator) type number. Zener diodes:(See Note 1) VR0100 R0523 Digital Area Shield (A) 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists 10-52 Controller Parts List for VHF 110W Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Description Capacitors, Fixed: unless otherwise stated C0100 2113743K15 0.10uF C0102 2113743K15 0.10uF C0104 2113743K15 0.10uF C0105 2311049A42 3.3uF C0106 2113930F67 470PF C0107 2311049A07 1.0uF C0108 2113743K15 0.10uF C0109 2113741F49 0.010uF C0110 2113741F49 0.010uF C0201 2113743K15 0.10uF C0202 2113743F08 0.22uF C0203 2113741A57 0.033uF C0204 2311049J11 4.7uF C0205 2311049A09 2.2uF C0206 2311049A07 1.0uF C0207 2311049A07 1.0uF C0208 2113741F49 0.010uF C0209 2311049A01 0.10uF C0210 2113743K15 0.10uF C0211 2113743K15 0.10uF C0212 2113741F49 0.010uF C0213 2311049J23 10uF C0214 2113743A19 0.10uF C0215 2311049J23 10uF C0216 2113743K15 0.10uF C0217 2113743F08 0.22uF C0218 2113743A19 0.10uF C0219 2311049J26 10uF C0221 2113743A19 0.10uF C0222 2311049J26 10uF C0223 2113741M53 0.022uF C0224 2113741M53 0.022uF C0225 2113743K15 0.10uF C0228 2113743K15 0.10uF C0229 2113740F39 33pF C0231 2113932K15 0.10uF C0234 2113743K15 0.10uF C0235 2311049A07 1.0uF C0236 2113741F13 330pF C0237 2311049A42 3.3uF C0240 2113741A57 68P81083C20-D 0.033uF Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number C0241 2109720D14 C0242 2113741A33 Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number 0.1 C0441 2113930F67 470pF C0518 2311049A07 1uF 3300pF C0442 2113741F49 0.010uF C0550 2113930F51 100pF Description Description Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Description C0243 2113741F49 0.010uF C0443 2113931F25 1000pF C0551 2113930F51 100pF C0244 209720D14 0.10uF C0444 2113930F67 470pF C0553 2113930F51 100pF C0401 2113740F36 24pF C0445 2113931F25 1000pF C0554 2113930F51 100pF C0402 2113740F36 24pF C0446 2113741F49 0.010uF C0555 2113930F51 100pF C0403 2113930F67 470pF C0447 2113930F67 470pF C0556 2113930F51 100pF C0404 2113740F36 24pF C0449 2113741F49 0.010uF C0557 2113930F51 100pF C0405 2113740F39 33pF C0450 2113930F67 470pF C0558 2113930F51 100pF C0406 2113740F39 33pF C0451 2113741F49 0.010uF C0561 2113930F51 100pF C0407 2113930F67 470pF C0452 2113741F49 0.010uF C0562 2113930F51 100pF C0408 2113930F67 470pF C0453 2113930F67 470pF C0564 2113930F51 100pF C0409 2113930F67 470pF C0454 2113741F49 0.010uF C0565 2113930F51 100pF C0410 2113930F67 470pF C0456 2113930F67 470pF C0566 2113930F51 100pF C0411 2113930F67 470pF C0457 2113741F49 0.010uF C0569 2311049A07 1.0uF C0412 2113930F67 470pF C0458 2113741F49 0.010uF C0570 2113932K15 0.10uF C0413 2113743K15 .10uF C0459 2113930F67 470pF C0575 2113930F51 100pF C0414 2113930F67 470pF C0460 2113741F49 0.010uF C0999 2113931F49 10000pF C0415 2113930F67 470pF C0461 2113741F49 0.010uF C0416 2113930F67 470pF C0462 2113930F67 470PF C0417 2113931F25 1000pF C0463 2113741F49 0.01uF CR0105 4813833C02 Dual C0418 2113930F67 470pF C0464 2113930F67 470PF CR0500 4813833C02 Dual C0419 2113931F25 1000pF C0465 2311049A07 1.0uF CR0510 4813833C02 Dual C0420 2113931F25 1000pF C0467 2113930F36 24pF CR0511 4813833C02 Dual C0421 2113930F67 470pF C0468 2113931F25 1000pF CR0550 4813833C02 Dual C0422 2113930F67 470pF C0469 2113931F25 1000pF CR0551 4813833C02 Dual C0423 2113930F67 470pF C0470 2113930F36 24pF CR0600 4813833C02 Dual C0424 2113931F25 1000pF C0471 2113931F25 1000pF C0425 2113930F67 470pF C0472 2113930F36 24pF C0426 2113930F67 470pF C0500 2109720D14 0.1uF J401 0913915A11 25 Pins, Female C0427 2113930F67 470pF C0501 2380090M24 10uF J403 2805429W01 25 Pins, Sealed C0428 2113930F67 470pF C0502 2113741A45 0.010uF J405 0905904V01 18 Pins, Female C0429 2113930F67 470pF C0503 2311049J44 47uF J408 0913915A11 25 Pins, Female C0430 2113930F67 470pF C0504 2109720D14 0.1uF C0431 2113930F67 470pF C0505 2109720D14 0.1uF C0432 2113931F25 1000pF C0506 2380090M24 10uF C0433 2113741F25 1000pF C0507 2113740F51 100pF L0200 2462587K26 33uH C0434 2113930F67 470pF C0508 2311049A97 33uF L0400 0662057C55 150ohm Resistor L0401 0662057C55 150ohm Resistor Diodes: Connectors: Coils, RF: unless otherwise stated C0435 2113930F67 470pF C0509 2109720D14 0.1uF C0436 2113930F67 470pF C0510 2113743K15 0.1uF C0437 2113740F39 33pF C0511 2311049A07 1.0uF C0438 2113930F67 470pF C0512 2113743K15 0.1uF Q0100 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K 4805921T09 FMG8 4813824A10 NPN Transistors: C0439 2113930F67 470pF C0513 2311049A07 1.0uF Q0103 C0440 2113930F67 470pF C0514 2113743K15 0.1uF Q0200 December 6, 2004 10-53 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Q0202 4880048M01 Q0400 4805128M16 NPN 47K/47K R0100 0662057B47 PNP R0101 0662057A81 Q0401 Q0402 4813824A10 NPN R0104 4805128M16 PNP R0105 Description Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number 0 R0221 0662057B05 200K R0430 0662057A73 10K 22K R0222 0662057A25 100 R0431 0662057A65 4.7K 0662057A81 22K R0223 0662057A49 1K R0432 0662057C01 0 0662057A97 100K R0224 0662057A41 470 R0433 0662057A89 47K Description Description Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Description Q0406 4805128M16 PNP R0106 0662057A73 10K R0228 0662057A69 6.8K R0434 0662057A84 30K Q0407 4813824A10 NPN R0109 0662057A73 10K R0229 0662057A41 470 R0435 0662057A73 10K Q0408 4805128M16 PNP R0110 0662057A97 100K R0230 0662057A49 1K R0436 0662057A73 10K Q0409 4813824A10 NPN R0111 0662057B47 0 R0231 0662057A25 100 R0437 0662057A65 4.7K Q0414 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0112 0662057A73 10K R0233 0662057B47 0 R0439 0662057A89 47K Q0416 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0113 0662057B47 0 R0234 0662057A65 4.7K R0440 0662057A73 10K Q0417 4880141L02 NPN R0114 0662057A73 10K R0235 0662057A49 1K R0442 0662057A65 4.7K Q0418 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0115 0662057A73 10K R0236 0662057A81 22K R0443 0662057A89 47K Q0419 4880141L02 NPN R0116 0662057A73 10K R0237 0662057A73 10K R0444 0662057A73 10K Q0420 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0117 0662057A97 100K R0238 0662057B02 150K R0445 0662057A65 4.7K Q0421 4880141L02 NPN R0118 0662057A73 10K R0239 0662057A73 10K R0446 0662057A73 10K Q0422 4880048M01 NPN R0119 0662057A56 2K R0244 0662057A65 4.7K R0447 0662057A89 47K Q0423 4880141L02 NPN R0121 0662057B47 0 R0245 0662057A73 10K R0448 0662057A73 10K Q0424 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0122 0662057B47 0 R0300 0662057B47 0 R0449 0662057A65 4.7K Q0425 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0124 0662057B47 0 R0400 0662057A73 10K R0450 0662057A73 10K Q0426 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0125 0662057B47 0 R0401 0662057A89 47K R0451 0662057A65 4.7K Q0428 4805128M12 NPN R0126 0662057A89 47K R0402 0662057A81 22K R0452 0662057A73 10K Q0429 4805128M27 BSR33 R0127 0662057B47 0 R0403 0662057A29 150 R0453 0662057A65 4.7K Q0430 4880141L02 NPN R0129 0662057B47 0 R0404 0662057A29 150 R0454 0662057A73 10K Q0431 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0130 0662057B47 0 R0406 0662057A73 10K R0455 0662057A89 47K a Q0500 4813824A10 NPN R0131 0662057B47 0 R0407 0662057A41 470 R0456 0662057A73 10K Q0510 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0132 0662057B47 0 R0408 0662057A73 10K b R0457 0662057A65 4.7K Q0511 4805718V02 Pwr FET Audio P_Channel R0200 0662057R92 47K R0409 0662057A57 2.2K R0458 0662057A73 10K R0202 0662057A73 10K R0410 0662057A25 100 R0459 0662057A89 47K Q0513 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0204 0662057A89 47K R0411 0662057A25 100 R0460 0662057A73 10K Q0514 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0206 0662057A73 10K R0412 0662057A41 470 * R0464 0662057A73 10K Q0515 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0207 0662057A73 10K R0413 0662057A73 10K R0465 0662057A53 1.5K Q0516 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0208 0662057A73 10K R0414 0662057A81 22K R0466 0662057A59 2.7K Q0517 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0209 0662057A73 10K R0415 0662057A57 2.2K R0468 0662057A65 4.7K Q0518 4880048M01 NPN 47K/47K R0210 0662057A73 10K R0416 0662057A81 22K R0469 0662057C01 0 Q0519 4813824A10 NPN R0211 0662057A73 10K R0417 0662057A93 68K R0500 0662057A73 10K Q0551 4813824A10 NPN R0212 0662057A69 6.8K R0421 0662057A65 4.7K R0501 0662057A81 22K Q0552 4880048M01 NPN R0213 0662057A69 6.8K R0422 0662057A69 6.8K R0502 0662057A69 6.8K Q0553 4805128M27 PNP R0214 0662057A69 6.8K R0423 0662057A89 47K R0503 0660076E70 7.5K Q0554 4880048M01 NPN R0215 0662057A49 1.0K R0424 0662057A65 4.7K R0504 0660076E51 1.2K R0216 0662057A69 6.8K R0425 0662057A41 470 R0505 0662057A65 4.7K R0217 0662057B05 200K R0426 0662057A65 4.7K R0506 0662057A65 4.7K R0218 0662057B05 200K R0427 0662057A32 200 R0511 0662057A43 560 Resistors, Fixed: ¾ unless otherwise stated R0004 0662057A57 2.2K R0046 0662057A73 10K December 6, 2004 R0219 0662057B05 200K R0428 0662057A89 47K R0512 0662057B05 200K R0220 0662057A49 1.0K R0429 0662057A81 22K R0513 0662057B05 200K 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number R0514 0662057B02 R0518 0662057A65 R0519 R0521 10-54 Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number 150K R0587 0662057A75 4.7K R0589 0662057G33 0662057A81 22K R0598 0662057C01 0662057A81 22K R0522 0662057A81 22K R0523 0662057A73 10K U0101 R0525 0662057A65 4.7K R0526 0662057A73 10K R0527 0662057A73 10K R0529 0662057B47 0 R0535 0662057A65 R0546 0662057B47 R0547 0662057R92 Description Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number 12k VR0427 4813830A27 14V 237k VR0428 4813830A23 10V 0 VR0429 4813830A27 14V VR0430 4813830A27 14V Description Integrated Circuits: VR0431 4813830A15 5.6V 5185748L01 32k x 8 sram VR0511 4813830A27 14V U0103 5113802A75 Microprocessor U0104 5185765B30 Support Logic IC U0105 5113806A20 MUX/DEMUX Triple 2Chan 4.7K U0106 5105625U22 FLASH 1Mx8 0 U0108 5105109Z72 32k x 8 EEPROM ‘TSOP’ 0 U0200 5185765B33 ASFIC 5183222M49 OP AMP R0548 0662057C01 0 U0201 R0549 0662057G33 237k U0202 5183222M49 OP AMP R0550 0662057A89 0 U0203 5109699X01 Audio Pwr Amp 5184704M61 Analog Switch R0552 0662057A97 0 U0400 R0553 0662057A97 0 U0401 5113818A03 OP Ampl 5105625U96 5v Reg R0554 0662057A97 0 U0500 R0556 0662057A25 100k U0501 5105625U97 9.3v Reg 5113816A04 8V Regulator R0557 0662057R60 10K U0502 R0558 0660076E83 27K U0510 5105625U26 Dual 555 Timer 5183222M49 Opnl Ampl R0559 0662057R55 7.5K U0550 R0560 0660076E83 27K U0551 5113811G02 D/A Converter R0563 0662057A51 1.2k R0564 0662057A57 0 4813830A14 5.1V a. If 50x80 Pads (newer models) use 0662057C61 270. b. If (*) use 0662057A57 2.7 K. For optimum performance, order replacement diodes, transistors, and circuit modules by Motorola part number only. 1. When ordering crystals, specify carrier frequency, crystal frequency, crystal type number, and Motorola part number. 2. Part value notations: p=10-12, n=10-9, µ=10-6, m=10-3, k=103 ,M=106 Diodes, Zener: R0566 0662057A73 10K VR0001 R0567 0662057R92 47K VR0100 4813830A27 14V 4813830A15 5.6V R0568 0662057A65 4.7K VR0405 R0569 0662057R92 47K VR0406 4813830A27 14V 4813830A27 14V R0570 0662057A49 1K VR0407 R0571 0662057A25 0 VR0409 4813830A27 14V 4813830A27 14V R0572 0662057A73 0 VR0410 R0573 0662057A49 0 VR0413 4813830A15 5.6V 4813830A15 5.6V R0576 0662057R92 47K VR0414 R0577 0662057A97 0 VR0415 4813830A15 5.6V 4813830A27 14V R0578 0662057A65 4.7K VR0418 R0579 0662057A65 4.7K VR0419 4813830A23 10V 4813830A23 10V R0580 0662057A65 4.7K VR0420 R0581 0662057A65 0 VR0421 4813830A23 10V 4813830A23 10V R0582 0662057R92 47K VR0422 R0583 0662057R92 0 VR0424 4813830A27 14V 4813830A40 33V 4813830A27 14V R0585 0662057A49 0 VR0425 R0586 0662057A49 1.0K VR0426 68P81083C20-D Description December 6, 2004 10-55 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists Controller Parts List for UHF 110W R1 and 40W R2 Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Description UHF 40W R2 Specific (A) UHF 100W R1 Specific (B) CAPACITOR, Fixed: unless otherwise stated C0026 2113930F67 470pF (B) C0027 2311049J44 47uF (B) C0100 2113932K15 0.10uF C0102 2113932K15 0.10uF C0104 2113932K15 0.10uF C0105 2311049A42 3.3uF C0106 2113930F67 470pF C0107 2311049A07 1.0uF C0108 2113932K15 0.10uF C0109 2113931F49 0.010uF C0110 2113931F49 0.010uF C0201 2113932K15 0.10uF C0202 2113743F08 0.22uF C0203 2113741A57 0.033uF C0204 2311049J11 4.7uF C0205 2311049A09 2.2uF C0206 2311049A07 1.0uF C0207 2311049A07 1.0uF C0208 2113931F49 0.010uF C0209 2311049A01 0.10uF C0210 2113932K15 0.10uF C0211 2113932K15 0.10uF C0212 2113931F49 0.010uF C0213 2311049J23 10uF C0214 2113743A19 0.10uF C0215 2311049J23 10uF C0216 2113932K15 0.10uF C0217 2113743F08 0.22uF C0218 2113743A19 0.10uF C0219 2311049J26 10uF C0221 2113743A19 0.10uF C0222 2311049J26 10uF C0223 2113741M53 0.022uF C0224 2113741M53 0.022uF C0225 2113932K15 0.10uF C0228 2113932K15 0.10uF C0229 2113930F39 December 6, 2004 33pF Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number C0231 2113932K15 C0234 2113932K15 0.10uF C0434 2113930F67 470pF C0508 2311049A97 33uF 0.10uF C0435 2113930F67 470pF C0509 2109720D14 0.1uF C0235 C0236 2311049A07 1.0uF C0436 2113930F67 470pF C0510 2113932K15 0.1uF 2113931F13 330pF C0437 2113930F39 33pF C0511 2311049A07 1.0uF C0237 C0240 2311049A42 3.3uF C0438 2113930F67 470pF C0512 2113932K15 0.1uF 2113741A57 0.033uF C0439 2113930F67 470pF C0513 2311049A07 1.0uF C0241 2109720D14 0.1uF C0440 2113930F67 470pF C0514 2113932K15 0.1uF C0242 2113741A33 3300pF C0441 2113930F67 470pF C0518 2311049A07 1.0uF C0243 2113931F49 0.010uF C0442 2113931F49 0.010uF C0550 2113930F51 100pF C0244 209720D14 0.10uF C0443 2113931F25 1000pF C0551 2113930F51 100pF C0401 2113930F36 24pF C0444 2113930F67 470pF C0553 2113930F51 100pF C0402 2113930F36 24pF C0445 2113931F25 1000pF C0554 2113930F51 100pF C0403 2113930F67 470pF C0446 2113931F49 0.010uF C0555 2113930F51 100pF C0404 2113930F36 24pF C0447 2113930F67 470pF C0556 2113930F51 100pF C0405 2113930F39 33pF C0449 2113931F49 0.010uF C0557 2113930F51 100pF C0406 2113930F39 33pF C0450 2113930F67 470pF C0558 2113930F51 100pF C0407 2113930F67 470pF C0451 2113931F49 0.010uF C0561 2113930F51 100pF C0408 2113930F67 470pF C0452 2113931F49 0.010uF C0562 2113930F51 100pF C0408 2113930F67 470pF (A) C0453 2113930F67 470pF C0564 2113930F51 100pF C0409 2113930F67 470pF C0454 2113931F49 0.010uF C0565 2113930F51 100pF C0410 2113930F67 470pF C0456 2113930F67 470pF C0566 2113930F51 100pF C0411 2113930F67 470pF C0457 2113931F49 0.010uF C0568 2113743A19 0.1uF C0412 2113930F67 470pF C0458 2113931F49 0.010uF C0569 2311049A07 1.0uF C0413 2113932K15 0.10uF C0459 2113930F67 470pF C0570 2113932K15 0.1uF C0414 2113930F67 470pF C0460 2113931F49 0.010uF C0575 2113930F51 100pF C0415 2113930F67 470pF C0461 2113931F49 0.010uF C0999 2113931F37 10000pF C0416 2113930F67 470pF C0462 2113930F67 470pF C0417 2113931F25 1000pF C0463 2113931F49 0.010uF C0418 2113930F67 470pF C0464 2113930F67 470pF CR0001 4813833C02 Dual C0419 2113931F25 1000pF C0465 2311049A07 1.0uF CR0105 4813833C02 Dual C0420 2113931F25 1000pF C0467 2113930F36 24pF CR0500 4813833C02 Dual C0421 2113930F67 470pF C0468 2113931F25 1000pF CR0510 4813833C02 Dual C0422 2113930F67 470pF C0470 2113930F36 24pF CR0511 4813833C02 Dual C0423 2113930F67 470pF C0471 2113931F25 1000pF CR0550 4813833C02 Dual C0424 2113931F25 1000pF C0472 2113930F36 24pF CR0551 4813833C02 Dual C0425 2113930F67 470pF C0473 2113931F49 0.010uF CR0600 4813833C02 Dual C0426 2113930F67 470pF C0500 2109720D14 0.1uF E0400 0705892W01 Frame C0427 2113930F67 470pF C0501 2380090M24 10uF C0428 2113930F67 470pF C0502 2113741A45 10nF C0429 2113930F67 470pF C0503 2311049J44 47uF J0401 0913915A11 25 pins female C0430 2113930F67 470pF C0504 2109720D14 0.1uF J0403 2805429W03 25 pins sealed C0431 2113930F67 470pF C0505 2109720D14 0.1uF J0405 0905904V03 18 pins female C0432 2113931F25 1000pF C0506 2380090M24 10uF C0433 2113931F25 1000pF C0507 2113930F51 100pF Description (B) Description Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Description (B) Diodes: Connectors: Coils, RF: 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number L0200 2462587K26 10-56 Description 33uh (B) Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Q0554 4880048M01 Transistors: Q0100 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number R0215 0662057A49 R0216 0662057A69 Resistors, Fixed: ¾ unless otherwise stated R0217 R0218 Description NPN 47k/47k 0662057A57 2.2k Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number 1.0k R0425 0662057A41 470 6.8k R0426 0662057A65 4.7k 0662057B05 200k R0427 0662057A32 200 0662057B05 200k R0428 0662057A89 47k Description Description Q0103 4805921T09 fmg8 R0004 R0219 0662057B05 200k R0429 0662057A81 22k Q0200 4813824A10 NPN R0022 0662057A65 4.7k R0220 0662057A49 1.0k R0430 0662057A73 10k 0662057A73 10k Q0202 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k R0046 R0221 0662057B05 200k R0431 0662057A65 4.7k Q0400 4805128M16 PNP R0100 0662057B47 0 R0222 0662057A25 100 R0432 0662057C01 0 Q0401 4813824A10 NPN R0101 0662057A81 22k R0223 0662057A49 1.0k R0433 0662057A89 47k Q0402 4805128M16 PNP R0104 0662057A81 22k R0224 0662057A41 470 R0434 0662057A84 30k 0662057A97 100k Q0406 4805128M16 PNP R0105 R0228 0662057A69 6.8k R0437 0662057A65 4.7k Q0407 4813824A10 NPN R0106 0662057A73 10k R0229 0662057A41 470 R0439 0662057A89 47k Q0408 4805128M16 PNP R0110 0662057A97 100k R0230 0662057A49 1.0k R0440 0662057A73 10k NPN R0111 0662057B47 0 R0231 0662057A25 100 R0442 0662057A65 4.7k 0662057A73 10k Q0409 4813824A10 Q0414 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k R0112 R0233 0662057B47 0 R0443 0662057A89 47k Q0416 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k R0113 0662057B47 0 R0234 0662057A65 4.7k R0444 0662057A73 10k 0662057A73 10k Q0417 4880141L02 NPN R0114 R0235 0662057A49 1k R0445 0662057A65 4.7k Q0418 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k R0115 0662057A73 10k R0236 0662057A81 22k R0446 0662057A73 10k Q0419 4880141L02 NPN R0116 0662057A73 10k R0237 0662057A73 10k R0447 0662057A89 47k Q0420 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k R0118 0662057A73 10k R0238 0662057B02 150K R0448 0662057A73 10k 0662057A56 2k Q0421 4880141L02 NPN R0119 R0239 0662057A73 10k R0449 0662057A65 4.7k Q0422 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k R0121 0662057B47 0 R0244 0662057A65 4.7K R0450 0662057A73 10k Q0423 4880141L02 NPN R0122 0662057B47 0 R0245 0662057A73 10k R0451 0662057A65 4.7k Q0424 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k R0124 0662057B47 0 R0300 0662057B47 0 R0452 0662057A73 10k Q0425 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k R0125 0662057B47 0 R0400 0662057A73 10k R0453 0662057A65 4.7k Q0426 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k R0126 0662057A89 47k R0401 0662057A89 47k R0454 0662057A73 10k Q0428 4805128M12 NPN R0127 0662057B47 0 R0402 0662057A81 22k R0455 0662057A89 47k Q0429 4805128M27 bsr33 R0129 0662057B47 0 R0403 0662057A29 150 R0456 0662057A73 10k 0662057B47 0 Q0430 4880141L02 NPN R0130 R0404 0662057A29 150 R0457 0662057A65 4.7k Q0431 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k R0131 0662057B47 0 R0406 0662057A73 10k R0458 0662057A73 10k Q0432 4805128M12 NPN R0132 0662057B47 0 R0407 0660076A41 470 R0459 0662057A89 47k Q0500 4813824A10 NPN R0134 0662057A73 10k R0408 0662057A73 10k R0460 0662057A73 10k 0662057R92 47k Q0510 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k R0200 R0409 0662057A57 2.2k R0464 0662057A73 10k Q0511 4805718V02 Pwr FET P-Channel R0202 0662057A73 10k R0410 0662057A25 100 R0465 0662057A53 1.5k 0662057A89 47k Q0513 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k R0204 R0411 0662057A25 100 R0466 0662057A59 2.7k Q0514 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k R0206 0662057A73 10k R0412 0660076A41 470 R0467 0662057A65 4.7k 0662057A73 10k Q0515 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k R0207 R0413 0662057A73 10k R0468 0662057A65 Q0516 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k R0208 0662057A73 10k R0414 0662057A81 22k R0468 0662057A65 0662057A73 10k 4.7k Q0517 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k R0209 R0415 0662057A57 2.2k R0470 0662057C01 0 Q0518 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k R0210 0662057A73 10k R0416 0662057A81 22k R0473 0662057A73 10k Q0519 4813824A10 NPN R0211 0662057A73 10k R0417 0662057A93 68k R0474 0662057A73 10k Q0551 4813824A10 NPN R0212 0662057A69 6.8k R0421 0662057A65 4.7k R0475 0662057A66 5.1k 0662057A69 6.8k R0423 0662057A89 47k R0476 0662057A49 1.0k 0662057A69 6.8k R0424 0662057A65 4.7k R0500 0662057A73 10k Q0552 4880048M01 NPN 47k/47k R0213 Q0553 4805128M27 bsr33 R0214 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 10-57 Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number R0501 0662057A81 R0502 0662057A69 22k R0568 0662057A65 6.8k R0569 0662057R92 R0503 R0504 0660076E70 7.5k R0570 0662057A49 1.0k 0660076E51 1.2k R0571 0662057A25 100 R0505 0662057A65 4.7k R0572 0662057A73 10k VR0001 4813830A14 5.1V R0506 0662057A65 4.7k R0573 0662057A69 6.8K (A) VR0100 4813830A27 14 V R0511 0662057A43 560 R0573 0662057A71 8.2k (B) VR0405 4813830A15 5.6V R0512 0662057B05 200k R0576 0662057R92 47.5k VR0406 4813830A27 14 V R0513 0662057B05 200k R0577 0662057A84 30K VR0407 4813830A27 14 V R0514 0662057B02 150k R0577 0662057A97 100k VR0409 4813830A27 14 V Description Reference Symbol MOTOROLA Part Number 4.7k U0550 5183222M49 OPAMP 47.5k U0551 5113811G02 D/A Converter Description Description Diodes, Zener: (A) (B) R0518 0662057A65 4.7k R0578 0662057A65 4.7k VR0410 4813830A27 14 V R0519 0662057A81 22k R0579 0662057A65 4.7k VR0413 4813830A15 5.6V R0521 0662057A81 22k R0580 0662057A65 4.7k VR0414 4813830A15 5.6V R0522 0662057A81 22k R0581 0662057A65 4.7k VR0415 4813830A15 5.6V R0523 0662057A73 10k R0582 0660076A83 30K VR0416 4813830A37 27 V R0525 0662057A65 4.7k R0582 0662057R92 47.5k VR0418 4813830A27 14 V R0526 0662057A73 10k R0583 0662057C01 0 VR0419 4813830A23 10 V R0527 0662057A73 10k R0583 0662057G33 237k VR0420 4813830A23 10 V R0529 0662057B47 0 R0585 0660076A49 1.0k VR0421 4813830A23 10 V R0535 0662057A65 4.7k R0586 0662057A49 1.0k VR0422 4813830A23 10 V R0546 0662057A57 2.2K (A) R0587 0662057A75 12k (B) VR0424 4813830A27 14 V R0546 0662057A65 4.7k (B) R0587 0662057A75 12k (A) VR0425 4813830A40 33 V (B) R0589 0662057G33 237k VR0426 4813830A27 14 V R0598 0662057C01 0 VR0427 4813830A27 17 V RT0200 0680149M02 100k VR0428 4813830A23 10 V VR0429 4813830A27 14 V Integrated Circuits: VR0430 4813830A27 14 V 32k x 8 sram VR0431 4813830A15 5.6V VR0511 4813830A27 14V R0547 0660076A81 22k R0547 0662057G13 100K R0548 0662057C01 0 R0549 0662057G33 237k R0550 0662057A89 47k R0551 0662057R92 47k R0552 0662057A80 20k R0552 0662057A80 20k R0553 0662057A97 100k R0553 0662057B47 0 (A) (A) (B) (A) (B) U0101 5185748L01 (A) U0103 5113802A75 Microprocessor (B) U0104 5185765B30 Support Logic IC (B) (A) (A) U0105 5113806A20 MUX/DEMUX U0106 5105625U22 Flash 1Mx8 U0108 5105109Z72 32k x 8 EEPROM ‘TSOP’ U0200 5185765B33 ASFIC R0554 0662057A84 30k R0554 0662057A97 100k R0556 0662057A25 100k U0201 5183222M49 OPAMP R0557 0662057R60 10k (B) U0202 5183222M49 OPAMP (A) (B) R0557 0660076E77 15K U0203 5109699X01 Audio Pwr Amp R0558 0660076E83 27K U0400 5184704M61 ANALOG Switch R0559 0662057R55 7.5K U0401 5113818A03 OPAMP R0560 0660076E83 27K U0500 5105625U96 5v Reg R0563 0662057A51 1.2k U0501 5105625U97 9.3v Reg R0564 0662057A84 30k U0501 5105625U97 9.3V Reg. LM2941t (B) R0566 0662057A73 10k U0502 5113816A04 8V Regulator R0567 0662057R92 47.5k U0510 5105625U26 Dual 555 Timer December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Chapter 10: Digrams and Parts Lists 10-58 Notes 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 LHRSTI LHRSTOB PJ7 PJ6 PJ5 PJ4 PJ3 BOOTSTRB PJ2 VDD4 VSS4 ECLK PJ1 PJ0 OEB 4XECLK D3 RWBIN D0 MEMRWB Appendix A Over Molded Pad Array Carriers (OMPACs) A1 A2 A0 A3 OVERRIDE POR PK0 A4 SCNEN PL0 VSS1 DECIN SLIC IV P3 57W06 0 VDD1 PK4 PL4 PK3 D2 RXDIN D6 D5 D1 D4 IRQB HC11RST D7 AV * VDD3 VSS3 PH0 CE * PH1 PH2 PH3 RTSBOUT PL3 PK1 PL1 PK2 PL2 SCNSLB PH4 SCIRXD PH5 PK7 PM3 PM2 PM1 PM0 VSS2 VDD2 ROM1CSB ROM2CSB EE1CSB EE2CSB A14OUT A15OUT PL6 PL7 PH7 PH6 PK5 PK6 A15IN PL5 RTSBIN A14IN MAEPF-25419-O LHRSTI LHRSTOB PJ7 PJ6 PJ5 PJ4 PJ3 BOOTSTRB PJ2 VDD4 VSS4 ECLK PJ1 PJ0 OEB 4XECLK D3 RWBIN D0 MEMRWB Figure A-1. U0104 - Support Logic SLIC IV, used on Controller Section A1 A2 A0 A3 OVERRIDE POR PK0 A4 SCNEN PL0 VSS1 DECIN SLIC V GPG334NP11 CNCFYYWW VDD1 PK4 PL4 PK3 D2 RXDIN D6 D5 D1 D4 IRQB HC11RST D7 AV * VDD3 VSS3 PH0 CE * PH1 PH2 PH3 RTSBOUT PL3 PK1 PL1 PK2 PL2 SCNSLB PH4 SCIRXD PH5 PK7 PM2 PM1 PM0 VSS2 VDD2 ROM1CSB ROM2CSB EE1CSB EE2CSB A14OUT A15OUT PL6 PL7 PH7 PH6 PK6 PM3 PK5 A15IN PL5 RTSBIN A14IN Figure A-2. U0104 - Support Logic SLIC V, used on Controller Section GCB1 GCB2 GCB3 GCB4 GCB5 DCAP LCAP GCB0 PL LIM LOW SP CAP Over Molded Pad Array Carriers (OMPACs): NC EXT MIC IN MIC AMP OUT VOX OUT A-2 GND A MIC IN UNIV IO PL CLK MDC REF OUT VDD TX IN PRE MP AUX TX IN LOOP CAP GND D VAG OUT UP CLK 35U14 AE344 JAPAN LIM IN VAG CAP BIAS RES DACO XTAL OUT XTAL IN DATA CLOCK PGM EN TRK CLK IN DTMF CLK SQ DET RSSI REF ATN RESET TIMING CAP CH ACT RX LIM OUT RX LIM CAP RX AUD OUT EXT VOL IN EXP AUD IN UNAT RX OUT RX IN AUX RX IN SQ IN PL IN VCO ATN MAEPF-24676-O Figure A-3. U0200 - Audio Signalling Filter, used on Controller Section December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D EXP OUT EXP ADJ GND VAG IC ENAB A-3 LO DSAB Over Molded Pad Array Carriers (OMPACs): HCI DSAB HI ENAB N FIL IN EXP IN N FIL OUT HCI 62U60 P3 YYMM CLIP REF NOISE HOLD EXP BYPASS CPN ENAB COMP BYPASS CFB BYPASS COMP BUF OUT COMP OUT FF ENABLE FF OUT FF IN FF CTRL RSSI IN COMP CAP COMP BUF IN Figure A-4. U0250 - Hear Clear, used on Controller Section D64W-11 (F91P ) VCO EMIT VCO BASE CHIP SELECT REF CLK INPUT (2.1MHz) CLK INPUT DATA INPUT VCO STEER OUT VCO COLLECTOR 131KHz IF DEPC-95433-O/None Figure A-5. U6702 - Synthesizer, used on RF Section 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 A-4 Over Molded Pad Array Carriers (OMPACs): D64W-11 (F91P ) VCO EMIT VCO BASE REF CLK INPUT (2.1MHz) CHIP SELECT CLK INPUT DATA INPUT VCO STEER OUT VCO COLLECTOR 131KHz IF DEPC-95433-O/None Figure A-6. U6201 - ZIF, used on RF Section December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Appendix B Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. RX_CNTL1 IF1-3-6 Receiver IF 68P81080C43-C RX_CNTL1 68P81080C44-B Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D RX_CNTL1 IF5-2-3 Receiver IF 68P81080C43-C RX_CNTL1 68P81080C44-B Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D DUPLEX_ SYN_ SELECT IF1-2-19 Receiver IF 68P81080C43-C DUPLEX_ 68P81080C44-B SYN_SEL Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D ROSC_SEL Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D ROSC_SEL Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D LOCK_DET Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D LOCK_DET Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D AUDIO_ MOD Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller AUDIO_ MOD Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller SYN_SEL IF1-3-10 Receiver IF 68P81080C43-C SYN_SEL 68P81080C44-B Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D SYN_SEL IF4-3-4 Receiver IF 68P81080C43-C SYN_SEL 68P81080C44-B Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D SQUELCH IF1-2-17 Receiver IF 68P81080C43-C SQUELCH_ 68P81080C44-B IN Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller SQUELCH IF3-2-16 Receiver IF 68P81080C43-C SQUELCH_ 68P81080C44-B IN Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller B-2 Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. ZIF_SEL IF1-2-18 Receiver IF 68P81080C43-C ZIF_SEL 68P81080C44-B Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D ZIF_SEL IF3-2-1 Receiver IF 68P81080C43-C ZIF_SEL 68P81080C44-B Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D DISC IF1-3-2 Receiver IF 68P81080C43-C DISC 68P81080C44-B Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller DISC Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller 68P81080C43-C DISC 68P81080C44-B Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller DISC Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller SQUELCH_ IN Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller DISC IF3-3-4 DISC Receiver IF Receiver Back End 68P81080C43-C DISC 68P81080C44-B Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller DISC Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller ZIF_SEL Receiver Back End 68P81080C43-C ZIF_SEL 68P81080C44-B Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D PA_CNTL Power Amplifier 68P81080C43-C PA_CNTL 68P81080C44-B Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D VDRIVE Power Amplifier 68P81080C43-C VDRIVE 68P81080C44-B Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D CURRENT_ SENSE+ Power Amplifier 68P81080C43-C CURRENT_ 68P81080C44-B SENSE+ Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D CURRENT_ SENSE- Power Amplifier 68P81080C43-C CURRENT_ 68P81080C44-B SENSE- Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: B-3 Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. VFORWARD Power Amplifier 68P81080C43-C V_ 68P81080C44-B FORWARD Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D PA_TEMP Power Amplifier 68P81080C43-C PA_TEMP 68P81080C44-B Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D LOCK_DET Synthesizer AUDIO_MO D 68P81083C20-D Controller, ASFIC/ Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller SYN_SEL Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D 68P81080C43-C LOCK_DET 68P81080C44-B Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D ROSC_SEL Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D VDRIVE Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D VDRIVE Power Amplifier 68P81080C43-C 68P81080C44-B PWR_ RANGE Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D PWR_ RANGE Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D V_ FORWARD Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D VFORWARD Power Amplifier 68P81080C43-C 68P81080C44-B VFWD_BUF Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D VFWD_BUF Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D VSUM Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D VSUM Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D CLK Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table DA_SEL Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D DA_SEL Controller/Main Controller SPI_TX_ DATA Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 B-4 Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. TEMP_GND Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D CURRENT_ SENSE+ Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D CURRENT_ SENSE+ Power Amplifier 68P81080C43-C 68P81080C44-B CURRENT_ SENSE- Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D CURRENT_ SENSE- Power Amplifier 68P81080C43-C 68P81080C44-B PA_TEMP Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D PA_TEMP Power Amplifier 68P81080C43-C 68P81080C44-B PA_DIS Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D PA_DIS Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D K9.1_ENB Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D K9.1_ENB Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D 9.3V Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table SW_B+ Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table +5V Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table PA_CNTL_LI M Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D PA_CNTL Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D PA_CNTL Power Amplifier 68P81080C43-C 68P81080C44-B TEMP Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D TEMP Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D RX_CNTL1 Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D RX_CNTL1 IF1-3-6 Receiver IF 68P81080C43-C 68P81080C44-B RX_CNTL1 IF5-2-3 Receiver IF 68P81080C43-C 68P81080C44-B December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: B-5 Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. K9.1V Controller, Power Control/ MainController 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table A+_CONT Audio PA & Voltage Regulators/Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table UNSW_5V Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D UNSW_+5V Controller, Emergency Ignition/ Controller Interface/Main Controller CL_UNSW_ 5V Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D +5V Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table SW_B+ Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table AUPA_EN Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D AUPA_EN Controller/Main Controller RX_AUDIO Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D RX_AUDIO Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller SPKR+ Audio PA & Voltage Regulators/Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D SPKR+ J0403-1 Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D SPKR- Audio PA & Voltage Regulators/Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D SPKR- J0403-3 Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D J0405-2 Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D A+ Audio PA &Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table B+_ON_OFF Audio PA &Voltage Regulators/Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D B+_ON_OFF Controller, Emergency Ignition/Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IGNITION_ CLEAR Audio PA &Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D IGNITION_ CLEAR Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 B-6 Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. 68P81083C20-D B+_ IGNITION Audio PA &Voltage Regulators/Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D B+_ IGNITION Controller, Emergency Ignition/Controller Interface/Main Controller 9.3 Audio PA &Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table Vdd Audio PA &Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table Vaud Audio PA &Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D Vaud Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller PWR_RST Audio PA &Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D PWR_RST Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller PWR_RST Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D VFWD_BUF Audio PA &Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D VFWD_BUF Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D VSUM Audio PA &Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D VSUM Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D EXP_FILTERE D_AUDIO Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D EXP_FILTER Audio Block Diagram/ ED_AUDIO Main Controller Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller AUX_RX_ IN1 Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D AUX_RX_IN J0401-9 Audio Block Diagram/ 1 Main Controller/ Controller Interface Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D AUX_RX_ IN2 Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D AUX_RX_IN J0403-12 Controller Interface Audio Block Diagram/ 2 Main Controller/ Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D AUX_RX_ IN3 Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D AUX_RX_IN J0408-9 Audio Block Diagram/ 3 Main Controller/ Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: B-7 Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. AUX_TX_IN1 Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D AUX_TX_IN J0401-14 Controller Interface Audio Block Diagram/ 1 Main Controller/ Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D AUX_TX_IN2 Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D AUX_TX_IN J0403-24 Controller Interface Audio Block Diagram/ 2 Main Controller/ Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D AUX_TX_IN3 Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D AUX_TX_IN J0408-14 Controller Interface Audio Block Diagram/ 3 Main Controller/ Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D 9.3V Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table VAG Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D VAG Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, IO RSSI Buffers Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D Vaud Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Vaud Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D CLK Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table PL_TX Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D PL_TX Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 2.1MHZ Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table TX_DATA Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D TX_DATA Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D LG_DTMF Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D LG_DTMF Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D ASFIC_SEL Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D ASFIC_SEL Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 B-8 Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. SPI_TX_ DATA Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table EXP_AUDIO Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D EXP_AUDIO Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller RX_IN Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D RX_IN Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller TRL_HD2: KEY_FAIL Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D TRL_HD2: Audio Block Diagram/ KEY_FAIL Main Controller J0405-11 Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D SQUELCH_ IN Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D SQUELCH Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller IF1-2-17 Receiver IF 68P81080C43-C 68P81080C44-B SQUELCH IF3-2-16 Receiver IF 68P81080C43-C 68P81080C44-B MIC_ VOLTAGE Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D MIC_ Audio Block Diagram/ VOLTAGE Main Controller Controller, Emergency Ignition/ Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D MIC_IN Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D MIC_IN Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, Emergency Ignition/ Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D DISC Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D DISC Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller EXT_MIC_IN Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D EXT_MIC_IN J0403-23 Controller Interface Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller TX_IN Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D TX_IN Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller RSSI Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table PWR_RST Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D PWR_RST Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D PWR_RST December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: B-9 Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. RX_HI&FIL_ AUDIO_OUT Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D RX_HI&FIL_ J0403-11 Controller Interface Audio Block Diagram/ AUDIO_OUT Main Controller 68P81083C20-D RX_HI Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D RX_HI Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D 1200 68P81083C20-D 1200 Controller, ASFIC/ Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D UP_CLK Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D UP_CLK Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D PL_RX Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D PL_RX Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D RX_DATA Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D RX_DATA Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D RX_AUDIO Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D RX_AUDIO Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D FILTERED_ AUDIO Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D FILTERED_A Audio Block Diagram/ UDIO Main Controller Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller ASFIC_MIC_ AUD_OUT Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D ASFIC_MIC_ Audio Block Diagram/ AUD_OUT Main Controller Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller VOX Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D VOX Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller/ Main Controller ASFIC_PREEMP_OUT Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D ASFIC_PRE- J0401-7, Audio Block Diagram/ EMP_OUT J0408-7 Main Controller 68P81083C20-D AUDIO_MOD Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D AUDIO_MO Audio Block Diagram/ D Main Controller 68P81080C43-C 68P81080C44-B FF_EN Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D FF_EN Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller HCI_DIS Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D HCI_DIS Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D J0405-8 IF1-2-12 Receiver IF 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 B-10 Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. LC_DIS Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D LC_DIS Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller COMP_EN Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D COMP_EN Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller HI_CLMP_ EN 68P81083C20-D HI_CLMP_ Controller, ASFIC/ Audio Block Diagram/ EN Main Controller Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller CH_ACT Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D CH_ACT Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D SQ_DET Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D SQ_DET Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D UNIV_IO Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D UNIV_IO Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller J0401-10, Controller Interface J0408-10 68P81083C20-D UNIV_IO Controller, IO RSSI Buffers/Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D COMP_EN Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D COMP_EN Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller FF_EN Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D FF_EN audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller HI_CLMP_ EN Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D HI_CLMP_ Audio Block Diagram/ EN Main Controller Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller RSSI Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table DISC Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D DISC Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller DISC December 6, 2004 IF1-3-2 Receiver IF 68P81080C43-C 68P81080C44-B Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: B-11 Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. HCI_DIS Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D HCI_DIS Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller LC_DIS Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D LC_DIS Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller FILTERED_ AUDIO Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D FILTERED_ Audio Block Diagram/ AUDIO Main Controller Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller ASFIC_MIC_ AUD_OUT Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D ASFIC_MIC_ Audio Block Diagram/ AUD_OUT Main Controller Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller 9.3V Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table EXP_FILTERE D_AUDIO Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D EXP_FILTER Audio Block Diagram/ ED_AUDIO Main Controller Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller EXP_AUDIO Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D EXP_AUDIO Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller RX_IN Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D RX_IN Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller TX_IN Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D TX_IN Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller UNIV_IO Controller, IO RSSI Buffers/ Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D UNIV_IO J0401-10, Controller Interface J0408-10 UNIV_IO RSSI Controller, IO RSSI Buffers/ Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D UNIV_IO_ OUT Controller, IO RSSI Buffers/ Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D BUFFERED DISCRIMIN ATOR 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table J0403-25 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 B-12 Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. RSSI_OUT Schematic Diagram Title Controller, IO RSSI Buffers/ Controller Interface/Main Controller To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. 68P81083C20-D RSSI_OUT RSSI_OUT Schematic Diagram Title Controller/Main Controller Publication No. 68P81083C20-D J0403-22 Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D 9.3V Controller, IO RSSI Buffers/ Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table Vdd Controller, IO RSSI Buffers/ Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table VAG Controller, IO RSSI Buffers/ Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D VAG 68P81083C20-D Controller, ASFIC/ AUdio Block Diagram/ Main Controller MIC_ VOLTAGE Controller, Emergency 68P81083C20-D MIC_ Ignition/ Controller VOLTAGE Interface/Main Controller Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller MIC_IN Controller, Emergency 68P81083C20-D MIC_IN Ignition/ Controller Interface/Main Controller Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller EMERGENCY Controller, Emergency 68P81083C20-D EMERGENC J0403-9 Ignition/ Controller Y Interface/Main Controller Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D B+_CTRL Controller, Emergency 68P81083C20-D B+_CTRL Ignition/ Controller Interface/Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IGNITION Controller, Emergency 68P81083C20-D IGNITION Ignition/ Controller Interface/Main Controller SW_B+_ SENSE Controller, Emergency 68P81083C20-D SW_B+_ SENSE Ignition/ Controller Interface/Main Controller December 6, 2004 J0403-15 Controller Interface Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: B-13 Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. B+_ON_OFF Controller, Emergency 68P81083C20-D B+_ON_OFF Ignition/ Controller Interface/Main Controller Audio PA & Voltage Regulators/ Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D EMER_OUT Controller, Emergency 68P81083C20-D EMER_IN Ignition/ Controller Interface/Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D A+_SENSE Controller, Emergency 68P81083C20-D A+_SENSE Ignition/ Controller Interface/Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IGNITION_SE NSE Controller, Emergency 68P81083C20-D IGNITION_ Ignition/ Controller SENSE Interface/Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D B+_ IGNITION Controller, Emergency 68P81083C20-D B+_ Ignition/ Controller IGNITION Interface/Main Controller Audio PA & Voltage Regulators/ Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D +5V Controller, Emergency 68P81083C20-D Ignition/ Controller Interface/Main Controller See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table SW_B+ Controller, Emergency 68P81083C20-D Ignition/ Controller Interface/Main Controller See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table UNSW_+5V Controller, Emergency 68P81083C20-D UNSW_5V Ignition/ Controller Interface/Main Controller Audio PA & Voltage Regulators Vdd Controller, Emergency 68P81083C20-D Ignition/ Controller Interface/Main Controller See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table BUS- Controller, SCI Drivers/Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D BUS- J0405-4, Controller Interface J0403-18 68P81083C20-D BUS+ Controller, SCI Drivers/Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D BUS+ J0405-15, Controller Interface J0403-6 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 B-14 Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. SCI_TX Controller, SCI Drivers/Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D SCI_TX Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D BUSY_OUT Controller, SCI Drivers/Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D BUSY_OUT Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D BUSY Controller, SCI Drivers/Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D BUSY RESET_OUT Controller, SCI Drivers/Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D RESET_OUT LH_RESET Controller, SCI Drivers/Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D RESET RESET J0405-14, Controller Interface J0403-5 Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D J0403-17 Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D J0405-3 (Via Shorting Resistor R0125) Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D SCI_RX Controller, SCI Drivers/Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D SCI_RX Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D SCI_ECHO Controller, SCI Drivers/Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D SCI_ECHO Controller 68P81083C20-D BUS_SCI Controller, SCI Drivers/Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D BUSY_IN Controller, SCI Drivers/Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D BUSY_IN Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: B-15 Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title RESET_IN Controller, SCI Drivers/Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D RESET_IN Controller/Main Controller CLOSED_ RESET (On Closed Architecture Only) Controller, SCI Drivers/Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D +5V Controller, SCI Drivers/Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table Vdd Controller, SCI Drivers/Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table IO2 Controller, IO Buffers/ 68P81083C20-D IO2 Controller Interface/ Main Controller OUT2 Controller, IO Buffers/ 68P81083C20-D OUT_2 Controller Interface/ Main Controller IO3 Controller, IO Buffers/ 68P81083C20-D IO3 Controller Interface/ Main Controller OUT3 Controller, IO Buffers/ 68P81083C20-D OUT_3 Controller Interface/ Main Controller IO4 Controller, IO Buffers/ 68P81083C20-D IO4 Controller Interface/ Main Controller OUT4 Controller, IO Buffers/ 68P81083C20-D OUT_4 Controller Interface/ Main Controller IO5 Controller, IO Buffers/ 68P81083C20-D IO5 Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D J0403-16 Controller Interface Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D J0403-20 Controller Interface J0403-8 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D J0403-21 Controller Interface VPP_ PROGRAM Publication No. 68P81083C20-D Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 B-16 Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name OUT5 Controller, IO Buffers/ 68P81083C20-D OUT_5 Controller Interface/ Main Controller IO6 Controller, IO Buffers/ 68P81083C20-D IO6 Controller Interface/ Main Controller OUT6 Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D Controller, IO Buffers/ 68P81083C20-D OUT_6 Controller Interface/ Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IN2 Controller, IO Buffers/ 68P81083C20-D IN_2 Controller Interface/ Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IN3 Controller, IO Buffers/ 68P81083C20-D IN_3 Controller Interface/ Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IN4 Controller, IO Buffers/ 68P81083C20-D IN_4 Controller Interface/ Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IN5 Controller, IO Buffers/ 68P81083C20-D IN_5 Controller Interface/ Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IN6_: _RTSBIN Controller, IO Buffers/ 68P81083C20-D IN_6 Controller Interface/ Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D Vdd Controller, IO Buffers/ 68P81083C20-D Controller Interface/ Main Controller See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table SW_B+ Controller, IO Buffers/ 68P81083C20-D Controller Interface/ Main Controller See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table +5V Controller, IO Buffers/ 68P81083C20-D Controller Interface/ Main Controller See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table RX_DATA_IN Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D SW_5V:RX_ DATA_IN Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D RTSB_OUT Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D BUF_CH_EN : RTSB_OUT Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D RESET* Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D RESET* J0401-12, Controller Interface J0408-12 68P81083C20-D PWR_RST Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D PWR_RST December 6, 2004 J0403-7 Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: B-17 Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name PWR_RST Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller RESET_OUT Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D RESET_OUT Controller, SCI Drivers/ 68P81083C20-D Controller Interface/ Main Controller RESET_IN Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D RESET_IN Controller, SCI Drivers/ 68P81083C20-D Controller Interface/ Main Controller RX_DATA Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D RX_DATA Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller ASN_SEL Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D K9.1_ENB Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D K9.1_ENB Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D OUT_3 Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D OUT3 Controller, IO Buffers/ Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D OUT_2 Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D OUT2 Controller, IO Buffers/ Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D AUPA_EN Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D AUPA_EN Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D JABBA_SEL Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D O:JABBA_ SEL_C: DTMF_SEL PWR_ RANGE Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D PWR_ RANGE Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D DA_SEL Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D DA_SEL Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D PL_RX Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D PL_RX Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller DUPLEX_ SYN_SEL Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D DUPLEX_SY IF1-2-19 Receiver IF N_SELECT 68P81083C20-D J0401-21, Controller Interface J0408-21 68P81083C20-D 68P81080C43-C 68P81080C44-B December 6, 2004 B-18 Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. BUF_SPI_ DATA: SECURE_ SEL Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D BUF_SPI_ DATA: SECURE_ SELECT Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D IGNITION_ CLEAR Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IGNITION_ CLEAR Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D ZIF_SEL Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D ZIF_SEL OUT_6 Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D OUT6 Controller, IO Buffers/ Controller Interface/ Main Controller BUSY_OUT Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D BUSY_OUT Controller, SCI Drivers/ 68P81083C20-D Controller Interface/ Main Controller B+_CTRL Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D B+_CTRL Controller, Emergency Ignition/Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D LOCK_DET Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D LOCK_DET Receiver IF 68P81080C43-C 68P81080C44-B IN_3 Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IN3 Controller, IO Buffers/ Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IN_4 Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IN4 Controller, IO Buffers/ Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D ASN_INT Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D ASN_INT_O PT_TX OUT_5 Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D OUT5 Controller, IO Buffers/ Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D OUT_4 Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D OUT4 Controller, IO Buffers/ Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D EMER_IN Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D EMER_OUT Controller, Emergency Ignition/ Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D SW_B+_ SENSE Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D SW_B+_ SENSE Controller, Emergency Ignition/ Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 IF1-2-18 Receiver IF IF1-3-11 68P81080C43-C 68P81080C44-B J0401-22, Controller Interface J0408-22 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: B-19 Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. DUPLEX_ LOCK_DET (Not Connected For Half Duplex) Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IGNITION_ SENSE Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IGNITION_ SENSE Controller, Emergency Ignition/ Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IN_6 Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IN6_: _RTSBIN Controller, IO Buffers/ Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D JABBA_INT Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D O:JABBA_IN J0401-20, Controller Interface T_C:DTMF_S J0408-20 EL SQ_DET Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D SQ_DET Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller IN_5 Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IN5 Controller, IO Buffers/ Controller Interface/ Main Controller CH_ACT Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D CH_ACT Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller IN_2 Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IN2 Controller, IO Buffers/ Controller Interface/ Main Controller PL_TX Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D PL_TX Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller TX_DATA Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D TX_DATA Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller LG_DTMF Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D LG_DTMF Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller 1200 Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D 1200 Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller BUSY_IN Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D BUSY_IN Controller, SCI Drivers/ 68P81083C20-D Controller Interface/ Main Controller 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 B-20 Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. 68P81083C20-D A+_SENSE Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D A+_SENSE Controller, Emergency Ignition/ Controller Interface/Main Controller UP_CLK Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D UP_CLK 68P81083C20-D Controller, ASFIC/ Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller MOD_A_B Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D MOD_A_B Controller Interface SCI_RX Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D SCI_RX Controller, SCI Drivers/ 68P81083C20-D Controller Interface/ Main Controller SCI_TX Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D SCI_TX Controller, SCI Drivers/ 68P81083C20-D Controller Interface/ Main Controller SPI_RX_ DATA Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D SPI_RX_ DATA SPI_TX_ DATA Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table CLK Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table PA_DIS Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D PA_DIS Controller, Power Control/Main Controller RSSI Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table RSSI_OUT Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D RSSI_OUT Controller, IO RSSI Buffers/ Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D RSSI_OUT J0403-22 Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D J0401-19, Controller Interface J0408-19 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D LBAT Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D LBAT Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D TEMP Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D TEMP Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: B-21 Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. VOX Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D VOX SYN_SEL Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D SYN_SEL IF1-3-10 Receiver IF 68P81080C43-C 68P81080C44-B ROSC_SEL Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D ROSC_SEL IF1-2-13 Receiver IF 68P81080C43-C 68P81080C44-B ASFIC_SEL Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D ASFIC_SEL Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller VPP_ PROGRAM Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D IO3 Controller, IO Buffers/ Controller Interface/ Main Controller IO3 Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller J0403-21 Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D Vdd Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D See List of Common Voltages and Signals at End of This Table SW_5V:RX_D ATA_IN Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D RX_DATA_I N Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D BUF_CH_EN: RTSB_OUT Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D RTSB_OUT Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D JABBA_SEL Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D BUF_SPI_ DATA: SECURE_ SEL Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D JABBA_INT Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D MOD_A_B Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D O:JABBA_ SEL_C: DTMF_SEL J0401-21, Controller Interface J0408-21 BUF_SPI_ DATA: SECURE_ SELECT O:JABBA_ INT_C: DTMF_SEL Controller Interface J0401-20, Controller Interface J0408-20 MOD_A_B Controller Interface SPI_RX_ DATA J0401-19, Controller Interface J0408-19 68P81083C20-D SPI_RX_ DATA Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D RSSI_OUT J0403-22 Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D RSSI_OUT Controller, IO RSSI Buffers/ Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 B-22 Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name RSSI_OUT LBAT Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D LBAT Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D Common Voltages and Signals SW_B+ Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D Controller, Power Control 68P81083C20-D Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D Controller, Emergency 68P81083C20-D Ignition +5V Controller, IO Buffers 68P81083C20-D Controller, Power Control 68P81083C20-D Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D Controller, Emergency 68P81083C20-D Ignition Controller, SCI Drivers 68P81083C20-D Vdd December 6, 2004 Controller, IO Buffers 68P81083C20-D Controller, Power Control 68P81083C20-D Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D Controller, ASFIC 68P81083C20-D Controller, HEAR CLEAR 68P81083C20-D Controller, IO RSSI Buffers 68P81083C20-D Audio PA & Voltage Regulators 68P81083C20-D Controller, IO RSSI Buffers 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: B-23 Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. Controller, Emergency 68P81083C20-D Ignition Controller, SCI Drivers 68P81083C20-D Controller, IO Buffers 68P81083C20-D Controller 68P81083C20-D Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D Controller, ASFIC/ Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, Power Control/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D Controller, ASFIC/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, Hear Clear/ 68P81083C20-D Audio Block Diagram/ Main Controller Controller, IO RSSI Buffers/ Controller Interface/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D Controller/Main Controller 68P81083C20-D Connector Signals: 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 B-24 Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. Option Connectors J0401, J0408 A+_CONT Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D Vdd Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D 2.1MHZ Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D GND Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D DISC Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D 9.3V Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D ASFIC_ PREAMP_ OUT Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D ASFIC_MIC_ AUDIO_IN Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D AUX_RX_ IN1 - J0401. AUX_RX_ IN3 - J0408 Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D UNIV_IO Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D GND Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D RESET* Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D CTRL_HD2:K EY_FAIL Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D AUX_TX_IN1 - J0401, AUX_TX_IN3 - J0408. Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D GND:RX_ DATA_KID Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D CLK:RTS_ DVP_WE Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D CLK Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D SPI_TX_ DATA Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D SPI_RX_ DATA Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: B-25 Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. O:JABBA_ INT_C: DTMF_DATA _READY Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D O:JABBA_ SEL_C: DTMF_SEL Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D ASN_INT_ OPT_TX Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D ASN_SEL_ OPT_CTSS Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D NC Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D RSSI Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D GND Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D GND Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D SPK+ Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D INT_SPK+ Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D SPK- Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D GND Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D BUSY Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D BUS+ Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D IO_6 Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D IO_5 Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D EMERGENCY Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D GND Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D RX_HI:FIL_ AUDIO Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D AUX_RX_ IN2 Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D MIC_IN Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D SW_B+ Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D IGNITION Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. Accessory Connector J0403 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 B-26 Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. IO_2 Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D RESET Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D BUS- Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D SCI_RX_ DATA Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D IO_4 Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D IO_3 Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D RSSI_OUT Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D EXTERNAL_ MIC_IN Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D AUX_TX_IN2 Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D BUFFERED_ DISCRIMINA TOR Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. Control Head Connector J0405 INT_SPK+ Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D SPK- Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D MON_BUSY: RESET Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D PTT:BUS- Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D BUF_SPI_ CLK:GND Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D BUF_SPI_ DATA: SECURE_ SELECT Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D GND Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D RX_HI Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D MIC_IN Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D CTRL_HD1:W E Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D CTRL_HD2:K EY_FAIL Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: B-27 Table B-1. Schematic Diagram Interconnection List for 800/900 MHz From Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title To Publication No. CH_EN:KID Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D VOLUME Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D OPT_SW_ B+:BUSY Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D AUX:BUS+ Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D SW_5V Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D A+ Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D SW_B+ Controller Interface 68P81083C20-D 68P81083C20-D Signal Name Node No. Schematic Diagram Title Publication No. December 6, 2004 B-28 Interconnection List 800 MHz and 900 MHz: Notes December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Glossary Glossary This glossary contains an alphabetical listing of terms and their definitions that are applicable to MCS portable and mobile subscriber radio products. All terms do not necessarily apply to all radios, and some terms are merely generic in nature. Term Definition ALC Automatic level control; a circuit in the transmit RF path that controls RF power amplifier output, provides levelling over frequency and voltage, and protects against high vswr. ASF IC Audio signalling filter integrated circuit. DPL Digital Private-Line™. firmware Software or a software/hardware combination of computer programs and data, with a fixed logic configuration stored in a read-only memory; information can not be altered or reprogrammed. FLASHport™ A Motorola term that describes the ability of a radio to change memory. Every FLASHport radio contains a FLASHport EEPROM memory chip that have software written and rewritten to, again and again. hardware Physical equipment used in data processing. IF SEL I-F select line; it activates the I-F module when low. IM Intermodulation; unwanted frequencies produced in the mixer. LSH Low speed handshake; digital data sent to the radio during trunked operation at 150 baud while receiving modulation. message time-out timer A timer in the system central controller that maintains a channel allocation for calling parties (The timer may be programmed to time out the channel allocation within 0 to 6 seconds after dekey). MRTI Microprocessor Radio-Telephone Interconnect; a Motorola system that provides a repeater connection to the telephone network (The MRTI allows the radio to access the telephone network when the proper access code is received). NF Noise Figure; is a ratio of total noise power at the output to the input noise power. OMPAC Acronym for Over-Molded Pad Array Carrier, a Motorola custom package, distinguished by the presence of solder balls on the bottom pads. OSW Outbound signalling word; central controller transmissions to radios in the field. Glossary-2 Term Definition PC Board Printed circuit board. Radios contain an transceiver board, a controller board, and a front cover board (front cover board, telephone interconnect models only). The latter is a simple fibreglass two-sided board, while the others are multi-layered boards. PL Private-Line® tone squelch; a continuous sub-audible tone that is transmitted along with the carrier (A radio that has PL on the receive frequency will require both the presence of carrier and the correct PL tone before it will unmute). Also, if there is PL on the transmit frequency, all transmissions by the radio will be modulated with the PL tone. Modulation will be continuous. PLL Phase locked loop; a circuit in which an oscillator is kept in phase with a reference, usually after passing through a frequency divider. PTT Push-to-talk; the switch located on the left side of the radio which, when pressed, causes the radio to transmit. registers Short term data storage circuits within the microcontroller. repeater: Remote transmit/receive facility that re-transmits received signals in order to improve communications range and coverage. RESET Reset line; an input to the microcontroller that restarts execution following a negative pulse. RF PA Power amplifier module, located on the transceiver board. RIB: Radio Interface Box. Used to provide level shifts and signal separation to allow radio to connect to computer serial port. RSSI Received signal strength indicator; a dc voltage proportional to the received rf signal strength. RPT/TA Repeater/Talk-Around. RX DATA Recovered digital data line; inputs to the microcontroller. SCI IN: Serial communication interface input line. SLIC Acronym for Support Logic IC, a custom gate array used to provide I/O and memory expansion for the microcontroller module. softpot Software potentiometer; a computer-adjustable electronic attenuator. software: computer programs, procedures, rules, documentation, and data pertaining to the operation of a system. SPI (clock and data lines) Serial Peripheral Interface; how the microcontroller communicates to modules and ICs through the CLOCK and DATA lines. squelch Automatic receiver quieting accomplished by muting audio circuits when received signal levels fall below a predetermined value. SRAM Static RAM, memory chip used for scratchpad memory. December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Glossary-3 Term Definition SRIB Smart Radio Interface Box. Further than providing level shifts and signal separation to allow radio to connect to computer serial port, the SRIB also has electronics and software to allow FlashPort operation. standby mode: An operating mode whereby the radio is muted but still continues to receive data. SYN SEL Synthesizer select line; activates the synthesizer when low. system central controller: Main control unit of the trunked dispatch system; handles ISW and OSW messages to and from radios in the field (See ISW and OSW). system select The act of selecting the desired operating system with the system select switch (also, the name given to this switch). talk group A collection of radios using the same communication path. TSOP Acronym for Thin Small-Outline Package, a new package being used for memory modules, typically less than .060”/0.15 cm thick. transmission time-out-timer: A timer that limits the length of a transmission made over a channel. µC Microcontroller. VCO Voltage-controlled oscillator: an oscillator whereby the frequency of oscillation can be varied by changing a control voltage. VCOB IC Voltage-controlled oscillator buffer integrated circuit. 68P81083C20-D December 6, 2004 Glossary-4 Notes December 6, 2004 68P81083C20-D Motorola, Inc. 8000 West Sunrise Boulevard Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33322 MOTOROLA, and the Stylized M Logo are registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners. © Motorola, Inc. 2004. All rights reserved. Printed in U.S.A. *6881083C20* 6881083C20-D
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.4 Linearized : No Modify Date : 2004:12:06 12:05:38-05:00 Create Date : 2004:12:06 11:18:30Z Page Count : 244 Creation Date : 2004:12:06 11:18:30Z Mod Date : 2004:12:06 12:05:38-05:00 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 5.0 (Windows) Author : csd099 Metadata Date : 2004:12:06 12:05:38-05:00 Creator : csd099 Title : 83C20_D.book Page Mode : UseOutlines Has XFA : NoEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools